Category: Tự Học Ngoại Ngữ

  • Đề thi tuyển sinh Đại học Tiếng Đức 2012

    Đề thi tuyển sinh Đại học Tiếng Đức 2012

    Đề thi tuyển sinh Đại học Tiếng Đức 2012

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9


    [toc]

    [pdfviewer width=”800px” height=”1000px” beta=”true/false”]http://hotroontap.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/%C4%90%E1%BB%81-thi-tuy%E1%BB%83n-sinh-%C4%90%E1%BA%A1i-h%E1%BB%8Dc-Ti%E1%BA%BFng-%C4%90%E1%BB%A9c-2012.pdf[/pdfviewer]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề thi tuyển sinh Đại học Tiếng Đức 2012

    Đề thi tuyển sinh Đại học Tiếng Đức 2012

     

     

     

    ĐỀ THI TUYỂN SINH ĐẠI HỌC NĂM 2011  
          Môn: TIẾNG ĐỨC; Khối D  
      ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
      Thời gian làm bài: 90 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề  
    (Đề thi có 06 trang)
         
               
            Mã đề thi 148  
               

    Họ, tên thí sinh: ……………………………………………………………..

    Số báo danh: ………………………………………………………………….

    ĐỀ THI GỒM 80 CÂU (TỪ CÂU 1 ĐẾN CÂU 80) DÀNH CHO TẤT CẢ THÍ SINH.

    Chọn câu đúng ngữ pháp và ngữ nghĩa (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D).

    Câu 1:       A. Die Schüler des Goethe-Gymnasiums sind gefahren während der Sommerferien in ein Camp.

    1. Die Schüler des Goethe-Gymnasiums sind in ein Camp während der Sommerferien gefahren.
    1. Die Schüler des Goethe-Gymnasiums sind während der Sommerferien in ein Camp gefahren.
    1. Die Schüler des Goethe-Gymnasiums während der Sommerferien sind in ein Camp gefahren.

    Câu 2:     A. Du brauchst zu drücken nur auf den Knopf, dann die Maschine funktioniert.

    1. Du brauchst nur auf den Knopf zu drücken, dann die Maschine funktioniert.
    1. Du brauchst nur zu drücken auf den Knopf, dann funktioniert die Maschine.
    1. Du brauchst nur auf den Knopf zu drücken, dann funktioniert die Maschine.

    Câu 3:     A. Maria hat mir versprochen, sich um meinen Hund zu kümmern.

    1. Maria mir versprochen hat, um meinen Hund sich zu kümmern.
    1. Maria hat mir versprochen, zu kümmern sich um meinen Hund.
    1. Maria hat versprochen mir, sich um meinen Hund zu kümmern.

    Câu 4:     A. Kinder sollen lernen, dass es positiv ist, wenn sie sprechen zwei Sprachen können.

    1. Kinder sollen lernen, dass es positiv ist, wenn sie zwei Sprachen sprechen können.
    1. Kinder sollen lernen, dass es ist positiv, wenn sie zwei Sprachen sprechen können.
    1. Kinder sollen lernen, dass es positiv ist, wenn sie können zwei Sprachen sprechen.

    Câu 5:     A. Im Sommer gehe ich ins Schwimmbad jeden Tag mit meinen Freunden.

    1. Ich gehe mit meinen Freunden jeden Tag ins Schwimmbad im Sommer.
    1. Im Sommer gehe ich jeden Tag mit meinen Freunden ins Schwimmbad.
    1. Ich gehe jeden Tag ins Schwimmbad im Sommer mit meinen Freunden.

    Đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để điền vào chỗ trống từ 6 đến 15. Lieber Holger,

    vielen Dank für deinen lieben Brief zu meinem Geburtstag! Ich habe mich sehr (6)______, wieder etwas von dir zu hören. Es freut mich, (7)______ du einen guten Job gefunden hast und dass es dir und Evelin gut geht. Ich habe leider nicht so viel (8)______ mit meiner Arbeit gehabt. Ich musste lange suchen und viele (9)______ schreiben, um einen guten Job zu bekommen. Ich arbeite jetzt seit zwei Monaten in meiner neuen Firma. (10)______ bin ich nicht zufrieden. Die Arbeit macht mir (11)______

    Spass und die Kollegen sind auch etwas distanziert. Aber zum Glück habe ich ja Carsten! Wir sind vor einem Jahr in eine (12)______ Wohnung gezogen und wir unternehmen viel gemeinsam. Carsten meint, wenn die Situation nicht besser wird, soll ich eine (13)______ Arbeit suchen. Ich habe keine große Lust, schon wieder was zu schreiben, aber es muss wahrscheinlich sein …

    Am Wochenende werden Carsten und ich nach Köln fahren und meine Eltern besuchen. An den Wochenenden danach habe ich noch nichts (14)______. Habt ihr Lust, mal ein Wochenende vorbeizukommen? Wir haben ein Gästezimmer und ihr könnt gerne hier bei uns (15)______. Wir könnten am Sonntag zusammen in den Zoo gehen und bei uns in der Nähe gibt es ein tolles mexikanisches Restaurant …

    Liebe Grüße

    Annette

    (Quelle: H. Funk und M. König, 2007, Eurolingua Deutsch 3, Cornelsen, S. 78)

     

    Trang 1 – Mã đề thi 148

    Câu 6: A. beschwert B. gefreut C. geärgert D. gefühlt
    Câu 7: A. wann B. obwohl C. dass D. ob
    Câu 8: A. Spass B. Glück C. Interesse D. Pech
    Câu 9: A. Texte   B. Bewerbungen  
      C. Kontaktanzeigen   D. Geschichten  
    Câu 10: A. Außerdem B. Dann C. Trotzdem D. Deshalb
    Câu 11: A. nichts B. großen C. keinen D. schönen
    Câu 12: A. gemeinsame   B. getrennte  
      C. unterschiedliche   D. verschiedene  
    Câu 13: A. gleiche B. andere C. ähnliche D. schlechte
    Câu 14: A. gearbeitet B. geplant C. gemacht D. getan
    Câu 15: A. suchen B. übernachten C. spielen D. arbeiten

    Đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để trả lời các câu hỏi từ 16 đến 20.

    Telearbeit

    Die neue Arbeitsstelle: vom Schreibtisch zu Hause aus

    Die Idee klingt viel versprechend: ab sofort zu Hause arbeiten zu können, nicht mehr täglich in die Firma fahren zu müssen, sich die langen Anfahrtswege oder Staus zur Rush-hour zu ersparen. Statt dessen die Chance haben, bei freier Zeiteinteilung arbeiten zu können, wann und wie lange man will, und so letztlich über mehr Privatleben zu verfügen.

    Seit einigen Jahren ist Telearbeit im Trend. Anfangs bot diese Arbeitsform vor allem für Unternehmen der Computerindustrie eine gute Alternative zum üblichen Büroalltag. Inzwischen kann man in Deutschland bereits 135 000 Betriebe zählen, die ihren Angestellten oder Mitarbeitern eine Tätigkeit vom Computer zu Hause aus möglich machen. Dieses Ergebnis einer Studie des Fraunhofer– Instituts schafft zudem das Vorurteil aus der Welt, dass Telearbeit unqualifizierte Heimarbeit sei. In dieser Untersuchung wurde festgestellt, dass entgegen allen Erwartungen das Bildungsniveau der Telearbeiter überdurchschnittlich hoch sei. Auch das Vorurteil, Telearbeit sei „Frauenbeschäftigung“ lässt sich schnell entkräften: Denn 59% derer, die diese Arbeitsform gewählt haben, sind Männer. Gute Erfahrungen mit Telearbeit machte z. B. die deutsche Telekom: 160 Mitarbeiter testeten zweieinhalb Jahre lang das neue Arbeitsangebot. Drei Viertel sagten, dass sie zu Hause viel produktiver seien als im Büro.

    Melanie Haag (29, mit einer Tochter) arbeitet für ein Unternehmen zu Hause am Computer und musste feststellen, dass schon eine gehörige Menge Selbstdisziplin nötig sei, den Tag zu Hause genauso konsequent einzuteilen wie im Büro. Trotzdem findet sie: „Telearbeit ist eine tolle Sache. Endlich eine Möglichkeit, Job und Familie unter einen Hut zu bringen.“ Diese Denkweise hat Zukunft: Immerhin 225 000 Unternehmen wollen in den nächsten Jahren Telearbeit einführen.

    (Quelle: vgl. S. Dinsel/M. Reimann, 2004, Fit fürs Zertifikat Deutsch, Hueber, S. 24f.)

    Câu 16: Was bedeutet Telearbeit?

    1. Die Zeit fürs Privatleben kommt zu kurz.
    2. Man teilt die Arbeit in Phasen.
    3. Die Arbeitszeit pro Tag verkürzt sich.
    4. Jeder entscheidet selbst über seine Arbeits- und Freizeit.

    Câu 17: Was halten die Mitarbeiter der deutschen Telekom von Telearbeit?

    1. Alle Mitarbeiter sagen, dass sie lieber im Büro arbeiten.
    2. Die Mehrheit der Mitarbeiter sagt, dass sie zu Hause mehr leisten.
    3. 34 von 160 Mitarbeitern sagen, dass sie von Telearbeit begeistert sind.
    4. Die Hälfte der Mitarbeiter sagt, dass sie im Büro besser arbeiten könnten.

    Câu 18: Wie war das Untersuchungsergebnis des Fraunhofer-Instituts?

    1. Telearbeiter haben ein ausgezeichnetes Bildungsniveau.
    2. Telearbeiter haben eine niedrige Bildung.
    3. Telearbeiter sind nicht so gut ausgebildet.
    4. Telearbeiter besitzen kaum ausreichendes Wissen.

    Trang 2 – Mã đề thi 148

    Câu 19: Welche Möglichkeit bietet Telearbeit?

    1. Man kann sich um Job und Familie gleichzeitig kümmern.
    2. Man kann zwischen Familie und Job wählen.
    3. Man braucht die Arbeitszeit zu Hause nicht einzuteilen.
    4. Man kann trotz Familie einen gut bezahlten Job finden.

    Câu 20: Warum gehört Telearbeit die Zukunft?

    1. Weil alle Arbeiter bald nicht mehr zur Arbeit gehen müssen.
    2. Denn viele Unternehmen denken daran, Telearbeit einzuführen.
    3. Weil Telearbeit im Jahr 2011 in ganz Deutschland eingeführt wird.
    4. Denn 225 000 Unternehmen haben sich bereits dafür entschieden.

    Chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành các câu sau đây:

    Câu 21: Je länger die Sekretärin am Computer arbeiten muss, ______.

    1. desto freut sie mehr sich abends auf ein gutes Buch
    2. desto sie sich freut mehr abends auf ein gutes Buch
    3. desto mehr sie sich abends auf ein gutes Buch freut
    1. desto mehr freut sie sich abends auf ein gutes Buch

    Câu 22: Wenn ich 18 wäre, ______.

    1. ich dürfte in Deutschland meine Entschuldigungen selbst schreiben
    2. dürfte ich selbst schreiben in Deutschland meine Entschuldigungen
    3. ich in Deutschland dürfte meine Entschuldigungen selbst schreiben
    1. dürfte ich in Deutschland meine Entschuldigungen selbst schreiben

    Câu 23: ______, nimmt er seit Tagen schmerzstillende Mittel.

    1. Damit er geht zum Arzt B. Statt zu gehen zum Arzt
    2. Statt zum Arzt zu gehen D. Damit er zum Arzt geht

    Câu 24: Jens findet seine Arbeit nicht gut, denn ______.

    1. er hat zu wenig Freizeit für seine Hobbys B. zu wenig Freizeit für seine Hobbys er hat
    2. er zu wenig Freizeit für seine Hobbys hat D. hat er zu wenig Freizeit für seine Hobbys

    Câu 25: Trotz der hohen Kosten ______.

    1. deutsche Jugendliche verschicken täglich Millionen von SMS
    2. deutsche Jugendliche täglich Millionen von SMS verschicken
    3. verschicken deutsche Jugendliche täglich Millionen von SMS
    4. verschicken täglich Millionen von SMS deutsche Jugendliche

    Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ gạch chân cần phải sửa (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để các câu sau trở nên đúng.

    Câu 26: Wenn Sie zu spät kommen, müssen Sie sich mit den wartenden Freunden entschuldigen.

    A                                                        B                          C                       D

    Câu 27: Welche deutsche Städte haben Sie im vergangenen Jahr besichtigt?

    A                            B              C             D

    Câu 28: Ohne wertvolle Hilfe meines Kollege könnte ich meine Arbeit im Ausland nicht erledigen.

    A                                            B           C                                                             D

    Câu 29: In allen Ländern, in den wir waren, kann man auf Englisch kommunizieren.

    A                                B                                                C                                    D

    Câu 30: Man kann sich durch das Lesen von Bücher und guten Zeitschriften fortbilden.

    A     B                                         C                                         D

    Câu 31: In den letzten Jahren ist zu wenig Kindergartenplätze geschaffen worden.

    A                                 B                                    C                                                    D

    Chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) cho các câu sau đây:

    Câu 32: Die Zahl der Menschen mit ______ steigt immer weiter an.

    1. Herzenproblemen B. Herzproblemen C. Herzensproblemen    D. Herzeproblemen

    Câu 33: 6,3 Millionen Menschen sind in Deutschland Mitglied in ______ Fußballverein.

    1. ein B. eine C. einen                                 D. einem

    Câu 34: Was ist das Synonym von „Reisende“?

    1. Besucher B. Passagier C. Fahrer                               D. Tourist

    Trang 3 – Mã đề thi 148

    Câu 35: Ich habe nie einen Film in ______ Sprache gesehen.  
    A. italienischer B. italienischen C. italienischem D. italienisch
    Câu 36: Die meisten Touristen beklagen sich ______ das schlechte Wetter.  
    A. über B. für C. durch D. auf
    Câu 37: ______ ich einschlafe, sehe ich immer die letzten Nachrichten der Tagesschau.
    A. Weil B. Seit C. Bevor D. Nachdem
    Câu 38: Ein ______ Mann sagt nie direkt zu einer Frau, dass sie hässlich ist.  
    A. langweiliger B. dummer C. höflicher D. hässlicher
    Câu 39: Das ist mir zu teuer. Haben Sie nichts ______?  
    A. Billigere B. Billigeres C. Billiger D. Billigeren
    Câu 40: Ein ______ Auto braucht wenig Benzin.    
    A. umweltfreundliches   B. umweltfreundisches  
    C. umweltfreundbares   D. umweltfreundiges  
    Câu 41: Zum Frühstück esse ich fast ______ ein Ei, manchmal sogar zwei.  
    A. oft B. selten C. öfter D. immer
    Câu 42: Mein Vater hat ______ keinen Hunger, ______ er isst trotzdem eine Nudelsuppe.
    A. zwar … aber   B. weder … noch  
    C. nicht nur … sondern auch D. entweder … oder  
    Câu 43: Nachdem sie ______, ging sie zuerst ins Bad und duschte.  
    A. aufgestanden war B. aufgestanden hatte C. aufgestanden ist D. aufgestanden hat
    Câu 44: In der Bibliothek ______ alle Computer nach dem Gebrauch ______.
    A. wird … ausgemacht müssen B. muss … ausgemacht werden
    C. müssen … werden ausgemacht D. müssen … ausgemacht werden
    Câu 45: Oliver und Brigitte, hat ______ Haus einen Garten?  
    A. eure B. eures C. euren D. euer
    Câu 46: Wie schön ______ es, wenn mein Urlaub länger als zwei Wochen dauern würde!
    A. wäre B. war C. ist D. wärt
    Câu 47: Ich brauche etwas zum Schreiben. Gib mir mal bitte ______ Stift!  
    A. irgendeines B. irgendein C. irgendeinem D. irgendeinen

    Câu 48: Was suchen Sie denn? – Ein Glas. Ich hatte schon ______, aber ich weiß nicht mehr, wo es ist.

    1. keins B. keinen C. eins                                    D. einen

    Câu 49: Viele Eltern und Kinder demonstrierten mit Plakaten gegen die ______ Schließung der Bibliothek in der Richthofenstraße.

    A. planende B. geplant C. plante D. geplante
    Câu 50: Der Student tut so, ______ er überhaupt keine Zeit hätte.  
    A. weil B. als ob C. als D. wenn
    Câu 51: Du siehst traurig aus. Was ist denn mit dir passiert? – ______.  
    A. Meine liebe Katze ist verschwunden B. Heute ist schönes Wetter
    C. Meine Mutter ist auch traurig D. Ich habe im Lotto gewonnen
    Câu 52: Hat dein Kollege etwas ______ seinem Fehler gelernt?  
    A. aus B. ab C. zu D. mit
    Câu 53: Das Kind hat eine Puppe bekommen. Aber sie gefällt ______ nicht.  
    A. ihr B. ihm C. sie D. es

    Câu 54: Frau Weber, fahren Sie morgen schon los? Dann einen schönen Urlaub! – ______.

    1. Schon gut B. Danke, Sie haben es aber gut
    2. Danke, gern geschehen D. Ihnen auch, Frau Klein

    Câu 55: Ach, da bist du ja, gerade hat dich ______ angerufen. Ich habe den Namen hier aufgeschrieben.

    1. jeder B. jemand C. jeden                                 D. jemanden

    Câu 56: Ich ______ Frau Dr. Meyer für eine gute Ärztin.

    1. halte B. glaube C. finde                                 D. erhalte

    Câu 57: Ins Café gehen gehört zu den beliebtesten ______ der jungen Menschen.

    1. Freizeitbeschäftigungen B. Treffpunkten
    2. Kulturzentren D. Aufgaben

    Trang 4 – Mã đề thi 148

    Câu 58: Thomas ______ die Hausaufgaben zu machen.

    1. vergesste B. vergaß C. vergaßte                           D. vergisste

    Câu 59: Der Arbeitslose sorgt sich um seine berufliche ______.

    1. Karriere B. Rente C. Arbeit                               D. Zukunft

    Câu 60: Georg ist noch nicht fertig mit dem Studium und ______ seinen Eltern finanziell abhängig.

    1. in B. zu C. auf                                     D. von

    Câu 61: Freitags wünscht man sich in Deutschland ein ______ Wochenende.

    1. schöner B. schönen C. schönes                            D. schöne

    Câu 62: Frau Bossmann, stört es Sie, wenn ich rauche? – ______.

    1. Nein, danke B. Ich rauche nie
    2. Der Zigarettenautomat ist da D. Nein. Mir ist es kein Problem

    Câu 63: Das war eine tolle Party. Vielen Dank nochmals für die Einladung! – ______. A. Die Party war etwas laut

    1. Gerne. Das war auch sehr schön, dass du gekommen bist
    2. Natürlich bist du herzlich eingeladen
    3. Es sind wirklich viele Leute gekommen

    Câu 64: Ich habe ______ wichtigen Regeln des Zusammenlebens im Wohnheim gelernt.

    1. allem B. aller C. alle D. allen Câu 65: ______ seiner Verletzung konnte er nicht an dem Laufwettbewerb teilnehmen.
    A. Bei B. An C. Trotz D. Wegen
    Câu 66: Sie fühlt sich wohl, nur fehlen ihr manchmal ______ alten Freunde.  
    A. den B. das C. der D. die
    Câu 67: ______ dem Tod beendete Goethe die Arbeiten am „Faust 2. Teil“.  
    A. Vor B. Seit C. Nach D. An
    Câu 68: Hier ist aber dunkel. Würden Sie ______ das Licht anmachen?  
    A. noch B. denn C. bitte D. doch
    Câu 69: Was ist das Gegenteil von „ängstlich“?    
    A. stark B. mutig C. gesund D. aggressiv

    Câu 70: Was ist das Gegenteil von „ausgeben“ im Satz: „Er gibt viel Geld für seine Frau aus.“?

    1. geben B. rechnen C. bekommen                     D. sparen

    Câu 71: Meine Nachbarin war immer unglücklich, ______ die Schulferien zu Ende gingen.

    1. nachdem B. als C. wenn                                 D. während

    Chọn phương án (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) có nghĩa gần với câu cho trước.

    Câu 72: Was machst du denn für ein Gesicht?

    1. Wie hast du dich heute denn geschminkt?
    2. Hast du dir das Gesicht schon gewaschen?
    3. Warum schaust du denn so ärgerlich?
    1. Hast du das runde Gesicht von deiner Mutter?

    Câu 73: In einem Hochhaus fühlen sich viele Menschen einsam.

    1. Es ist langweilig, in einem Hochhaus zu leben.
    2. In einem Hochhaus wohnen einsame Menschen.
    3. In einem Hochhaus wohnen die meisten Menschen allein.
    1. In einem Hochhaus haben die Bewohner wenig Kontakt miteinander.

    Câu 74: Markus hat eine gute Beziehung zu seinen Arbeitskollegen.

    1. Markus und seine Kollegen haben regelmäßige Kontakte.
    2. Markus und seine Kollegen arbeiten gern im Büro.
    3. Markus versteht sich gut mit seinen Kollegen.
    1. Markus und seine Kollegen haben ein besonderes Verhältnis.

    Câu 75: In jeder freien Minute beschäftige ich mich mit dem Malen.

    1. Malen macht mir Spaß, wenn ich Zeit habe.
    2. Ich nehme mir etwas Zeit fürs Malen.
    3. Es fehlt mir immer Zeit zum Malen.
    1. Ich male, immer wenn ich Zeit habe.

    Trang 5 – Mã đề thi 148

    Đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành các câu từ 76 đến 80. Hotel Mama

    Das Essen ist stets fertig, die Wäsche gebügelt und umsonst ist der Service auch noch. Die Vorzüge des Elternhauses führte uns zuletzt der Kinohit „Tan-guy“ vor: Der 28-jährige Sohnemann denkt gar nicht daran, seinem bequemen Nest den Rücken zu kehren. Jetzt bestätigt die Statistik den Trend: Besonders junge Männer entschließen sich immer zu spät dazu, die „Eltern-Pension“ zu verlassen. Home, sweet home: Schon 1996 hat der Soziologe Stefan Weick festgestellt, dass Männer im Schnitt fünf Jahre später ausziehen als Frauen. In den vorherigen Jahrzehnten habe der Unterschied noch bei drei Jahren gelegen. Wie das Statistische Bundesamt jetzt bekannt gab, setzt sich dieser Trend fort: Heute wohnen noch 82 Prozent der 20-jährigen Männer zu Hause – bei den Frauen sind es 66 Prozent. Mit steigendem Alter wird dieser Unterschied noch größer: Mit 30 Jahren leben noch 14 Prozent der Männer im Elternhaus, bei den Frauen sind es nur noch 5 Prozent. Während es junge Menschen in den 70er Jahren früh in die Unabhängigkeit zog, zeigen heute immer mehr Kinder Nesthocker – Tendenzen

    – Jungs wie Mädchen. Als Gründe werden längere Ausbildungszeiten und der teure Wohnungsmarkt genannt. Die großzügige Wohnsituation vieler Familien fördere diese Tendenz noch, so Stefan Weick.

    Die Psychologin Christiane Papastefanou hat außerdem festgestellt, dass Kinder wohlhabender Familien heute ihr Geld lieber für Reisen und andere Freizeitaktivitäten ausgäben als für die Miete.

    Papastefanou hat auch eine Erklärung dafür, dass Jungs länger das „Hotel Mama“ in Anspruch nehmen als Mädchen: Sie genießen mehr Freiheiten im Elternhaus als ihre Schwestern.

    (Quelle: vgl. A. Köker u. a., 2004, Berliner Platz 3, Zertifikatsband, Langenscheidt, S. 184f.)

    Câu 76: Kinder zeigen „Nesthocker-Tendenzen“ heißt, dass sie ______.

    1. oft auf Stühlen sitzen, die wie Nester aussehen
    2. immer später aus dem Elternhaus ausziehen
    3. sich gerne vor Vogelnester setzen
    4. nicht gern im Elternhaus wohnen

    Câu 77: Männer leben heute durchschnittlich ______.

    1. viel länger bei ihren Eltern als Frauen B. kürzer bei ihren Eltern als Frauen
    1. kürzer zu Hause als 1996 D. drei Jahre länger zu Hause als früher

    Câu 78: Zwischen 1970 und 1980 haben junge Leute ______.

    1. genauso lange bei den Eltern gewohnt
    2. gar keine Unabhängigkeit verlangt
    3. früher die Unabhängigkeit gesucht als heute
    1. noch länger bei ihren Eltern gewohnt als heute

    Câu 79: Man zieht auch später aus, weil ______.

    1. die eigene Wohnung oft zu teuer ist B. es keine Wohnungen gibt
    1. die Eltern dagegen sind D. man keine Ausbildung macht

    Câu 80: Männer leben länger zu Hause als Frauen, weil ______.

    1. sie mehr Freiheiten haben als ihre Schwestern
    2. sie sich mehr Zeit für Freizeitaktivitäten nehmen möchten
    3. sie Arbeitsstellen am Heimatort suchen
    1. sie schlechter eine passende Wohnung finden

    ———- HẾT ———-

    Trang 6 – Mã đề thi 148


    Tải xuống tài liệu học tập PDF miễn phí

    [sociallocker id=”19555″] Tải Xuống Tại Đây [/sociallocker]
  • Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

    Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

    Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Hướng dẫn giải đề thi tuyển sinh Đại học năm 2013 môn HÓA khối B


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

    Đề thi học sinh giỏi TIẾNG ANH lớp 9

     

    A/ PHONETIC

    I.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

    1. a. program. b.foreign                      c. disagree                   d.beginner
    2. a. hard b.delicious c. wonderful                d.grandmother

    3.a. adults                    b.magazines                 c.controls                     d. newspapers

    4.a.deposit                   b.documentary                        c. wonderful                d.respond

    5.a.disagree                 b.disadvantage                        c.informative               d. advetisement

    II .Choose the word  whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

    1.a. religion                 b. violent                     c. logical                      d. scenery

    2.a.limit                       b.conment                   c. order                        d.impress

    3.a.informative            b. information             c.limitation                  d.interactive

    4.a.institute                 b.regional                    c.scenery                     d.religious

    5.a.occasion                 b. grocery                    c.linguistics                 d. pagoda

    B/GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY.

    I. Choose the best option to complete these sentences.

    1. If the weather( clears/ be clear/ cleared/ will clear), we’ll go for a walk 2.(Fee/Tuition/ Tuitions/ Fees) increased by 5% at slate universities this year.
    2. He asked her where she (goes/was going/ will go/ are going).
    3. The teacher told us ( not talk/ not talking/ don’t talk/ not to talk).
    4. There’s a very interesting ( news / service/ documentary/ intertainment) about life in the Arctic.
    5. Daisy asked him ( if /or not/ what/ either) Mary was his sister.
    6. Tom shouted (to/ at/ on/ with) the men fusiously.
    7. Only 40% of 5- year-old children have access ( about / with/ to/ in) preschool education.

    9.That’s Jonh’s ( is he/ isn’t he/ is it/ isn’t it)?

    1. It’s an intertaining and (informed/ informal/ inform/ informative) documentary.

    11 .Most of my classmates are interested in ( putting / dressing/ getting/ wearing) uniform.

    1. You won’t catch the last train, ( as / although/ except/ unless) you hurry.
    2. We went to the airport to ( say/ tell/see/ join) off our grandfather who was leaving for Hue.
    3. If only we ( had / have/ having/ will have) a washing machine.
    4. Great Britain consists (over/ of/ about/ in) England, Scotland and Wales
    5. I think he will join us, (don’t I/ will he/ doesn’t he/ won’t he ) ?
    6. It took the director two hours (explaining us the new project/ to explain us the new project/ explaining the new project to us/ to explain the new project to us).
    7. The animals in the zoo ( feed / is fed/ are feeding / are fed) twice aday.
    8. How long (have you learnt/ you have learnt/ have you been learnt/ you have been learnt) English?
    9. Go and get me some water (do you/ haven’t you) won’t you/ will you) ?

    V. Supply the correct forms of the words.

    1, The new technology is vital if we want to have high (economy) growth.

    2, (Tradition), the ao dai was worn by both men and women.

    3, She has great (improve) in her writing English essays.

    4, The shoes were nice, but they were (comfort)

    5, What must we do in our countryside to (minimum) pollution.

    6.There are many cultural (differ) between his country and mine.

    1. It’s (usual) cold today, considering it’s still summer.

    8.There are( argue) about wearing uniforms at school.

    1. Liverpool is an(industry) city in the North of England.
    2. Harry asked for a( receive) and the cashier gave him one.

    C: READING

    I. Read the text carefully, then choose the most suittable answers.

    It is estimated that about 200 million people who use the Internet computer network around the world. The Internet allows people to work at home instead of traveling to work. The Internet allows businesses to communicate with customers and workers in any part of the world for the cost ofa local telephone call. E.mail allows users to send documents, pictures and other data from one part of the world to another in at least 5 minutes. People can use the Internet to do shopping. This saves a lot of time. It is possible to use the Internet for education- students may connect with their teachers from home to send or receive e.mail or talk their problems though ‘on- line’ rather than attend a class.

    1. The Internet allows people……………………………………………………
    2. to stay at home and rest b. not to work
    3. to travel to work d. to work at home
    4. To a business, the Internet is ………….to communicate with customers.
    5. a cheap way b. a very expensive way
    6. an inconvenient way d. a difficult way
    7. E.mail can be used to send……………………………………………………
    8. documents b. information
    9. data d. all are correct
    10. It takes………………….to do the shopping on the Internet
    11. a lot of time b. a little time
    12. less time d. more time
    13. To use the Internet for educacion is………………………………………
    14. impossible b. possible
    15. inconvenient d. difficult

     

    II. Read the passage and answer with true (T)/ false (F)/ not given (N)

    There are about 3000 living languages in the world, but only six of them are the most important ones. Two- thirds of the world’s population speaks those languages. More than 400 million pepople speak English as their mother tongue. Another 400 million speak it as a second language. No one knows how many people speak it as a foreign language. Chinese is the language with more speakers than English, but it is only the language for more than one billion Chinese people. English is the official language on one- fifth of the land area in the world. It is spoken in North America, Great Britain, Australia, and New Zealand. In South Africa and India it is one of the official languages. In many countries, the textbooks in universities are written in English. More than three- fourths of the world’s mail is composed in English. More than three- fifths of the radio stations broadcast programs in English. More than half of the scientific and research journals are in English. English is the language of the international communication.

    1. Chineese is the most important language.
    2. About 66.6 per cent of the world’s population  speak six major language.
    3. Vietnamese speak English as their first language.
    4. 75 per cent of the world’s mail is in English.
    5. 40 per cent of the world’s radio staions use English.
    6. English has  more  speakers than Chinese.
    7. People in India speak English as their second language.
    8. People in New Dehli cannot speak English.
    9. People in France speak English as their foreign language.
    10.  People in Australia also speak English.

     

    D: WRITING.

    I. Rewrite these sentences , using words or phrases given

    1, I don’t want to dance this evening

    ® I don’t fell like…………………………………….

    2, Study harder or you’ll fail in the next exam.

    ®  If you………………………………………………

    3,We didn’t  go out because of the rain.

    ®Because it………………………………………………

    4, People find the Internet interesting, don’t they?

    ®Do ……………………………………………………….

    5, People speak English all over the world. They also use it as the main language in many countries.

    ®English is……………………………………………………….

    6, “This is quite good model, madam. I use one of these myself”: said the salergirl.

    The salergirl said……………………………………………………………….

    7, It’s very easy to learn to ride a bicycle.

    ®Learning…………………………………………………………………

    8, He said: “ Happy new year”

    ®He wishes me…………………………………………………………………

    9, I prefer to go by myself.

    ®I would………………………………………………………………………

    1. People say that this tree is 1000 years old.

    ®This …………………………………………………………………………

     

    VII/ Write a letter to your friend ,tell him/ her about your last summer holiday.( about 100-120 words)

    ĐÁP ÁN HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

    A.

    I.(0,5đ)

    1.b.foreign 2.d. grandmother 3.a.adults 4.c.wonderful 5.d. advetisement

    II.(0,5đ)

    1.a.religion 2.d.impress 3.a.informative 4.d.religious 5.b.grocery

    B.

    I.(2đ)

    1.clears

    2.Tuitions

    3.was going

    4.not to talk

    5.documentary

    6.if

    7.at

    8. to

    9.isn’t it

    10. informative

    11.wearing

    12.unless

    13.see

    14.had

    15.of

    16.won’t he

    17.to explain the new project to us

    18.are fed

    19.have you leart

    20.will you

    II.(1,5đ)

    1.economic

    2.Traditionally

    3.improvement

    4.uncomfortable

    5.minimize

    6.differences

    7.unusual

    8.arguments

    9.industrial

    10.receipt

    C:

    I(0,5đ)

    1.d. to work at home 2.a. a cheap way 3.d. all are correct 4. less time 5.b. possible

    II.(1,5đ)

    1.F

    2.T

    3.F

    4.T

    5.F

    6.F

    7.T

    8.F

    9.N

    10.T

    D:

    I.(2đ)

    1.I don’t fell like dancing this evening.

    2.If you don’t study harder, you will fail in the next exam.

    3.Because it rained, we didn’t go out.

    4.Do people find the Internet interesting?

    5.English is spoken all over the world. It is also used as the main language in many countries.

    6.The salergirl said it was quite good model. She used one of them herself.

    7.Learning to ride a bicycle is very easy.

    8.He wishes me a happy new year.

    9.I would rather go by myself.

    10.This tree is said to  be 1000 years old.

    II.(1,5đ)

    Tuỳ thuộc vào câu văn, ngữ pháp và số lượng từ của học sinh , giám thị chấm cho phù hợp.

  • Bộ đề thi tốt nghiệp THPT môn Tiếng Anh 12

    Bộ đề thi tốt nghiệp THPT môn Tiếng Anh 12

    Bộ đề thi tốt nghiệp THPT môn Tiếng Anh 12

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Đề thi Nghiệp vụ ngoại thương có đáp án


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Bộ đề thi tốt nghiệp THPT môn Tiếng Anh 12

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 11                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    1. Find out a mistake

    The more    he looks     at    me ,  the   more     happier     I am.

    A                            B                       C            D

    1. Do you like books with an ………………… story?
    2. interested               B.  exciting              C.  excited                     D. interest
    3. ………… your raincoat. It stops raining.
    4.   Put on                    B. Put off                  C . Take on                   D.Take off
    5. You ……………come with me if you don’t want to .I’ll go on my own.
    6. shouldn’t B.can’t                     C. mustn’t               D. don’t have to
    7. This car is more ……………….than that one.
    8. modern B.fastest                   C.fast                      D. faster
    9. “ There is someone at the door.” “Ok …………………………”.
    10. I open it                                                              B. I’ll open it
    11. I am going to open it  D. I’d open it
    12. It is in Quebec…………………..French is used as an official language .
    13. which B. where                 C. in where                     D.  that
    14. Who was the first person …………………..the South Pole?
    15. reached B. to reach         C.  who reaches              D. had reached
    16. He pretented to be ill…………he could stay home to watch an interesting football on TV.
    17. so as to B. in order to      C. in order that               D. because
    18. you / mind  /    close    /     the door /?
    19. Would you mind me to close the door ?     B. .Do you mind to close the door ?
    20. Would you mind if I close the door ? D. Would you mind closing the  door?
    21. Please speak a little more ……………… .
    22. slow                   B.slowly                        C.slower                      D.slowlier
    23. If Nam can type………………….she can, he is very good.
    24. as quick as B. quicker then        C. as quickly as        D. as  more quickly as
    25. ………………to the station when I saw you this morning?
    26. Have you gone                                              B. Were you going
    27. Have you been going D. Are you going

    14.Pick out the word the underlined part of which is pronounced differently from the

    rest

    1. hiding B. written                  C. vision                     D. picture
    2. Find out a mistake

    You     needn’t    to    come tomorrow   if    you have something else to do.

    A                                            B             C                                D

    1. Find out the word that has a different stress pattern from the others.
    2. computer           B. museum            C. important              D. visitor
    3. I don’t watch TV as often as my sister does
    4. My sister  watches TV more than I do.
    5. My sister  often watches TV more than I do.

    C.My sister   watches TV more  often than I do.

    D My sister  watches TV more than I  often  do. .

    18.Pick out the word the underlined part of which is pronounced differently from the

    rest

    1. mechanic B. chance                     C. chapter                     D. campus

    *Read the text and choose the words or phrase that best fits each space

    We are all slowly destroying the earth. The seas and rivers are (19)……… dirty to swim in . There is so much smoke  in the air that it is (20)…… to live in many  of the world’s cities.In one well- known city,for example,(21)……. gases from cars pollute the air so much that traffic policemen have to (22)………………. Oxy masks.

    We have cut down (23)……..  many trees that there are now vast areas of (24)…… all over the world . As a (25)… ,farmers in parts of Africa can’t grow enough to eat .In certain countries  in Asia , there is too (26)….. rice.Moreover,we do not take enough(27)……… of the countryside.Wild animals are  quickly (28)…… .For instance , tigers are rare in India now (29)…. We have killed too many for them to (30)………. However, it isn’t enough simply to talk about the problem.We must act now  before it is too late to do anything about it .Join us now .Save the earth .

    1. A. very B. too                      C. much               D . enough
    2. A. unfit                   B. inappropriate      C. unlikely           D. unhealthy
    3. A. poisonous B. serious                C. bad                  D. evil
    4. A. take             B. bring                 C.  wear               D.  carry
    5. A. so                B. much                 C. too                  D. enough
    6. A. ground B.wasteland        C. fields               D.  meadows
    7. A. fact                        B. matter                 C. problem            D.  result

    26     A.  little                      B. few                     C. much                       D. fewer

    27     A. attention                B. care                    C. time                         D. deny

    1. A. escaping     B. hiding              C. running                      D. disappearing

    29     A. because         B.  when                 C.  and               D. so

    1. A. die              B. preserve                    C.  survive            D. continue

    31.Find out the word that has a different stress pattern  from the other.

    1. dismiss      B. destroy                      C. discount           D. district
    2. “Daisy had a careful look at the picture on the wall.” Means…………………….
    3. Daisy looked at the picture on the wall carefully.
    4. Daisy took a care look at the picture on the wall .
    5. Daisy looked carefully at the picture on the wall.

    D.Daisy looked carefully on the picture at the wall.

    1. She is……………… her husband.
    2.   as the same age as                                        B. as the same  old as

    C.at the same age as                                           D. the same age as

    1. He arrived ………………. you were asleep.
    2. at             B. during                        C. until                    D. while

    35.Find out a mistake

    They      told       to       him   what      to  do.

    A                B       C          D

    36.Pick out the word the underlined part of which is pronounced differently from the rest

    1. phoned B. raised                C. called                       D. cooked
    2. How can I ………………to the post-office ?
    3. reach               B.get                      C. find                           D. arrive
    4. ……………………………….., she wouldn’t have failed the exam.
    5. If Lan studied hard B. Unless Lan had studied hard
    6. If Lan had studied hard            D. If Lan studied hard
    7. He has been living in HCM city for years;…………..
    8. so he knows it better than I. B. however, he knows it better than I.
    9. therefore, he knows it better than I. D. and he knows it better than I.
    10. The more studious she is, …………………………………….. .
    11. the more happy her parents are B. the more happier her parents are
    12. the happier her parents are                  D. the  happiest her parents are
    13. We go to school regularly,……………………………. .
    14. that makes our teacher happy B. which makes our teacher happily
    15. it makes our teacher happy D. which makes our teacher happy
    16. Nam and Hoa attend an English speaking club………………………….. .
    17. so as to improving their pronunciation

    B.in order to improve their pronunciation

    1. so that they improving their pronunciation
    2. in order improve their pronunciation

    43.Find out a mistake

    At first we found it  difficult to get used to drive on the other side of the road.

    A                               B                            C                          D

    44.“What do you do?” “…………………”

    1. I’m a typist. B. I’m typing a letter.
    2. I’m type a letter. D. I typing letters
    3. “Would you like a cake?” “……… ……….”
    4. Yes, I’d like B. Yes, I like                C. Yes, please          D. Yes,I do
    5. “ Excuse me.” “………………….”
    6. Please B. No, I’m not             C.Yes, I am              D.Yes ?

    *Read the text and answer the questions

    Are you stressed at work? Are you doing anything about it?You should. And your boss should help you. A stressed employee usually makes mistakes, and mistakes cost money. So, here is our advice:

    Take a break! Stress causes mistakes. A break really helps you to relax.

    Don’t miss lunch! A hungry person doesn’t think clearly! And a nice meal doesn’t take much time.

    Listen to music ! Quiet music usually relaxes your body and mind. Loud music doesn’t always help.

    Laugh!  It makes you feel better. Read a funny story or chat with a colleague, then go back to work.

    Try these suggestions next time you are stressed and you feel better.

    47.Which sentence is not true?

    1. You spend a lot of money on stressful work.
    2. You can’t work effectively if you are stressed.
    3. You often make mistakes when you are hungry.
    4. Quiet music eases your mind.

    48.What helps a stressed worker to relax?

    1. A short break and a big meal. B. Loud music and laughter.
    2. A nice lunch and a short break. D. Loud music and a funny story.

    49.According to the writer,

    1. all work and no relaxation result in stress.
    2. your boss can help you to get rid of stress.
    3. a stressed employee spends a lot of time.
    4. it takes you much time to do your work if you are stressed at work.

    50.What is the best title for the passage?

    1. A hard-working day B. How to work without stress
    2. All work and no play       D. How to help a stressed employee

    THE END

     

    =============================

     

     

     

    KEY        Câu 1. C             11. B            21. A         31. D               41. D

                   Câu  2. B             12. C           22. C     32. A          42. B

    1. D             13. B           23. A     33. D          43. C         
    2. D 14. A       24. B         34. D          44. A
    3. A 15. A       25. D        35. A          45. C

                            6 . B             16. D      26. A        36. D          46. D

                            7 . D             17. C      27. B         37. B           47. A

                            8 . B             18. B      28. D        38. C          48. C

                            9 . C             19. B      29. A        39. C          49. A

                           10 .D             20. D      30. C        40. C          50. B

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 12                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    Chọn phương án A( hoặc B, C, D ) ứng với từ ,cụm từ có gạch dưới cần phải sửa để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau:

    1.When I want to have my hair cuts I often go to the hairdresser’s.

    1. have B. cuts C. When                         D.hairdresser’s
    2. They asked me what did happen last night, but I was unable to tell them.
    3. to tell B. what did happen C. asked                         D. but
    4. Different conversation efforts have been made in order to saving endangered species.

    A different            B. endangered species             C. saving                        D. have been made

    1. John keeps working in spite of he feeling unwell
    2. keeps B. he C. working           D. unwell
    3. Nonla, that is one of the typical symbols of the Vietnamese culture, has a conical form
    4. a B. of C. that                  D. typical

    C họn từ ứng với A( hoặc B,C, D.) có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với các từ còn lại

    1. A. smiled B. worked C. picked              D. jumped
    2. A. dates B. bags C. photographs    D. speaks
    3. A. should B. could C. ought               D. would

    Chọn từ ứng với A, (hoặc B, C, D) có phần trọng âm rơi vào vị trí khác so với các từ còn lại.

    1. A. habitat B. sociable C. wildlife             D. commitment

    10A.eliminate       B. accompany                         C. sacrifice           D. determine

       Chọn từ ứng với A (hoặc B, C,D) để hoàn thành đoạn văn.

    Nearly all the discoveries that have been made through the ages can be found in books. The invention of the book is one of humankind’s greatest achievement, the ………11………….of which cannot be overestimated. Books are very adaptable providing us with both entertainmentand ………….12……… The production of books began in Ancient Egypt, though not in a form that is recognizable to us today.

    The books read by the Romans, however, have some ………..13………to  the ones we read now. Until the ………..14……….. of the 15th century, in Europe, all books were written by hand. They were often beautifully illustrated and always rare and expensive. With printing came the possibility of cheap, large-scale publication and distribution of books, making….15……………more widespread and accessible.

    11.A. important   B. importantly                         C. importance                D. more important

    1. A. news B. data C. facts                           D. information
    2. A. alike B. likeness C. similarities                 D. same
    3. A. center B. middle C. heart                          D. core
    4. A. knowledge B. mind C. brain           D. awareness

    Chọn phương án A (hoặc B, C, D ) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau:

    1. She is ……………….. in asking for bigger salary. She has worked hard.
    2. reason B. reasonable C.unreasonable    D.unreasonably
    3. Hoa told me that she …………….. to lock the door that morning.
    4. would forget B. had forgotten           C. has forgotten   D. was forgetting
    5. Smoking cigarettes is……………. in many public places. One must not smoke in those places.
    6. allowed B. prohibited C. encouraged      D. stopped
    7. ……………….you if I ……………… your phone number.
    8. I’ll phone- did not lose B. I’d phone- had not lost
    9. I’d have phoned- had not lost D. I’d phone- had not lost
    10. Athletes do their best to win medals……………… to winners as rewards.
    11. which give B. are given C. given                D. to give
    12. ……………. you practise your English…………… you will learn.
    13. more- faster B. the more- the faster C. the more- faster         D. the most- the faster
    14. Without………..air and water, living things could not survive.
    15. X B. the           C. an                    D. a
    16. She ………….. so hard this week that she has not had time to go to the hairdresser’s
    17. worked B. has been working                        C. had worked      D. was working

    24.Governments have enacted laws to protect wildlife………. commercia trade and overhunting

    1. with B. by           C. for                              D. from

    25My roommate suggested…………………..on a picnic on Sunday.

    1. going B. to come           C. to go                          D. coming
    2. Remember to ………………….your shoes when you are in a Japanese house.
    3. look up B. give up           C. take off                      D. turn off
    4. 27. Could you stop the bus, please? I want to get off.

    The underlined word in the sentence is a(an)………………….

    1. irregular verb B. modal verb C. transitive verb           D.intransitive verb

    28.Either you will leave now……………….?

    1. I will also call the police C. or I will call the police
    2. but I will call the police D. or will I call the police
    3. He’ been studying really hard,…………….he can pass the exams.
    4. but B. although C. however                     D. so
    5. There’s plenty of time for you to make up your mind. You……………….decide now.
    6. must B. mustn’t C. needn’t                      D. might
    7. ……………….is a story long enough to fill a complete book,in which the characters and events are usually imaginary.
    8. thriller B. novel C. biography                  D. romance
    9. You won’t be allowed to work here……………you show your qualification.
    10. since B. unless C. for                              D. while
    11. “Woo! You look great with your new hair.”
    12. You’re welcome C. congratulation!
    13. It’s a pleasure D. Thanks.It’s nice of you to say so

    34.He’s one of the most……………people I’ve ever met. He never stops talking and he never says anything……………..

    1. boring- interested B. bored- interested C. bored-interesting      D. boring- interesting
    2. In water polo, ………………are allowed to hold the ball with both hands.
    3. attackers B.players C. goalies                   D.captains

    Chọn phương án ứng vớiA hoặc (B, C, D)  có cách diễn đạt giống câu gốc.

    36.I’d like you to turn off the television.

    1. Could you turn off the television? B. Could I turn off the television?
    2. Would you mind my turning off the television D. Do you agree to turn off the television?
    3. “Would you like me to help you?” I asked Joe.
    4. I accepted to help Joe. B. I offered to help Joe.
    5. I agree to help Joe D. I promised to help Joe
    6. 38. I didn’t go to bed early, so I didn’t wake up at 7.00.
    7. If I went to bed early, I would wake up at 7.00. B. If I had gone to bed early, I will wake up at 7.00.
    8. If I went to bed early, I would have woken up at 7.00.D. Had I gone to bed early,I would have woken up at 7.00.
    9. 39. He offered to help her with the heavy suitcase, which was kind.
    10. The suitcase which he offered to help her with was kind.
    11. He offered to help her but the suitcase was too heavy.
    12. It was kind of him to offer to help her with the suitcase.
    13. It was kind of her to have him help with the suitcase.
    14. 40. Excuse me,but is anyone sitting here?
    15. I’m sorry, but there’s only one chair here. B. Is this seat taken?
    16. May I put one seat in here? D. I’m terribly sorry, but someone is sitting here.

     Chọn câu đúng nhất ứng với A (hoặc B, C, D) từ những từ gợi ý

    1. 41. it/ necessary/ us/ think/ about/ this matter.
    2. It’s for us to think about this matter carefully necessary.
    3. To think about this matter carefully it necessary for us.
    4. For us to think about this matter it’s necessary.
    5. It’s necessary for us to think about this matter carefully.
    6. 42. I/ can not/ remember/ name/person/ whom/ gave / money.
    7. I can’t remembe the name of the person to whom I gave the money.
    8. I gave the money whom the name of the person I can’t remember.
    9. I can’t remember the name of the person whom I gave the money.
    10. I can’t remember the name of person to whom I gave the money.
    11. 43. It/ think/ / chemicals/ convey/ information/ brain.
    12. It been thought that chemicals convey information to the brain.
    13. It has been thought that chemicals convey informaton to the brain.
    14. It has been thought chemicals convey information to the brain.
    15. It has thought that chemicals convey information to the brain.
    16. 44. the harm of smoking/ question/ not/ entirely settled.
    17. The harm of smoking is a question that has not entirely been settled.
    18. The harm of smoking have questions that entirely not been settled.
    19. The harm of smoking is a question that has not entirely settled.
    20. The harm of smoking being a question that has not entirely been settled.
    21. 45. spring/ nature/ awaken/ long/ winter sleep.
    22. At spring, nature awakens from her long winter sleep.
    23. In spring, nature awakens from her long winter sleep.
    24. On spring, nature awakens by her long winter sleep.
    25. In spiring, nature awakens by her long winter sleep.

     Đọc đoạn văn rồi chọn phương án đúng nhất ứng với(A( hoặc B, C, D) cho mỗi câu sau.

    Aerobic exercise can help you lose weight.It can help you stay at a heathy weight. Aerobic exercise burns calories. A calorie is a unit of measurement . It measures the amount of energy in foods. It measures the amount of energy  your  body uses. When you take in the same number of calories that you burn every day, your weight stays the same. If you take in more calories than you burn, you gain weight. If you take in fewer calories than you burn, you lose weight.Regular exercise helps you burn calories. Strength training may also help with weight control. Lifting weights burns calories. Lifting weights also makes more muscle in your body. Muscles burn more calories than fat.

    Stretching exercises can make your body more flexible. There are stretches for your arms,legs, neck, and trunk. Many people do slow exercises and stretches called yoga to make their bodies more flexible. A physical education teacher can show you how to do stretches. You should do warm-up stretches before you do aerobic or anaerobic exercises. You should do cool-down stretches when you are finished exercising. Warm-up and cool-down stretches can help prevent muscle injuries.

    1. your weight will be the same
    2. by doing aerobic exercise.
    3. by lifting weights
    4. when the number of calories you take is every day in burnt.
    5. when you measure the amount of energy in foods every day.
    6. 47. You put on weight
    7. when you take in less calories than you burn. B unless you do exercise regularly
    8. by doing regularly exercise to burn calories. D when you take in more calories than you burn
    9. 48. Strength training like lifting weights may help with weight control because
    10. it burns calories by making more muscles. B. it makes fat burn calories
    11. weight are always havey to lift D. you are too tired to take in calories
    12. Yoga, which makes your bodies more flexlible, are
    13. warm-up stretches B. only for people who need weight control
    14. included in weight lifting D. slow exercises and stretches

    50.Warm-up and cool-down stretches

    1. are needed before you do aerobic exercise   B. help you finish exercising feeling better
    2. should be done if you want to avoid muscle injuries D. prevent muscles from burning calories.

    ĐÁP ÁN:

    1. B 2.B 3.C    4.B    5.C    6.A    7.B    8.C    9.D    10.C 

    11.C  12.D  13.C  14.B  15.A  16.B  17.B  18.B  19.C  20.C

    21.B  22.A  23.B  24.D  25.A  26.C  27.C  28.C  29.D  30.C

    31.B  32.B  33.D  34.D  35.C  36.A  37.B  38.D  39.C  40.B

    41.D  42.A  43.B  44.A  45.B  46.C  47.D  48.A  49.D  50C

     

     

     

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 13                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words

    1.A advises                    B.raises                C.devises                        D.goes

    2.A.played           B.worked             C.ruled                           D.cried.

    3.A.hour              B.honest               C.honor                         D.host

    II.Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

    4.A.economic       B.experience         C.entertainment    D.introduction.

    5.A.extinction      B.animal               C.classify             D.primary.

    III.Choose one best option to complete each sentence

    6.Chemical wastes from factories are _______ that cause serious damage to species habitats.

    A.pollutes            B.pollutants                   C.pollutions         D.polluters.

    7.I’m looking forward _____ hearing from you.

    A.in                      B.of                      C.at                      D.to.

    1. The bomb _______ with a cloud bang which could be heard all over the town.

    A.went out           B.went off            C.went away        D.went up.

    9.Sometimes it is _______ to find suitable books for our children.

    A.difficult             B.difficulty           C.difficultly          D.difficulties.

    10.Nam, stop reading. ______ the book down and go to bed.

    A.take                  B.put                             C.set                     D.pick.

    11.When Linda ______ last night,I _________ my favourite show on T.V.

    A.was calling / watched                              B.called/ have watched

    C.called / was watching                     D.had called / watched.

    12.We are not allowed _____ jeans at school.

    A.wear                 B.to wear             C.wearing             D.worn.

    13.When the police ________ , the thief _________.

    A.came / left.                                     B.had come / had left

    C.had come / left                               D.came / had left.

    1. -What ______ beautiful dress you are wearing!

    -Thank you.That is _____ nice compliment.

    A.a /a                   B.the /C./               D.the / the.

    15.I understood what you said. ______ I didn’t agree with you.

    A.So                     B.Although                    C.However           D.Therefore.

    16.School uniform is compulsory in most of Vietnamese schools.

    A.depended                    B.required            C.divided              D.paid.

    17.Education _______ to be the most important element to develop a country.

    A.often be considered                       B.can often consider

    C.can often considered                      D.can often be considered.

    18.I would appreciate it _____ what I have told you a secret.

    A.you can keep    B.that you kept    C.you will keep              D. if you kept.

    19.Mrs White, ______ taught me English 5 years ago,is a good teacher.

    A.who                  B.that                   C.whom                         D.whose.

    20.That is the place ______ there used to be a monument.

    A.which                B.where                C.when                          D.that.

    21.Peter : “Let’s go camping”.

    Mary: “_____________”.

    A.Oh, what’s a pity.                         B.I’m sorry to hear that.

    C.Oh, that’s a good idea.                            D.You are welcome.

    22.”Where do you buy this book ?”, said Mary to John.

    A.Mary asked John where did he buy that book.

    B.Mary asked John where he buy that book.

    C.Mary asked John where he bought that book.

    D.Mary asked John where he bought this book.

    23.The air in the country is not as pure as it _______.

    A.might be           B.used to be                   C.would be                    D.must be.

    24.Which is NOT correct ?

    A.Had he studied hard, he would have passed the exam.

    B.If he had studied hard, he would have passed the exam.

    C.Unless he had studied hard, he would have passed the exam.

    D.If he hadn’t studied hard, he would have failed the exam.

    25.It’s important ____ students to read as many books as possible.

    A.up                     B.about                          C.to                      D.for.

    1. I hate ………………….. a child …………………… .
    2. see/ crying B. see/ cry           C. seeing/ to cry   D. seeing/ cry

    27.I visited the museum yesterday, and my friend ………….. .

    1. did, too B. did so           C. had either                  D. had neither

    28.You should take a message if someone ………… while I’m out.

    1. calls B. will call                      C. call                   D. calling

    29.We ….any problem up to now.

    1. do not have B. will not have            C. hadn’t           D. have not had

    30.The orator stopped…………He felt thirsty so he stopped………….some water.

    A.to talk /having                                         B. talking / to have

    1. talking /having                              D. to talk /to have

    IV.Choose the underlined part among A,B,C or D that need correcting.

    31.Because of the rise in unemployment, people still seem to be  spending more.

    A             B                                                                C           D

    32.Disease, pollute, and limited distribution are factors that threaten various

    A                                            B        C                 D

    plant and animal species.

    33.Unless you study hard,you will pass the next exam.

    A                       B                            C             D

    34.The  more you say, the worst the situation will be.

    A             B                   C              D

    35.What he told you seem to be of no importance.

    A                          B                 C          D

    V.Choose the sentence which has the closest meaning to the original one.

    36.No one in the team can play better than John.

    A.John plays well but the others play better.

    B.John as well as other players of the team plays very well.

    C.Everyone in the team,but John, plays very well.

    D.John is the best player of the team.

    37.I learn a lot but I can not remember anything.

    A.I learn more and more and remember more and more.

    B.The less I learn,the more I remember.

    C.The more I learn, the less I remember.

    D.I remember noy only what I have learnt.

    38.She is so fool that she can’t solve the problem.

    A.She is too fool not to solve the problem.

    B.She is too fool to solve the problem.

    C.She is very fool to solve the problem.

    D.She is very fool so that she can’t solve the problem.

    39.He earns much money so that his brother can continue taking English course.

    A.He earns much money in order for his brother to continue taking English course.

    B.He earns much money in order that he can continue taking English course.

    C.He earns much money in order to continue taking English course.

    D.He earns much money so as to continue taking English course.

    40.He only feels happy whenever he doesn’t have much work to do.

    A.The more he works, the happier he feels.

    B.The less he works,the happier he feels.

    C.His work makes him feel happy.

    D.He feels happier and happier with his work.

    1. Choose the word or phrase which best fits each gap of the passage.

    Doctors say that regular aerobic exercise leads to a healthier heart. Jogging, (41)………. , riding a bicycle, and other aerobic exercises lower  the risk of heart disease. In one kind of heart disease, fatty stuff called  plaque builds up in blood vessels (42)……….  to the heart. Aerobic exercise helps prevent this buildup. Aerobic exercise also (43)……….  the heart and lungs stronger.

    Doctors say you (44)……….  do 20 to 30 minutes of aerobic exercise at least three times a week. You need (45)……….  hard enough to get your heart beating faster than normal. You can feel your heart beating. You can use two fingers to feel a beat, or pulse, in your wrist or neck.

     

    41. A  walking B  walk C  walks D  walked
    42. A  which goes B  that going C  which to go D  going
    43. A  made B  makes C  making D  make
    44. A  would B  must C  should D  have to
    45. A  to exercise B  exercising C  exercise D  exercised

    VII.Read the passage and choose one correct answer for each question.

    PARENTS’ DREAMS

    Parents often have dreams for their children’s future. They hope their children will have a better life than they had. They dream that their children will do things that they couldn’t do. Parents who come to the U.S from foreign countries hope their children will have better education here. They think their children will have more career choices and more successful lives. They make many sacrifices so that their children will have more opportunities. They think their children will remain close to them because of this. Some children understand and appreciate these sacrifices and remain close to their parents. However, other children feel ashamed that their parents are so different from other Americans.

    1. Parents often dream of ………………………………..
    2. their children’s making a lot of money in the future.
    3. one day seeing their children become famous people.
    4. one day living on their children’s money.
    5. a bright future for their children.
    6. 4 Parents who come home from U.S from foreign countries hope that …..
    7. their children will have a lot of careers.
    8. their children become successful directors.
    9. their children will have more opportunities for good education.
    10. their children will make a lot of sacrifices.
    11. Parents think their children will remain close to them because………..
    12. they give their children a lot of money.
    13. of the sacrifices
    14. they know their children will be successful in the future.
    15. they are living in a foreign country.
    16. The word career in line 5 is closest in meaning to ……………………….
    17. education           B. travel               C. subject             D. profession
    18. The word close in line 7 is closest in meaning to ……………………….
    19. dear B. friendly            C. helpful             D. kind

    ———————————–THE END——————————————————

    ĐÁP ÁN

    CÂU Đ/ÁN CÂU Đ/ÁN CÂU Đ/ÁN CÂU Đ/ÁN CÂU Đ/ÁN
    1 D 11 C 21 C 31 A 41 A
    2 B 12 B 22 C 32 A 42 D
    3 D 13 D 23 B 33 A 43 B
    4 B 14 A 24 C 34 B 44 C
    5 A 15 C 25 C 35 B 45 A
    6 B 16 B 26 D 36 D 46 D
    7 D 17 D 27 A 37 C 47 C
    8 B 18 D 28 A 38 B 48 B
    9 A 19 A 29 D 39 A 49 D
    10 B 20 B 30 B 40 B 50 A

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 14                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    1.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    I’d like to invite him to………dinner next week, if that’s OK with you.

    1. a B. an                    C. the                             D. no article
    2. Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với các từ còn lại
    3. worked B. stopped C. threarened        D. watched

    3.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    The expansion of the factory will mean the………..of sixty extra workers.

    1. employ B. employment     C. employed                  D. unemployment
    2. Chọn từ có vị trí của trọng âm chính khác với các từ còn lại
    3. emision B. disposal           C. activity            D. element
    4. Chọn từ có vị trí của trọng âm chính khác với các từ còn lại
    5. result B. exhaust            C. eardrum           D. inject

    6.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    By September next year, I…………………….in this school for ten years.

    1. will be teaching B. will teach
    2. have taught D. will have been teaching
    3. 7. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    …………….high school, John attended a university in the city center.

    1. To finish B. Having finished
    2. To have finished D. Having been finished
    3. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    It ……………………a long time since I last saw you.

    1. has been B. had been          C. was                  D. would be
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    When I was young, I………………get up early to do the gardening.

    1. used to B. got used to       C. was used to      D. am used to
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    He had his car……………….this morninng.

    1. to repair B. repair               C. repairing          D. repaired
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

     We invited twenty people, but only five……………

    1. turned in B. turned out        C. turned round    D. turned up

    12.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    The A-level course………………of three or four subjects either in Arts or Sciences.

    1. consists B. contains           C. includes           D. composes
    2. Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với các từ còn lại
    3. sure B. since                C. sand                 D. source
    4. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    Everyone hopes to pass the next final exam,…………

    1. doesn’t he B. hasn’t he                   C. haven’t they    D. don’t they

    15.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    Did you notice………….at the fair?

    1. anything special B. anything specially
    2. special something D. specially anything

    16.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    Peter is a ………….better swimmer than John.

    1. more B. farther              C. very                 D. much
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    There are very large rooms with……………..in this house.

    1. beautiful decorated walls B. beautifully decorated walls
    2. beautiful walls decorating D. beautiful decorating walls

    18.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    I don’t imagine these fashions are ……….to disappear in the near future.

    1. likely B. like                   C. likelihood         D. alike

    19.Chọn câu có nghĩa gần với câu đã cho nhất

    “ Don’t touch that flower!” the old lady said to the boy.

    1. The old lady wanted the boy not to touch that flower.
    2. The old lady insisted the boy on touching that flower.
    3. The old lady warned the boy against touching that flower.
    4. The old lady congratulated the boy on not touching that flower.

    20.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    We’d better insure the house…………..fire.

    1. in case of B. as a result of    C. in addition to   D. because of

    21.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    The smartly-dressed gentleman…………has left for Hue.

    1. who you spoke to him B. you spoke to
    2. whom you spoke D. that you spoke to him

    22.Chọn câu có nghĩa gần với câu đã cho nhất

    Neither Bill nor Janet likes chocolate cakes.

    1. Bill doesn’t like chocolate cakes, and Janet doesn’t neither.
    2. Bill doesn’t like chocolate cakes, and either does Janet.
    3. Bill doesn’t like chocolate cakes, and neither likes Janet.
    4. Bill doesn’t like chocolate cakes, and neither does Janet.

    23.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    She felt ill. She went to work,……………, and tried to concentrate.

    1. although *B. however                   C. but                             D. even if

    24.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    If I……………you were sick, I would have come to visit you sooner.

    1. had known B. have known                                           C. would have known                             D. knew

    25.Chọn câu có nghĩa gần với câu đã cho nhất

    Despite his inexperience in the field, John applied for the job.

    1. John applied for the job because he had experience in the field.
    2. John didn’t apply for the job because of his inexperience in the field.
    3. John applied for the job even though he had no experience in the field.
    4. John was unable to do the job because he was inexperienced

    26.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    …………that the hope for cancer control may lie in the use of vaccine

    1. To believe B. It is believed    C. Believing                   D. They are believed

    27.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    I don’t understand what this means. Can you explain it………me?

    1. to B. for                    C. with                 D. at

    28.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    He told us to use a dictionary to look……….anythingwe didn’t understand.

    1. up B. for                    C. after                 D. at

    29.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    She isn’t……….well with the new manager.

    1. getting on B. going on           C. keeping on       D. taking on

    30.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    ……………the whole, I’m in favor of the idea.

    1. In B. Upon               C. By                    D. On
    2. Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới được phát âm khác với các từ còn lại
    3. read                 B. great                C. mean                D. team

    32.Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau

    “We’d better go. We’ve been here for………..hour.” “That was…………fastest hour I’ve ever spent.”

    1. a/the B .an / the             C. no article / the  D. the / the
    2. 33. Chọn phần gạch dưới cần được sửa lại để cho câu trở nên đúng

    They asked us, Henry and I, whether we thought that the statistics had been presented

    A                          B                                                       C

    fairly and accurately.

    D

    1. 34. Chọn phần gạch dưới cần được sửa lại để cho câu trở nên đúng

    The unemployment rate of the area raised every year until 2003 and then started to fall.

    A                                                       B                         C                                           D

     

    1. 35. Chọn phần gạch dưới cần được sửa lại để cho câu trở nên đúng

    Oceans of the world exerts strong influences on the weather over the Earth’s surface.

    A                                   B                      C                    D

    1. 36. Chọn phần gạch dưới cần được sửa lại để cho câu trở nên đúng

    Since infection can cause both fever as well as pain, it is a good idea to check a

    A                              B                                                      C

    patient’s temparature

    D

    1. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành câu sau

    ‘Thank you very much !’

              “……………………….”

    1. Nothing B. Indeed              C. Of course                   D. Not at all
    2. Chọn phương ánthích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành câu sau

    “May I smoke?” “…………………”

    1. What suits you? B. You are free
    2. Accommodates yourself! D. Go ahead 
    3. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành câu sau

    “I’m taking my driving test tomorrow”       “…………………………..”

    1. Good luck! B. Best wishes!    C. Good luck!       D. Congratulation!
    2. Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành câu sau

    “How do you do?”        “………………….’

    1. I’m fine, thank you. B. I’m a teacher
    2. How do you do ? D. I’m doing very well

     

    Đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn câu trả lời phù hợp với các câu hỏi

    Oxfam is a charitable organization that existed since the early 1940s. It was founded originally to help feed starving children in European countries during the Second World War. Oxfam has been working in almost every country all over the world.

    Oxfam funds relatively small-scale, relatively inexpensive but quite effective projects. Oxfam’s projects involve feeding starving children, providing education for disadvantaged children, giving care and comfort to the poor and the sick, rebuilding people’s own lives, carrying out irrigation work, planting trees, clearing roads, building schools and hospitals.

    Oxfam pays special attention to many poor countries in the Third World, that’s in Latin America, Asia, and Africa. Oxfam’s money comes entirely from voluntary contributions from the general public.

    1. 41. Oxfam was found originally to help feed starving children in European countries………….
    2. before the Second World War B. after the Second World War
    3. in the Second World War D. in the middle of the Second World War
    4. According to passage, Oxfam is a(n)………………………
    5. international voluntary organization B. international charitable organization
    6. national voluntary organization D. national charitable organization
    7. The projeccts Oxfam funds are……………
    8. cheap and less effective B. relatively cheap but very effective
    9. relatively dear but less effective D. dear but quite effective
    10. Oxfam’s projects involve all of the following EXCEPT………
    11. giving money to the needy
    12. feeding starving children
    13. providing educationfor disadvantaged children
    14. rebuilding people’s own lives
    15. The word starving in the passage is closest meaning to………..
    16. very hungry b. very exhausting         C. very tiring        D. very miserable

    Chọn phương án thích hợp ứng với (A, B, C hoặc D)  để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau

     

    Brunei is one of the smallest countries in the world. Its population …..(46)….. only 25,000 and most of them live in Bandar Seri Begawan ( the capital city with the longest name in the world!) It ‘s also the richest country in….(47)…… Asia and maybe the richest country in the world because it has a lot of oil and natural gas which it….(48)…..to Japan. Every week huge tankers carry oil and gas from the oi-fields of Brunei to Japan.

    The head of the state in Brunei is Sultan Haji Hassanal Bolkiah. He is the richest man in the world. He has two wives and …….(49)…. lives in their own beautiful palace. The Sultan has more than 200 cars and he also has …….(50)…….. of horses.

    1. A. is B. has C.  are                  D have
    2. A. a B. an C.  the                            D.no article

    48.A. exports       B. buys                 C.  imports                    D. produces

    49.A.each             B. every                C. either               D. neither

    50.A.hundreds     B. hundred           C. a hundred        D. one hundred

     

     

     

    The end

     

    Answers:

    1. D 11.D 21.B                     31.B                     41.C
    2. C 12.A 22.D                     32.B                     42B
    3. D 13.A 23.B                     33.A                     43.B
    4. D 14.D 24.A                     34.B                     44.A
    5. C 15.A 25.C                     35.A                     45.A
    6. D 16.D 26.B                     36.B                     46.A
    7. B 17.B 27.A                     37.D                     47.D
    8. A 18.A 28.A                     38.D                     48.A
    9. A 19.C 29.B                     39.C                     49.A

    10.D                     20.A                     30.D                     40.C                     50.A

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 15                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    Chọn phương án  đúng A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau:

    1. How do you do? I am Peter. – ………… .
    2. I am eighteen. B. How do you do? I am John.               C. How are you?                                                         D. I am fine, thank you.
    3. This is the shortest way to the city center;…………………it is not the only way.
    4. but B. so   C. however              D.therefore
    5. Her idea about ………………special class for ……….. disabled at first met with opposition from their parents.
    6. a/a                     B. a/ these               C. a/ the                   D. the/ ü
    7. If he……………harder, I will pass the final exams.
    8. study B. studied                C. is studying          D. studies
    9. If we had gone by bike, we ……………….. carsick.
    10. get B. will not get         C. would not have got         D. would get
    11. The UK is divided ………………four parts: England, Scotland,Wales and Northern Ireland.
    12. among B. between              C. for                        D. into
    13. That is my friend………………comes from Japan.
    14. whom B. where                  C. which                   D. who
    15. The next meeting ……………….in May.
    16. will hold B. will be held    C. will be holding     D. will have held
    17. I think …………… likes the film . It’s so boring.
    18. everyone B. anyone                  C. someone                     D.no one
    19. You are old enough to take…………..for what you have done.
    20. responsible       B.responsibility         C. responsibly           D.irresponsible
    21. My father………….. 40 cigarettes a day but he gave up smoking for 2 years ago.

    A.used to smoke                                             B. is used to smoking

    1. smoked                                             D. gets used to smoke
    2. Nam ……………smoking two years ago.
    3. stops B. has stopped        C. stopped             D. is stopping
    4. It is raining outside, and Tom brought his umbrella with him ……….. he wouldn’t  get wet.
    5. in order to     B. so as to                 C. so that                D. in order
    6. They ……………. in our country since January, 1st 2002.
    7. are                    B. have been             C.  were                  D.  had been
    8. A new hospital ………………. in the area lately
    9. has been built B. have been built    C. has built              D. have built
    10. Some sand dunes may be over 200 meters ……………height.
    11. at                     B. on                       C. in                        D. from
    12. Both men and women are good………..building houses.
    13. on B. at                           C.of                            D.in
    14. You should…………more attention to what your teacher explains.
    15. make B. pay                        C.set                            D.get
    16. Lan: I work for a big company.

    →Lan said she…………for a big company.

    1. had work B.work                       C.worked                     D.is working
    2. Please stop……………….. . I’m trying to finish my homework.
    3. to talk B. talked                 C. talking                  D. talk
    4. I always feel ……………….. whenever I am away from home.
    5. lovesick B. homesick            C. carsick                  D. seasick
    6. What ………………… at ten o’clock this morning?
    7. were you doing B. you were doing C.  did you do            D. you did
    8. Nam sang very……………..at my birthday party last night.
    9. beautifully B.beautify               C. beauty                    D. beautiful
    10. I gave up the job, …………………..the attractive salary.
    11. because of      B. although              C. because                 D. despite
    12. Tom, “ How did you get there?” John: “………………”
    13. Is it far from here?    B. I came here last night.

    C.The train is so crowded.                   D. I came here by train.

     

    Chọn phương  án A, B, C hoặc D ứng với câu có nghĩa gần nhất.

    1. He started working as a teacher five years ago.
    2. He has been working as a teacher for five years.
    3. He has worked as a teacher since five years. C. He is working as a teacher since five years.                                                                  D. He had been working as a teacher for five years
    4. My neighbour couldn’t return home because he lost all of his money.
    5. My neighbour couldn’t return home because of lost all of his money.
    6. My neighbour couldn’t return home because losing all of his money.
    7. My neighbour couldn’t return home because of he lost all of his money.
    8. My neighbour couldn’t return home because of losing all of his money.

    Chọn phương án  A, B, C hoặc D ứng với từ/ cụm từ có gạch chân cần phải sửa trong các câu sau.

    1. When we arrived at the station, the train has already left.

    A                      B                    C                    D   

    1. They speak English well because they practise speak it every day

    A                B                   C    D

    1. I enjoy my life here. I have much friends and we meet quite often.

    A                   B                  C                                          D

    1. If I were you, I would have forgotten about buying a new car.

    A                            B                               C                  D

    1. Lan has lived in Ho Chi Minh City for 1999.

    A            B                       C    D

    Chọn phương  án A, B, C hoặc D ứng với câu đúng nhất được tạo ra từ các từ cho trước.

    1. What / you / use / Internet/ for?
    2. What do you use the Internet for?
    • What do you use Internet for?
    • What do you do the Internet for?
    1. What do you use the Internet
    2. We / go / zoo / if / it / be / nice / Sunday.
    3. We go to the zoo if it is nice on Sunday.
    • We will go to zoo if it is nice on Sunday.
    • We will go to the zoo if it is nice on Sunday.
    1. We will go to the zoo if it is nice
    2. She / ask her sister / lend / her / some / money.
    3. She asked her sister lend her some money.
    4. She asked her sister to lend her some money.
    • She asked her sister lending her some money.
    1. She asked her sister to lend to her some money.

    Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng A, B, C hoặc D cho mỗi câu sau:

    One of the most urgent environmental problems in the world today is the shortage of clean water. Having clean drinking water is a basic human right. But acid rain, industrial pollution and garbage have made many sources of water undrinkable. Lakes, reservoirs and even entire seas have become vast pools of poison. Lake Baikal in Russia is one of the largest lakes in the world. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants, including 1300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. But they’re being destroyed by massive volumes of industrial effluent which pour into the lake every day. Even where law existed, the government didn’t have the power to enforce them. Most industries simply ignore the regulations. The Mediterranean Sea occupies 1% of the world’s water surface. But it’s the dumping ground for 50% of all marine pollution. Almost 16 countries regularly throw industrial wastes a few miles off shore.

    Water is free to everyone. A few years ago, people thought that the supply of clean water in the world was limitless. Today, many water supplies have been ruined be pollution and sewage. Clean water is now scarce, and we’re at last beginning to respect this precious source. We should do something now !

    1. According to the writer, one environmental problem in the world today is ………………
    2. acid rain          B. industrial pollution
    3. safe water shortage           D. population explosion
    4. Many sources of the water are not drinkable because of …………………..
    5. acid rain           B. industrial pollution
    6. garbage           D. all are correct
    7. What’s a serious problem of Lake Baikal in Russia ?
    8. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants.
    9. It’s polluted by massive volumes of industrial wastes discharged into it.
    10. It has 1300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world.
    11. The government didn’t have the power to enforce laws and regulations.
    12. How many countries throw industrial wastes into the Mediterranean Sea regularly?
    13. nearly 16           B. exactly 16        C. exactly 15                  D. less than 15
    14. What’s the message to the readers ?
    15. We should take action to protect our water resources.
    16. We should take all water resources into account.
    17. We should limit the use of water resources.
    18. We should encourage people to use safe water.

     

    Chọn phương án  A, B, C hoặc D ứng với từ/ cụm từ có gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với ba từ còn lại trong mỗi câu sau:

    1. A. career B. companion         C. pharmacist         D. human
    2. A. surprise B. promise              C. device                 D. realize
    3. A. books B. dogs                    C. cats                     D. maps

    Chọn phương án  A, B, C hoặc D ứng với từ có trọng âm chính nhấn vào âm tiết có vị trí khác với ba từ còn lại trong mỗi câu sau:

    1. A. sailor B. cancer                 C. surgeon               D. communicate
    2. A.satisfaction B. inheritance          C. operation            D. apprehension

    Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng A, B, C hoặc D cho mỗi ô trống.

     Nowadays people are more aware that wildlife all over the world is….. (46) ….. . danger. Many  species of animals are threatened, and could easily become extinct if we do not make an effort to  ….. (47) ….. them. They are many reasons for this. In some cases, animal are ….. (48) ….. for their fur or for other valuable parts of their bodies. Some birds such as parrots, are caught alike , and sold as pets. For many animals and birds, the problem is that their habitat- the place where they live-is disappearing. More land is used for farms, for houses or industry . Farmers use powerful chemicals to help  them to grow better ….. (49) ….. , but these chemicals pollute the environment and ….. (50) ….. wildlife.

    1. A. at B. in                        C. for                       D. on
    2. A. safe B. protect                C. harm                   D. serve
    3. A. protected B. extinct                C. called                  D. hunted
    4. A. crops B. fields                   C. products             D. herbs
    5. A. wrong B. spoil                   C. wound                D. harm

     

    ————–The End————–

     

     

     

    ĐÁP ÁN

     

    1-     B

    2-     C

    3-     C

    4-     D

    5-     C

    6-     D

    7-     D

    8-     B

    9-     D

    10-   B

     

    11-   A

    12-   C

    13-   C

    14-   B

    15-   A

    16-   C

    17-   B

    18-   B

    19-   C

    20-   C

     

    21-   B

    22-   A

    23-   A

    24-   D

    25-   D

    26-   A

    27-   D

    28-   D

    29-   C

    30-   C

     

    31-   B

    32-   D

    33-   A

    34-   C

    35-   B

    36-   C

    37-   D

    38-   B

    39-   A

    40-   A

     

    41-   C

    42-   B

    43-   B

    44-   D

    45-   B

    46-   B

    47-   B

    48-   D

    49-   A

    50-   D

     

     

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 16                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    QUESTIONS 1-3: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.

    1. A. lively B. life C. like                            D. live
    2. A. slow B. show C. cow                  D. blow
    3. A. miles B. attends C. drifts                D. glows

    QUESTIONS 4-5: Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

    1. A. intimacy B. photographer C. philosophy                D. experience

    5.A. certificate               B. celebrity                    C. alternative                 D. argument

    QUESTIONS 6- 30: Choose one best option to complete each sentence.

    1. Wild animals are ……………almost everywhere.
    2. serious threatened B. serious threaten C. seriously threaten      D.seriously threatened
    3. In the past the …………of Olympic Games winner was just a palm branch or an olive crown.
    4. honor B. trophy C. effort                D. victory
    5. The firework went ………..and lightened the sky with colors.
    6. off B. out C. on                              D. away
    7. What time did you …………at your office yesterday?
    8. come B. arrive C. reach                D. leave
    9. He …………having stolen the watch from the shop.
    10. refused B. accept C. denied              D. disapproved
    11. …………..some events were cancelled, thousands of people attended the festival
    12. Even if B. Even though C. when                D. as
    13. She will help you …………..she has some freetime.
    14. how B. what C. when                D. where
    15. You can rely on my sister in any circumstances . She is really …………………
    16. praiseworthy B. dependent C. reliant              D. trustworthy
    17. I expect …………a postcard from my father in England today.
    18. to be receiving B. to receive C. being received D. receiving
    19. Maria ………off the light when the doorbell rang.
    20. had just turned B. just turned C. was just turning        D. would turn
    21. It was cold outside . So she …………her coat and went out .
    22. turned on B. put on C. switched on     D. put off
    23. By the time he ……..for Paris, the contract will have completed .
    24. has left B. will leave C. leaves               D. left.
    25. “ …………………….” “ Thanks , I will write to you when I come to London”
    26. have a go B. better luck next time ! C. God bless you !         D. Have a nice trip
    27. “ Good luck in exams!” “ ……………..!”
    28. I hope so B. you mention it C. Never mind      D. you too
    29. The letter …………grandma was kept carefully in a box.
    30. you wrote B. which you wrote to C. to whom wrote          D. which wrote
    31. What a pity you didn’t go to the party . If you ……….., it ………….more fun
    32. came / would be B. had come / would be
    33. came / would have been D. had come / would have been
    34. Bring your jacket with you . It ………..get cold in the evening.
    35. can B. may C. must                D. would
    36. …………….is Maria’s future husband like ? He is generous and elegant
    37. How B. Which appearance C. What                D. Whose
    38. Nobody is ready to go , ………………?
    39. are they B. isn’t he C. is he                 D. aren’t they
    40. I like Jim , who is very good at ……………judgments.
    41. doing B. giving C. getting              D. making
    42. Have a nice holiday. Take ………….of yourseflf.
    43. care B. carefulness C. careless            D. carefully
    44. “ Why don’t we go out for a walk?” “ ……………….”
    45. Why not B. yes , please C. Ok, let’s                    D. Never mind
    46. Do you think there is still racial ……….in the world nowadays?
    47. discriminate B. discriminating C. discrimination D. discriminative
    48. A very nice painting is hung …………the wall in our classroom.
    49. on B. at                               C. above               D. over
    50. At this time yesterday, what ………………., Mr. Wilkins?
    51. were you doing B. did you do C. had you done   D. had neeb doing

    QUESTIONS 31 – 35: Read the following passage carefully and then choose the best option to fit each space.

    Clothing habits are a matter of ………….( 31) preference in te United States. Most people are free to wear ……………( 32) they feel comfortable . Business people in large urban areas are ……….( 33) to wear suits or dresses, while clothing in rural areas is less formal. Most Americans tend to dress casually when not in formal or business situations .

    When eating, most Americans ……….(34) a fork in the hand with which they write. Americans eat away from home often , and usually they ………….( 35) for their own meals when dinning with friends.

    1. A. persons B. person C. personal                    D. personably
    2. A. whereever B. whichever C. whenever                   D. whatever
    3. A. unlikely B. likely C. alike                 D. like
    4. A. take B. bring C. carry                D. hold
    5. A. get B. order C. pay                            D. buy

    QUESTIONS 36-40: Read the following passage carefully and choose the correct answer by circling its corresponding letter A,B,C or D.

              At the age of 40 , Tom Bloch was the head of H& R Block, a huge company that helps people preare their tax forms. He was very successful . Although Bloch earned a lotof money, he wasn’t very happy . He spent to much time at work and didn’t have enough time to spend with his family. Suddenly, he left H& R Block and became a teacher in a poor neighbourhood. “ I wanted to ……..help people who didn’t have the opportunities I had,” Bloch explained.

    Learning to control te students was hard at first . But the wards- helping children and hearing students say he’s their favourite teacher – rae great. And Bloch is able to spend more time with his family.

    1. Tom Bloch’s company operated in …………….
    2. building blocks B. collecting taxes
    3. helping people with tax forms D. helping people in a poor neighborhood
    4. He wasn’t very happy because he ……………….
    5. diidn’t earn much money B. wasn’t very successful
    6. earned a lot of money but he didn’t have time to spend it
    7. spent a lotof time for work not for his family
    8. Tom Bloch suddenly left his company to ……………
    9. retire B. find another opportunity
    10. become a teacher D. the head of a school
    11. He would like to ………..students of the poor neighborhood to have the opportunities as he had.
    12. explain B. help C. talk                            D. wish
    13. Tom Bloch is very happy now because he ……………..
    14. is a successful businessman B. earns more money than before
    15. spends more money for his family D. is a favourite teacher and spends more time with his family

    QUESTIONS 41 – 45: Choose one option A, B, C or D corresponding to the sentence which has the same meaning as the original one.

    1. People believe that there is an other world after Death .
    2. That there is an other world after Death is believed by people
    3. It was believed that there is an other world after Death
    4. It is believed that there is an other world after Death
    5. There is believed to have an other world after Death
    6. “ How much did you drink at the party last night” they asked him
    7. They asked hm how much did he drink at the party last night
    8. They asked him how much I drank at the party the night before.
    9. They asked him how much I had drunk at the party the night before.
    10. They asked him how much he had drunk at the party the night before.
    11. I am always busy but I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday.
    12. Although I am always busy but I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday.
    13. Although I am always busy I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday
    14. However I am always busy I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday
    15. I am always busy , therefore I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday
    16. He tries to practise English everyday so he can speak English more fluently now.
    17. The more he practises English , the more he can speak English .
    18. The more he practises English , the more fluently he can speak it .
    19. The more he tries to practise English , the most fluently he can speak it .
    20. He tries to practise English everyday , but he find it difficult to speak English fluently.
    21. I am very excited about seeing you next week.
    22. I am looking forward to seeing you next week.
    23. I am happy about seeing you next week.
    24. I am waiting to seeing you next week with excitement .
    25. You are excited about seeing next week.

    QUESTIONS 46 – 50: In these sentences, each one has four underlined words or phrases marked A, B, C, and D. Choose the one word or phrase which must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct. 

    1. Peter couldn’t stay on the horse’s back and neither Bob could .

    A               B           C                               D

    1. I feel safely to tell him my secrets .

    A  B      C                 D

    1. No matter what different , various music types have one thing in common : touching the hearts of the listeners. A B                                                         C                 D
    2. The more careful you drive , the fewer accidents you will have .

    A                                      B            C                      D

    1. Having punished twice this week , Kate feels ashamed of her bad behaviour.

    A                               B                                      C                             D

    The end

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 17                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others in each line .

    1. A. established B. worked C. stretched             D. invented
    2. A. helps B. provides C. documents          D. laughs
    3. A. match B. chair C. character             D. church

     

    Choose the word that has stress pattern different from that of the other words.

    1. A. colony B. rhinoceros C. wildlife                D.leopard
    2. A. competition B. discovery C. domestic             D. reserve

     

    Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.

    6.Since I came here, I…………a lot of acquaintances

    1. have had B.had                      C. have                    D.am having
    2. “Thank you very much for a lovely party”. –“………………….”
    3. Have a good day B. You are welcome   C. Thanks   D. Cheers
    4. We are going to ….. .
    5. have our house to be decorated B. have our house be decorated
    6. get our house being redecorated D. have our house redecorated

    9.Mary always takes great care………….her children.

    A.for                       B.of                         C.to                         D.with

    1. He finds it ….. to read detective books.
    2. fascinates B. fascinated           C. fascinate             D. fascinating
    3. By far, the most important Vietnamese ….. is Tet ( The Lunar New Year ).
    4. vacation B. holiday               C. ceremony            D. anniversary
    5. “That’s a very nice dress you’re wearing”. – “….. .”
    6. That’s nice B. I’m glad you like it C. That’s all right    D. I like it
    7. Jack, ….. I played tennis yesterday, was much fitter than me.
    8. who B. whom                 C. with whom         D. with who 14.Children receive its early………….. at home so parents should buy some    ……….. magazines to put them in the bookcase.

    A.educational/ educate                           B. educational/ education

    1. education/ educational D. education/ educated

    15.If I had enough money, I……………..a good dictionary.

    A.will buy              B.will have bought  C.would buy           D. would have bought

    1. “How long are you going to stay?”. Susan asked George ………………………..
    2. how long was he going to stay. B.  that how long he has gone to stay.    C.  how long you were going to stay.                          D.  how long he was going to stay.
    3. The ….. he was, the more cigarettes he smoked.
    4. worried B. more worried      C. less worried        D. most worried
    1. He performed very well in the interview;………….., he didn’t get the job.
    2. since b. but                      C. therefore             D.however
    3. You will spend at least one year working abroad ….. you can find out how things operate overseas.
    4. as long as B. because               C. so as to               D. so that
    5. Will you…………me to post this letter tomorrow.
    6. remember B. suggest               C. remind                D. mind
    7. “What are you going to do this weekend?” – ….. .
    8. It’s a good idea B. We plan to visit my grandparents
    9. I’m very tired D. I don’t like going out
    10. Many goods…………….in China are now not very saleable in Viet Nam.
    11. manufacturing B.manufacture        C. to manufacture   D. manufactured
    12. Mark wasn’t there last night.- ……………………….
    13. I wasn’t either B.So was I              C. I wasn’t too        D.Neither I was
    14. Let’s go to the cinema,……………..
    15. will we B. should we           C. would we            D. shall we
    16. “What kind of work would you like?”-…………………….
    17. Is there a good chance of promotion?                              B. I’m good at computing
    18. Any time after next week D. Anything to do with computers
    19. We should ….. every chance we have to speak English.
    20. make use of B. make a use of     C. make uses of       D. make the use of
    21. At this moment, the team ….. the game among themselves.
    22. has been discussing B. have discussing C. are discussing D. is discussing
    23. The government ______ the earthquake victims with food, clothes and medicine.
    24. gave B. provided             C. offered                D. carried
    25. Do you think a close friend should share joy and sadness ….. you?
    26. with B. on                       C. at                        D. between

    30………………………..,he wouldn’t have missed the train

    1. If he listened to me B. Unless he listened to me

    C.If he had listened to me                      D.If he didn’t listen

     

    Read the passage and choose the best answer for each blank.

    BOOKS

    Nearly all the discoveries that have been made through the ages can (31)…….in books. The invention of the book is one of humankind’s(32)………achievements, the importance of which can not be overestimated.Books are very adaptable, providing us with both entertainment and information. The production of books began in Ancient(33)……….,though not in the form that is accessible to us today. The books read by the Romans, however, have some similarities to the ones we read now. Until the middle of the 15th century, in Europe, all books were written by hand. They were ofen(34) …………illustrated and always rare and expensive. With printing came the possibility of cheap, large-scale publication and distribution of books making (35)……….more widespread and recognizable.

    31.A.find                       B.founded            C. be found          D. found

    32.A. greatest                B.greater              C. great                D.greatly

    33.A.China                    B. Egypt               C. England           D.America

    34.A.beauty                             B. beautify           C.beautiful           D. beautifully

    35.A.knowledge             B. know               C. known             D.knowledgeable

     

    Choose the correct sentence which has the same meaning as the given one.

    1. People believe that 13 is an unlucky number.
    2. It was believed that 13 is an unlucky number.
    3. That 13 is an unlucky number is believed.
    4. 13 is believed an unlucky number.
    5. It is believed that 13 is an unlucky number.
    6. The last time I played football was in 1991

    A.I haven’t played football in 1991      B. I haven’t played football since 1991

    C.I didn’t play football in 1991             D.I last played football since 1991

    38.Shall we go for a walk?

    1. What about go for a walk? B. What about going for  walk?
    2. What about going a walk?                D. What about going for a walk?

    39.He drives more carelessly than he used to.

    1. He doesn’t drive as carefully as he used to.
    2. He doesn’t drive carefully than he used to.
    3. He doesn’t drive as carefully than he used to.
    4. He doesn’t drive as carefully as he does.

    40.We didn’t recognize him until he came into the light.

    A.It was not until we recognized him that he came into the light.

    B.It was not until  he came into the light  that we recognized him.

    C.It was not until we didn’t recognize him that he came into the light.

    A.It was not until he came into the light that we didn’t recognize him  .

     

    Choose the underlined part among A, B, C or D that needs correcting.

    41.The room is such dirty that it needs cleaning immediately.

    A                         B         C                D

    42.My father, that has a special craze for cars, has just bought another sports car.

    A                            B                           C                              D

    1. A lot of articles about the environment have written by my classmates.

    A                B                C                       D

    1. Unless you don’t give up eating so much meat, you will continue to put on weight.

    A               B                                     C                       D

    44.You have to study hard to keep pace in your classmates

                        A                 B                  C                      D

     

    Read the following passage and choose  the best answer for each question.

    The problem of the use of our natural resources may be divided into four parts. These deal with trees, soil, water and minerals. In a sense, the first three are closely related, for water is a great destroyer of soil, and trees are its great protectors. Trees need both soil and water to grow. And water, to be of any real use, needs to be kept by soil and trees. Minerals are apart. They exist where they are because of the changing physical nature of the earth. Man has no control over the creation of the minerals, and once a particular supply has been used up, it is gone forever.

    Conservation programmes have been instituted by most governments to prevent these four essentials from reckless waste and to start the long process of repairing earlier damage to forests, soil and water supply.

    1. The problem of the use of our natural resources may be divided into ….. .
    2. two parts B. three parts C. four parts                            D. five parts
    3. The relations between trees, soil and water ….. .
    4. Water is a great destroyer of soil and trees are its great protectors
    5. Trees need both soil and water to grow, and water needs to be kept by soil and trees
    6. A & B are incorrect
    7. A & B are correct
    8. Minerals exist where they are ….. .
    9. because of the changing physical nature of the earth
    10. because they are also need to be kept by soil
    11. because they are great protectors
    12. All are correct
    13. When minerals are used up, ….. .
    14. they can be restored B. they are gone forever
    15. they can be found soon D. they can be supplied again
    16. To prevent these four essentials from reckless waste, ….. .
    17. man has to have control over the creation of the minerals
    18. most governments have instituted conservation programmes
    19. man mustn’t cut trees
    20. man mustn’t destroy minerals

    The end

    Hướng dẫn chấm

    Số câu trắc nghiệm: 50 câu

    Mỗi câu: 0,25 điểm

     

    1.    D 2.    D 3.    C 4.    B 5.    A
    6.    A 7.    B 8.    D 9.    B 10.          D
    11.          B 12.          B 13.          C 14.          C 15.          C
    16.          D 17.          B 18.          D 19.          D 20.          C
    21.          B 22.          D 23.          A 24.          D 25.          D
    26.          A 27.          C 28.          B 29.          A 30.          C
    31.          C 32.          A 33.          B 34.          D 35.          A
    36.          D 37.          B 38.          D 39.          A 40.          B
    41.          A 42.          A 43.          D 44.          A 45.          C
    46.          C 47.          D 48.          A 49.          B 50.          B

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 18                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

     

    Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.

    1. wondered B. cleaned             C. replied             D. laughed
    2. scheme B. school              C. charity             D. chorus
    3. another B. together           C. tomorrow                  D. petrol

    Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

    1. opponent B. penalize           C. habitat              D. synchronized
    2. category B. secondary        C. solidarity                   D. subsidy

    Choose the best option to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. Science still ___________ a cure for cancer.
    2. doesn’t find B. hasn’t found C. haven’t found  D. aren’t finding
    3. While he ___________ a route to the Indies, Columbus discovered America.
    4. searched B. was discovering
    5. had searched for D. was searching for
    6. Einstein, ___________ changed our way of seeing the universe, did not learn to read until he was ten.
    7. which theories B. whose theories C. that his theories D. who theories
    8. It was a kind of accident for ___________ nobody was really to blame.
    9. whom B. that C. which               D. who
    10. Jane: “I passed the driving test yesterday” Helen: “__________”
    11. What a pity! B. Congratulations! C. I am sorry D. You’re welcome
    12. The windows ___________ yesterday.
    13. were cleaned B. was cleaned C. cleaned             D. had cleaned
    14. ___________ a city map, we wouldn’t have got lost.
    15. If we brought B. Had we brought
    16. If we hadn’t brought D. Hadn’t we brought
    17. ___________ we had planned everything carefully, a lot of things went wrong.
    18. Although B. Despite C. Because           D. Because of
    19. Liming wanted___________ to the meeting 30 minutes early yesterday.
    20. we go B. us going
    21. us go D. us to go
    22. “I am sorry I didn’t phone you earlier,” Tom said to Lan. →Tom ___________ her earlier.
    23. apologized to Lan for phoning B. thanked to Lan for not phoning
    24. apologized to Lan for not phoning D. thanked Lan for phoning
    25. Advertisers often say that their products are the best. The real quality, ___________, is not as good as it is advertised.
    26. however B. but C. so                     D. therefore
    27. Nam: “What is your hobby, Thanh?” Thanh: “__________”
    28. What a pity! B. I like collecting stamps.
    29. No, I don’t D. Thank you
    30. You ___________ wash those potatoes. They’ve already been washed.
    31. must B. mustn’t C. should              D. needn’t
    32. ___________ is the total value of goods and services produced by a country in one year.
    33. DGP B. PGD C. GDP                D. GPD
    34. You’re always asking me ___________ money. Ask somebody else for a change.
    35. for B. with C. on                    D. at
    36. I’ve been ___________ to the party but unfortunately I can’t go.
    37. listened B. invited C. explained                   D. written
    38. The more electricity you use, ___________ your bill will be.
    39. the highest B. the more high C. higher              D. the higher
    40. This photograph was taken in Scotland, __________ ?
    41. was he B. wasn’t he C. wasn’t it          D. was it
    42. George doesn’t smoke and he doesn’t drink. → George ___________
    43. both smokes and drinks B. either smokes or drinks
    44. neither smokes and drinks D. neither smokes nor drinks
    45. Peter: “Your English is better than many Americans, Hanh. I really enjoy your public speaking” Hanh: “__________”
    46. You must be kidding! B. Congratulations!
    47. I am sorry to hear that D.Thanks, Peter.
    48. __________ is the natural environment in which a plant or animal lives.
    49. Extinction B. Habitat C. Biodiversity     D. Conservation
    50. The  __________ curriculum is usually set by the government.
    51. national B. nation C. nationally        D. nationality
    52. Is that __________ present Bill gave you for __________ Christmas?
    53. a/the B. the/the C. the/Φ                D. the/a
    54. Mary: “Your new hairstyle is quite attractive!” Sheila: “__________. I think it makes me look 10 years older.”
    55. Yes, I am proud of myself B. Say it again. I like to hear your words
    56. Thank you very much D. You’ve got to be kidding
    57. Colin: “ May I speak to Mr. Black, please?” Helen: “__________”
    58. Hold on, please! B. Goodbye
    59. I think so D. I’d like too

    Choose the one word or phrase that must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct.

    31.The vacation to Europe will plan carefully before the scheduled departure date.

    1. departure date. B. will plan C.  carefully                   D. to
    2. When he receives the money from the insurance company two days ago, he had already rebuilt the house.
    3. from B. had already rebuilt
    4. insurance company D. receives
    5. I told John that he had to study his lesson carefully even if he wants to pass the examination.
    6. wants B. study C. told                  D. even if
    7. The Americans are much more concerned than the Indians and the Chinese with physical attractive when choosing a wife or a husband.
    8. choosing B. are C. with                 D. attractive
    9. Those novels, which were written by a well-known writer, are worth to read.
    10. to read B. by C. those                D. well-known

    Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the original one.

    1. I started working here in 1998.
    2. I have started working here in 1998. B. I started working here in 1998.
    3. I haven’t started working here since 1998.D. I have worked here since 1998.
    4. John said,” I don’t have much time to enjoy myself.”
    5. John said that he doesn’t have much time to enjoy himself.
    6. John told that he didn’t have much time to enjoy himself.
    7. John said that he didn’t have much time to enjoy himself.
    8. John said that he didn’t have much time to enjoy myself.
    9. Vietnam exports a lot of rice. It’s grown mainly in the south of the country.
    10. Vietnam exports a lot of rice which is growing mainly in the south of the country.
    11. Vietnam exports a lot of rice grown mainly in the south of the country.
    12. Vietnam exports a lot of rice which grows mainly in the south of the country.
    13. Vietnam exports a lot of rice growing mainly in the south of the country

     Choose the correct option from the cues below to make sentences.

    1. Our plan/ might/ cancel/ due/ lack of funds.
    2. Our plan might be canceled due to lack of funds.
    3. Our plan might canceled due to lack of funds.
    4. Our plan might cancel due to lack of funds.
    5. Our plan might be cancel due to lack of funds.
    6. Ho Chi Minh City/ exciting/ much more/ I thought.
    7. Ho Chi Minh City is as much more exciting as I thought.
    8. Ho Chi Minh City is much more exciting as I thought.
    9. Ho Chi Minh City is much more exciting than I thought.
    10. Ho Chi Minh City is as much more exciting than I thought.

    Read the passage carefully and then choose the best answers:

    Women in Britain are  better off today than they used to be. At the beginning of the 19th century, women seem to have almost no rights at all. They could not vote, or even sign a contract. Their marriages were arranged by their parents. They were once kept at home and if they were allowed to work, they were never given responsible jobs. It is strange to think that, as far as we know, most women were happy with that situation.

    Today the position is quite different. Women now can vote and choose their own husbands. In 1970, a law was passed to give them an equal share of property in the case of divorce, and in the same year the Equal Pay Act gave them the right to get equal payment with men for work of equal value.

    Despite these changes, there is no doubt that there are still great differences in status between men and women. Many employers seem to ignore the Equal Pay Act. It is also more difficult for a woman to get promotion than a man does.

    There is sex distinction in England although it has not been so serious as it was. More and more women go out to work, earn more money, get high positions in the society, and live independently. However , there are two great problems to solve. The first problem is men’s attitude. They always think that women are lower in rank and are the weaker sex. We do not know exactly how long it will take them to change their mind. And the other problem which is much more difficult is women’s attitude. They should be ready to struggle to change their fate.

    1. At the beginning of the 19th century ,___________.
    2. British women were better off than today.
    3. Women seemed to have almost no rights at all.
    4. British women had the right to vote.
    5. British women had the right to choose their husbands.
    6. The Equal Pay Act was passed in ___________.
    7. 1960 B. 1962 C. 1970                D. 1971
    8. Which of these following sentences is NOT TRUE?
    9. All the employers in Britain obey the Equal Pay Act.
    10. In 1970, a law was passed to give British women the right to share property equally in the case of divorce.
    11. The Equal Pay Act gave British women the right to get equal payment with men for work of equal value.
    12. Women cannot get promotion as equal as men.
    13. What is men’s attitude?
    14. They consider women to be equal to them.
    15. They always look up women.
    16. They consider women the stronger sex.
    17. They consider women the weaker sex.
    18. What should women do to eliminate sex distinction?
    19. They should suffer with pleasure.
    20. They should struggle to change their fate.
    21. They should earn more money.
    22. All are correct

    Fill in each numbered blank with ONE suitable word:

    Nonverbal communication, or “body language”, is communication by facial expressions, head or eyes movements, hand signals, and body postures. It can be just as important to understand——-(46)—- words are. Misunderstandings- often amusing—–(47)——– sometimes serious- can arise between people from different cultures if they misinterpret nonverbal signals. For example, take the differences in meaning of a gesture—-(48)——- is very common in the United States: a circle made with the thumb and index finger. To an American, it means that everything—–(49)—– OK. To Japanese, it means that you are talking —(50)——- money. In France, it means that something is worthless. Meanwhile in Greece, it is an obscene gesture. Therefore, an American could unknowingly offend a Greek by using that particular hand signal.

    1. A. as B. than                 C. more                D. less
    2. A. although B. but                             C. unless              D. in order to
    3. A. who B. where               C. why                 D. that
    4. A. is B. are                             C. were                 D. was
    5. A. around B. about               C. among              D. ahead

    ______________________

    ĐÁP ÁN:

    1. D 2. C 3. A   4. A   5.C    6. B   7. D   8. B   9. C   10. B

    11.A  12.B  13.A  14.D  15.C  16.A  17.B  18.D  19.C  10.A

    1. B 22.D 23.C 24.D  25.D  26.B  27.A  28.C  29.D  30.A

    31.B  32.D  33.A  34.D  35.A  36.D  37.C  38. B 39.A  40.C

    41.B  42.C  43.A  44.D  45.B  46.A  47.B  48.D  49.A  50.B

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 19                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

    Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

     

    1. Find the word that has its underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

     

    1. A. jumped B. traveled C. seemed             D. stared
    2. A. determine B. combine                    C. sunshine                    D. underline
    3. A. threaten B. pleasure C. heat                  D. head

     

    1. Find the word that has different stress from the other three in each question.

     

    1. A. annual B. announce                   C. formal              D. sculpture
    2. A. industry B. understand C. engineer           D. competition

    III. Read the following passage and then choose the best answer to the questions:

     

    People in cities all over the world shop in supermarkets. Who decides what you buy in the supermarket? Do you decide? Does the supermarket decide? When you enter the supermarket, you see shelves full of food. You walk in the aisles between the shelves. You push a shopping cart and put your food in it. You probably hear soft, slow music as you walk along the aisles. If you hear fast music, you walk quickly. The supermarket plays slow music. You walk slowly and have more time to buy things. Maybe you go to the meat department first. There is some meat on sale, and you want to find it. The manager of the supermarket knows where customers enter the meat department, away from where the customers enter. You have to walk by all the expensive meat before you find the cheaper meat. Maybe you will buy some of the expensive meat instead of meat on sale. Most of the food in supermarkets is very attractive. It all says “Buy me!” to the customers. The supermarket tells you what to buy.

    1. The author asks if you decide _____ in supermarkets.
    2. how to buy B. what to buy C. the things sold D. when things are sold
    3. In the supermarket, there _______.
    4. is a shopping cart B. places with food
    5. are full shopping carts D. are shelves with food
    6. What separates shelves in supermarkets?
    7. the space near the entrance B. the space between shelves
    8. the space at one side of the supermarket D. the space between the upper and lower shelves
    9. According to the passage, music can ______ customers.
    10. motivate B. have an effect on C. tell the mood of         D. make customers happy
    11. Which of the following is NOT true about supermarkets?
    12. They play soft and slow music B. They put cheaper meat near the entrance
    13. They want their customers to buy expensive meat
    14. Customers do not have to listen to fast music
    1. Choose the one word or phrase that must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct
    1. Having achieved highest score, our team was rewarded the first prize.

    A                       B                                      C                D

    1. She is looking forward   to  go to France to visit her relatives there.

    A             B             C                                     D

    1. The equipment in the office was badly in need of to be repaired.

    A                                B        C                            D

    1. The purpose of volunteer work is to help poor people how improving their life.

    A                           B      C                                       D

    1. We were advised not drinking   the water   in   the bottle.

    A                      B               C        D

    1. V. Choose the best answer A, B,C,D:

    16). John reminded me _____ his motorbike by 8 o’clock.

    A). please return     B). not forget to return     C). remember to return        D). to return

    17). You won’t pass the examination ____ you study more.

    A). unless                B). as long as          C). if                        D). whether

    18). _____ for a job for a long time before you got it?

    A). Were you looking                             B). Have you looked

    C). Have you been looking                     D). Had you looked

    19). I’d love _____ to the party tomorrow, but it may be impossible.

    A). to going             B). go                      C). going                 D). to go

    20). He was often made ____ milk by his mother.

    A). drink                 B). drinks                C). to drink             D). drunk

    21). My bicycle ____ last night.

    A). was stolen         B). stolen                C). was stealing       D). stole

    22). I don’t like him. ____, I agree that he’s a good manager.

    A). But                    B). However            C). So                      D). Therefore

    23). He couldn’t give up smoking.

    A). start                   B). give away          C). stop                   D). begin

    24). We strongly recommend _______ your luggage when you travel.

    A). to insure            B). you insuring      C). your insurance   D). you to insure

    25). She was the first in her family ____ a college education.

    A). get                     B). getting               C). to get                 D). gotten

    26). ____ in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.

    A). Founding           B). Founded            C). Being founded   D). It was founded

    27). Jane appears ____ some weight. Has she been ill?.

    A). having lost        B). having been lost                                C). to have lost       D). to have been lost

    28). More and more people are taking part in the struggle ______illiteracy.

    A). for                     B). against               C). with                   D). about

    29). This is the man _____ helped me with my English.

    A). who                   B).  whom               C). which                 D).  whose

    30). He is keen _____ water sports.

    A).  at                      B). on                      C). in                       D). of

    31). Although she liked the dress very much, she decided ______ it

    A). to buy                B). bought               C). not to buy          D). didn’t buy

    32). At first I found it difficult ____ on the left hand side of the road.

    A). to get used to drive                           B). to get used to driving

    C). being used to drive                            D). in getting used to driving

    33). The factory is said ______ in a fire two years ago.

    A). being destroyed B). to have been destroyed C). to have destroyed         D). to destroy

    34 ). He had a portrait _____ as a birthday present for his daughter.

    A). painting             B). paint                  C). to be painted     D). painted

    35). By the end of this year my father _____ in the company for 10 years.

    A). will work           B). will have been working C). has been working         D). has worked

    36). This is the most interesting film _____ I’ve ever seen.

    A). who                   B). whom                C). which                 D).  that

    37). The road ______ to my school is very smooth.

    A). leads                  B). leading               C). to lead               D). lead

    38). Would you mind if I_____ your bike a moment?

    A). use                     B). used                   C). using                  D). uses

    39). She was worried about _____.

    A). being robbed     B). robbing              C). being rob           D). be robbing

    40). Some parents didn’t approve ____ a lot of television.

    A). in their children watching                 B). of their children watching

    C). on their children watching                 D). at their children watching

    1. Choose the best sentence that has the same meaning as the original one.

     

    41). “Don’t forget to feed the chicken twice a day,” he said.

    A). He said don’t forget to feed the chicken twice a day

    B). He told not to forget to feed the chicken twice a day

    C). He reminded me to feed the chicken twice a day

    D). He suggested me to feed the chicken twice a day

    42). He is not old enough to do the volunteer work.

    A). He is very young that he can’t do the volunteer work

    B). He is too young to do the volunteer work

    C). He can’t do the volunteer work because of his old age

    D). His young prevents him from doing the volunteer work

    VII. Choose the correct option by circling the corresponding letter A, B, C or D.

     

    43). He/ be/ accuse /cheated/ his final exam / last week.

    A). He was accused for having cheated in his final exam last week

    B). He was accused of having cheat in his final exam last week

    C). He was accused of having cheated in his final exam last week

    D). He was accused for having cheated in his final exam last week

    44). Last /she/ admitted /told /him / the secret.

    A). Last, she admitted having told him the secret

    B). At last, she admitted having told the secret by him

    C). At last, she admitted him having told him the secret

    D). At last, she admitted having told him the secret

    45). when/ all / the/ preparations /be / completed, / she / feel /happy.

    A). When all the preparations have been completed, she feels happy

    B). When the preparations have all been completed, she feels happy

    C). When all preparations have been completed, she feels the happy

    D). When all the preparations have been completed, she feel happy

    VIII. Read the following passage carefully and then choose the best option to fit each space.

     

    The most famous diary in English was written by Samuel Pepys. It gives a detailed and interesting (46)____ of everyday life in England between 1660 and 1669. Pepys wrote about important news stories of the time, like diseases, an enemy navy (47) ______ up the river Thames, and the Great Fire of London.

    He also wrote about himself, even about his faults – he often slept during church or (48) _____ at the pretty girls. He described his home life- a quarrel with his wife and how they became friends again, his worry about her illness. Pepys liked not only books, but also music, the theater, card (49) ______, and parties with good food and plenty of fun. Pepys was a busy man who had many important jobs. He was Member of Parliament and president of the Royal Society. He is also (50) _____ for his work for the British Navy.

    1. A. description B. letter                C. notice               D. report
    2. A. driving B. flying C. running            D. sailing
    3. A. looked B. prayed C. talked               D. said
    4. A. battles B. games C. matches           D. plays
    5. A. received B. remembered     C. reminded                   D. reported

    Đáp án :

    1A,2A,3C,4B,5A,6B,7D,8B,9C,10B,11B,12C,13D,14D,15B,16D,17A,18D,19D,20C.

    21A,22B,23C,24D,25C,26B,27C,28B,29A,30B,31C,32B,33B,34D,35B,36D,37B,38B,39A,

    40B.41C,42B,43C,44D,45A,46A,47D,48A,49B,50B.

     

     

     

     

     

     

    ĐỀ ÔN LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT

    ĐỀ SỐ 20                                     MÔN TIẾNG ANH 12

                                                       Thời gian làm bài 60 phút

     

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the rest.

    Question 1: A. filled                B. missed             C. talked               D. watched

    Question 2: A. chair                B. cheap               C. chemist            D. child

    Question 3: A. easy                 B. head                 C. heavy               D. weather

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word which  is stressed differently from that of the rest.

    Question 4: A. popular           B. dangerous        C. volunteer                   D. applicant

    Question 5: A. discuss             B. attract              C. suppose           D. visit

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

    Question 6: When I came to the party, Sally and Tom _________ .

    1. were dancing B. are dancing C. have danced     D. have been dancing

    Question7: He was _________the job.

    1. experienced enough to do B. enough experienced to do
    2. experienced enough doing D. experienced to do enough

    Question 8: It is such an important matter_________I can’t decide anything about it myself.

    1. so B. because C. that                  D. if

    Question 9: By the time you receive her letter, she __________the country.

    1. is going to leave B. is leaving C. will leave                   D. will have left

    Question 10: _________should try to make good impression on interviewers

    1. Apply B. Applicants C. Applying                   D. Applied

    Question 11: How nice to see you. – _________

    1. It’s so kind of you. B. So do I.
    2. Nice to see you, too D. Thanks.

    Question12: With so much __________, I’m lucky  to be in work.

    1. employees B. employers C. employment              D. unemployment

    Question 13: The 22nd SEA Game were well prepared and successfully__________although it was the first time Vietnam hosted.

    1. organization B. organize C. organized                   D. organizational

    Question 14: The children have to __________to school after their summer holiday.

    1. go along B. go away C. go back            D. go by

    Question 15: I cut myself_________I was shaving.

    1. while B. until C. during              D. by the time

    Question16: Are you _________in soccer?

    1. interesting B. interested C. interests           D. interest

    Question 17: I’m learning English_________I want to get a better job.

    1. or B. therefore C. because            D. but

    Question18: In the past the earth was__________to be flat.

    1. created B. believed C. evolved            D. built

    Question 19: What’s the name of the man_________car you borrowed?

    1. who B. which C. that                  D. whose

    Question 20: My brother _________for a job since he graduated from college.

    1. is looking B. looked C. was looking     D. has been looking

    Question 21: I’m not going out yet. I’m waiting__________the rain to stop.

    1. for B. at C. on                    D. with

    Question 22: Our company wants to take in those who are__________for the job.

    1. available B. useful C. qualified           D. good

    Question 23: It was raining,__________we cancelled the trip to the beach.

    1. although B. because            C. so           D. but

    Question 24: Would you like to go out with me tonight? – Yes, ________. Where shall we meet?

    1. Of course B. I’d love to C. I like too          D. So do I

    Question 25: The conical leaf hat is one of the typical features of the Vietnamese__________.

    1. education B. culture             C. society             D. language

    Question 26: You speak excellent English. – _________

    1. But my English is poor. B. That’s none of your business.
    2. You don’t understand me. D. Thank you, but I’m just learning.

    Question 27: Some species of rare animals are in _________of extinction.

    1. danger B. dangerous C. dangerously               D. endanger

    Question 28: Shall we start now? – _________

    1. Yes, we are. B. Yes, let’s. C. Yes, please.     D. No, we don’t.

    Question 29: Some high school students often take _________in helping the disadvantaged or handicapped children.

    1. care B. part                  C. note                 D. pity

    Question 30: Would you mind closing the window for me? – _________. I’ll do it right now.

    1. Certainly B. Not at all C. Of course                   D. Yes, sure

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word for  each of the blanks from 31 to 35 .

    The reality of an interview is never as bad as your fears. For some reason people imagine the interviewer is going to jump on every tiny mistake they (31)__________ . In truth, the interviewer is as keen for the meeting to go well as you are. It is what makes his or her job (32)_________

    The secret of a good interview is preparing for it. What you wear is always important as it creates the first impression. So (33)___________neatly, but comfortably. Make sure that you can deal with anything you are (34) _______________ . Prepare for questions that are certain to come up, for example: Why do you want to become a nurse? What is the most important (35) _______________ a good nurse should have? Apart from nursing, what other careers have you considered? What are your interests and hobbies?

    Question 31:         A. perform          B. do                     C. make                D. have

    Question 32: A. enjoyable       B. enjoyably                  C. enjoyment        D. enjoyed

    Question 33: A. wear              B. dress                C. put on              D. have on

    Question 34: A. suggested       B. questioned       C. inquired           D. asked

    Question 35: A. quality           B. behavior          C. nature              D. point

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 36 to 40.

    “Where is the university?” is a question many visitors to Cambridge ask, but no one can give them a clear answer, for there is no wall to be found around the univerisity. The university is the city. You can find the classroom buildings, libraries, museums and offices of the university all over the city. And most of its members are the students and teachers or professors of the thirty-one colleges.

    Cambridge was an already developing town long before the first students and teachers arrived 800 years ago. It grew up by the river Granta, as the Cam was once called. A bridge was built over the river as early as 875.

    In the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries more and more land was used for college  buildings. The town grew much faster in the nineteenth century after the opening of the railway in 1845. Cambridge became a city in 1951 and now it has the population of over 100,000. Many young students want to study at Cambridge . Thousands of people from all over the world come to visit the university town. It has become a famous place all around the world.

    Question 36: Most visitors come to Cambridge ________________.

    1. to find the classroom buildings B. to study in the colleges in Cambridge
    2. to see the university           D. to use the libraries of the universities

    Question 37: The university began to appear  around in the ________________ century.

    1. 8th B. 9th                    C. 15th                            D. 13th

    Question 38: People named Cambridge the “city of Cambridge “ because _______________.

    1. the river was very well-known B. there is a bridge over the Cam
    2. it was a developing town D. there is a river named Granta

    Question 39: The town really began to develop  after _____________.

    A.1845                           B. 875                            C. 1951                D. 800

    Question 40:  From what we read we know that now Cambridge is _______________.

    1. a city without wall B. visited by international tourists
    2. a city of growing population           D. a city that may have a wall around it

    Mark the letter A,  B,  C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction.

    Question 41: The aim of this exercises is to practise using will for a future fact or prediction.

    A                    B                           C                                D

    Question 42: Marilyn Monroe, who was a famous actress, was died of drug overdose.

    A             B                         C                      D

    Question 43: What would happen if the temperature is warmer.

    A                 B               C                  D

    Question 44: The jacket with three differently colors belongs to Hai, my brother.

    A                         B                          C

    Question 45: I often spend some money each month, about $ 50, to buy books on economics.

    A                                             B                                 C                D

    Make the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

    Question 46: Although he is intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.

    1. Although his intelligence, he doesn’t do well at school.
    2. Despite being intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.
    3. In spite he is intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.
    4. In spite of intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.

    Question 47: Jane can swim farther than I can.

    1. I can’t swim as far as Jane.
    2. Jane can’t swim as far as I can.
    3. I can’t swim as far as Jane.
    4. Jane can swim as far as I can.

    Question 48: “Where does Mai live?” he asked.

    1. He asked me where Mai lives.
    2. He asked me where Mai lived.
    3. He asked me where does Mai live.
    4. He asked me where did Mai live.

    Question 49: The coffee was too hot for me to drink.

    1. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink it.
    2. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink.
    3. The coffee was so hot that I couldn’t drink it.
    4. The coffee was so hot that I couldn’t drink.

    Question 50: People are using computers in all kinds of work.

    1. Computers are being used in all kinds of work.
    2. All kinds of work are used by computers.
    3. Computers are used in all kinds of work.
    4. All kinds of work are being used by people.

    ĐÁP ÁN

    Question 1 : A. Filled

    Question 2 :  C. Chemist

    Question 3 : A. Easy

    Question 4 : C. Volunteer

    Question 5 : D. Visit

    Question 6. A. were dancing

    Question7:A. experienced enough to do

    Question 8: C. that

    Question 9: D. will have left

    Question 10: B. Applicants

    Question 11: C. Nice to see you, too

    Question12: D. unemployment

    Question 13: C. organized

    Question 14: C. go back

    Question 15: A. while

    Question16: B. interested

    Question 17: C. because

    Question18: B. believed

    Question 19: D. whose

    Question 20: D. has been looking

    Question 21: A. for

    Question 22: C. qualified

    Question 23: C. so

    Question 24: B. I’d love to

    Question 25: B. culture

    Question 26: D. Thank you, but I’m just learning.

    Question 27 : A. Danger

    Question 28 : B. Yes, let’s.

    Question 29: B. part

    Question 30: B. Not at all

    Question 31:         C. make

    Question 32: A. enjoyable

    Question 33: B. dress

    Question 34: D. asked

    Question 35: A. quality

    Question 36: C. to see the university

    Question 37: D. 13th

    Question 38: B. there is a bridge over the Cam

    Question 39: A.1845

    Question 40:  B. visited by international tourists

    Question 41: A. this exercises

    Question 42: C. was died

    Question 43: B. would

    Question 44: C. differently

    Question 45: C. to buy

    Question 46: B.despite being intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.

    Question 47: C. I can’t swim as far as Jane.

    Question 48: B. He asked me where Mai lived.

    Question 49: C. The coffee was so hot that I couldn’t drink it.

    Question 50: A. Computers are being used in all kinds of work.

    —The end—

  • Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

    Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

    Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

    Đề thi tiếng Anh chuyên Hà Nội năm 2007

     

    A. pronunciation (10 points).

     

     

    I. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others in each group. (5 points)

    1.    A. author B. other C. there D. they
    2.    A. forest B. control C. product D. ecology
    3.    A. industry B. translate C. construction D. satisfy
    4.    A. baggage B. courage C. damage D. invasion
    5.    A. advantage B. addition C. advertise D. adventure

    II. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose main stress pattern is not the same as that of the others. (5 points)

    A. deposit B. festival C. institute D. resident
    A. surprising B. astonishing C. amazing D. interesting
    A. interview B. industry C. essential D. difficult
    A. extreme B. generous C. lonely D. clothing
    A. friendly B. extra C. along D. orphanage

    B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (40 points).

    I. Choose the best answers to complete each sentence. (10 points)

    1. One problem for teacher is that each student has his/ her own ________ needs.
         A. separate B. divided C. individual D. distinctive
    1. I was ________ in the book I was reading and didn’t hear the phone.
    A. submerged B. distracted C. gripped D. engrossed
    1. If we hurry, we might get there ________ to catch the early train.
         A. right B. in time C. on time D. before time
    1. To get a passport, you must send in your birth ________ and two photos.
         A. certificate B. license C. paper D. card
    1. She tries to set ________ an hour a week for practice.
         A. about B. down C. aside D. in
    1. ________ stay the night if it’s too difficult to get home.
         A. At all costs B. By all means C. In all D. On the whole
    1. Robert and his wife ________ to my house for tea yesterday evening.
         A. came round B. came about C. came down D. came away
    1. Each of the guests ________ a bunch of flowers.
         A. are given B. is given C. were given D. give
    1. To everyone’s surprise, Mr. Brown ________ at the Trade Union meeting.
         A. turned in B. turned over C. turned up D. turned round
    1. Everyone burst out laughing. There was a lot of ________.
        A. laughs B. laughter C. laughings D. laugh

    II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (10 points)

    1. I (meet) ________ John before I (be) ________ a fortnight in Paris.
    2. The children were frightened because the lights suddenly (go) ________ out and they (sit) ________ in the dark.
    3. What tune (play) ________ when we (come) ________ in?
    4. She was badly hurt when her car hit another car. If she (wear) ________ her seat belt, she (not hurt) ________ so badly.
    5. Coming into the room he (see) ________ Mary where he (leave) ________ her.

    III. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the passage. (10 points)

    1. We go to the restaurant for ________ whenever we ‘re tired of eating meat. (vegetable)
    2. Don’t worry. I ‘ll be waiting for you at the ________ to the pagoda . (enter)
    3. The old theater of our city is being enlarged and ________. (modern)
    4. Advertisements account for three fourths of the ________ of the newspaper. (come)
    5. What is the ________ of the adjective “solid”? ( oppose)
    6. ________ should complain if they are not satisfied with the service they receive. (Consume)
    7. If your work is ________ you won’t get a raise. (satisfy)
    8. ________ are alarmed by the rate at which tropical rainforest are being destroyed.(Conserve)
    9. The athletes take part in the Olympic Games in the true spirit of ________. (sport)
    10. You can never be sure what he is going to do. He is so ________. (predict)

    IV. Arrange these sentences to make a complete passage (10 points).

    1. As they built bigger and bigger ships, they were able to sail further and further away.
    2. They don’t really mean that the world is getting smaller, of course.
    3. They found that as they sailed further away from their home countries, the world became bigger.
    4. Then men began to use ships to explore the world.
    5. Today there are no undiscovered countries left to put on the map, but there are many new worlds to discover out in space.
    6. But 2,300 years ago the Egyptians and the Greek thought that the world was very small and flat that around it was the ocean.
    7. We often hear people saying that the world is getting smaller.
    8. So they had to make new maps to show the countries that they found.
    9. And they discovered new countries that they didn’t know about.
    10. What they mean is that with modern means of transport, we can now reach every part of the world very quickly.

    C. READING (30 points).

    I. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question. (5 points)

    People have been playing with marbles for thousands of years. The first marbles were probably either river stones that happened to be naturally round enough to roll or, more likely, rounded globs of clay that were baked hardness. Such very old clay marbles have been found in both Greek and Roman ruins, and quartz spheres have been dated at around 6000 B.C. Harder and more durable marbles tend to inspire different kinds of games than soft clay marbles, which crack very easily. So with the advent of hand rounded and polished marbles made of agate or some other rugged, igneous rock, the ‘golden age’ of marbles and marble play flowered. Stone marbles began to appear in the early 1800s in what is now the southern part of Germany. Shortly after, handmade glass marbles appeared in the same part of Europe. For the next 120 years, marbles and marble playing-there were literally hundreds of games – flourished in both Europe and America. Marble players developed their own vocabulary for different sizes and materials of marbles, as well as for the many kinds of games to be played and the way marbles were used in the games. For example, if you were going to play a game of Ring-Taw, one of the most popular and enduring marbles games, you would lag for the first shot, and then knuckle down from the baulk, trying your best to get a mib or two with your opponent’s immie.

    1. The author makes the point in the passage that playing with marbles __________.
    A. has been going on since ancient times

    B. is a relatively recent phenomenon

    C. is losing popularity

    D. is a very expensive pastime

    1. According to the passage, which of the following was the least used substance for making marbles?
    A. agate B. glass C. rock D. clay
    1. It can be inferred from the passage that the use of marbles became very popular in Europe and America __________.
    A. in the 18th century

    B. in the 1970s

    C. in 6000 B.C

    D. after glass marbles were developed

    1. We can infer from the passage that marble playing __________.
    A. is a game only for children

    B. has many variations in games

    C. is played according to one set of rules

    D. uses only one kind of marble

    1. We can conclude from lines 11-12 of the passage that the terminology of marble playing is __________.
    A. specialized

    B. used only by children

    C. easy to understand

    D. derived from an ancient language

    II. Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space. (15 points)

    Look on the bright side

    Do you ever wish you were more optimistic, someone who always (1) _______ to be successful? Having some one around who always (2) _______ the worst isn’t really a lot of (3) _______ we all know someone who sees a single cloud on a sunny day and says “It looks (4) _______ rain.” But if you catch yourself thinking such things, it’s important to do something (5) _______ it. You can change your view of life, (6) _______ to psychologists, it only takes a little effort, and you’ll find life more rewarding as a (7) _______ . Optimism, they say, is partly about self-respect and confidence, but it’s also a more positive way of looking at life and all it has to (8) _______ . Optimists are more (9) _______ to start new projects and generally more prepared to take risks.

    Upbringing is obviously very important in forming your (10) _______ to the world. Some people are brought up to (11) _______ too much on others and grow up forever blaming other people when anything (12) _______ wrong. Most optimists, on the (13) _______ hand, have been brought up not to (14) _______ failure as the end of the world-they just (15) _______ with their lives.

    1.    A. counted B. expected C. felt D. waited
    2.    A. worries B. cares C. fears D. doubts
    3.    A. amusement B. play C. enjoyment D. fun
    4.    A. so B. to C. for D. like
    5.    A. with B. against C. about D. over
    6.    A. judging B. according C. concerning D. following
    7.    A. result B. reason C. purpose D. product
    8.    A. supply B. suggest C. offer D. propose
    9.    A. possible B. likely C. hopeful D. welcome
    10. A. opinion B. attitude C. view D. position
    11. A. trust B. believe C. depend D. hope
    12. A. goes B. falls C. comes D. turns
    13. A. opposite B. next C. other D. far
    14. A. regard B. respect C. suppose D. think
    15. A. get up B. get on C. get out D. get over

    III. Fill in each blank with one suitable word to complete this passage. (10 points)

    Travelling to all corners of the world is (1) _______ easier and easier. We live (2) _______ a global village, but how well do we know and understand each other? Here is (3) _______ simple test. Imagine you have arranged a meeting at 4 p. m. What time should you expect your foreign business colleagues to arrive? If they are German, they‘ll be exactly (4) _______ time. If they are American, they‘ll probably be 15 minutes early. If they are British, they’ll be 15 minutes (5) _______, and you should allow up to an hour for the Indians. Therefore, these are some small advice in (6) _______ not to behave badly abroad. In France you shouldn’t sit down in a cafard until you are shaken hands with everyone you know .In Afghanistan you‘d better spend at last 5 minutes (7) _______ hello.  In Pakistan you mustn’t wink. It is offensive. In the Middle East you must never use the left hand for greeting, eating, drinking or smoking. Also, you should care not to admire (8) _______ in your host’s home. They will feel that they have to give it to you .In Russia you must your hosts drink for drink or they will think you are unfriendly. In Thailand you should clasp your hands (9) _______ and lower your head and your eyes when you greet someone. In America you should eat your hamburger with both hands and as quickly as (10) _______. You shouldn’t try to have a conversation until it is eaten.

    D. WRITING (20 points).

    I. Rewrite the sentences in such a way that they mean almost the same as those printed before them. (10 points)

    1. My brother studies now harder than he used to.

    My brother ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Please don’t ask me that question.

    I’d rather ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. I last saw Bob when I was in Ho Chi Minh City.

    I haven’t …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. John only understood very little what the teacher said.

    John could hardly ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Tom will be twenty next week.

    It’s Tom’s ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. She is fond of her nephew although he behaves terribly.

    She is fond of her nephew in …………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. He prefers reading books to watching TV.

    He would ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. He didn’t hurry, so he missed the bus.

    If …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. The train takes longer than the plane.

    The plane ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. I don’t suppose you have change for 2 pounds, do you?

    Do you happen ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    II. Use the prompts provided to write full sentences to make a complete letter. (10 points)

    Dear Sir / Madam,

    1. I / like / express / concern / increasing number / karaoke bars / city.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. There be / lot / reason / I object / places.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Firstly, / owners / take / much money / those / come / sing.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Secondly, / they cause / much noise / neighborhood.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Thirdly, / there / number / pupils / play truant / just / go / those places / sing.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Last / least / these bars / do harm / appearance / city / because / their / ugly flashing lights.

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. I want / say / I / not / old fashioned person.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. I hope / authority / take / matter / careful consideration.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. I / not mean / ban them / but / there should / effective way / control / this kind / entertainment places.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. I / look / see / city council / do / this master.

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    Yours truly, Thomas Cruise.

     

    ———- The end ———-

    (§Ò thi nµy cã 04  trang)

     

    Hä vµ tªn thÝ sinh: ……………………………………………………………………….. Sè b¸o danh: ……………….

    UBND Thµnh phè

    hµ néi

    bé Gi¸o dôc – §µo T¹o

    §Ò chÝnh thøc
    ®¸p ¸n ®Ò thi tuyÓn sinh vµo líp 10 thpt chuyªn

    N¨m häc 2006 – 2007

    M«n thi : TiÕng Anh

    Thêi gian: 120 phót ( kh«ng kÓ thêi gian giao ®Ò )

    Ngµy thi: 25/ 6/ 2006

    1. pronunciation (10 points).
    2. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others in each group. (5 points) – 1/ each.
    1. A 2. B 3. B 4. D 5.   C
    1. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose main stress pattern is not the same as that of the others. (5 points) – 1/ each.
    1. A 2. D 3. C 4. A 5.   C
    1. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (35 points).
    2. Choose the best answers to complete each sentence (10 points) – 1/ each.
    1.   C 2.   D 3.   B 4.   A 5.   C
    6.   B 7.   A 8.   B 9.   C 10. B
    1. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets (10 points) – 1/ each.
    1. met – had been.

    2. had gone – were sitting.

    3. was being played – came.

    4. had been wearing – wouldn’t have been hurt.

    5. saw – had left.

    III. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the passage (10 points) – 1/ each.

    1. vegetarians 6. consumers
    2. entrance 7.  unsatisfactory
    3. modernized 8.  Conservationists
    4. incomes 9.  sportsmanship
    5. opposite 10.unpredictable
    1. Arrange these sentences to make a complete passage (10 points).

    g g b g j  g  f g  d g c g i g a g  h g   e .

    1. READING (30 points).
    2. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question (5 points) – 1/ each.
    1. A 2. D  3. D  4. B 5. A
    1. Read the text and decide which answer best fits each space (15 points) – 1/ each.
    1.     B 2.     C 3.     D 4.     D 5.   C
    6.     B 7.     A 8.     C 9.     B 10. B
    11.   C 12.   A 13.   C 14.   A 15. B
    1. Fill in each blank with one suitable word to complete this passage (10 points) – 1/ each.
      1. getting   2.  in   3. a   4. on   5.    late
      6. order   7.  saying   8. anything   9. together   10.  possible
    1. WRITING (20 points).
    2. Rewrite the sentences in such a way that they mean almost the same as those printed before them. (10 points)
    3. My brother didn’t use to study as/ so hard as he does now/ used to study more lazily than he does now.
    4. I’d rather you didn’t ask me that question.
    5. I haven’t seen Bob since I was in Ho Chi Minh City.
    6. John could hardly understand what the teacher said.
    7. It’s Tom’s twentieth birthday next week.
    8. She is fond of her nephew in spite of his terrible behavior.
    9. He would rather read books than watch TV.
    10. If he had hurried he would/could have caught / wouldn’t have missed the bus
    11. The plane does not take as long as/takes a shorter time than/ is quicker/faster than the train.
    12. Do you happen to have change for 2 pounds?
    13. Use the prompts provided to write full sentences to make a complete … (10 points) – 1/ each.

    Dear Sir/ Madam,

    1. I would like to express (my) concern about the increasing number of karaoke bars in the/ our city.
    2. There are a lot of reasons that/ why I object to these/ those places.
    3. Firstly, the owners take too much money from those people who come to sing.
    4. Secondly, they cause/ are causing too much noise in/ to the neighborhood.
    5. Thirdly, there are a number of pupils who/ that play truant just to go to those places to sing.
    6. Last but not least, these bars do harm to the appearance of the city because of their ugly flashing light.
    7. I (also) want to say (that) I am not an old fashioned person.
    8. I hope (that) the authority will take this matter into careful consideration.
    9. I do not mean to ban them, but there should be an/ some effective way to control this kind of entertainment places.
    10. I look/ am looking forward to seeing the city council doing something about this matter.
      Yours truly, Thomas Cruise.
    • Tæng ®iÓm bµi thi : Tæng sè c©u ®óng/ 10.

     

     

    ———- The end ———-

     

  • BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Bộ Đề thi tuyển sinh lớp 10 môn Anh hay có đáp án


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    BỘ ĐỀ THI TIẾNG ANH TỪ LỚP 6 ĐẾN LỚP 12

    ĐỀ 1

     

    PHÒNG GD&ĐT VĨNH YÊN

    —————

     

    ĐỀ THI KHẢO SÁT HỌC SINH GIỎI

    NĂM HỌC 2014 – 2015

    Môn : Tiếng Anh  Lớp 6

    Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút (không tính thời gian giao đề)

    (Đề này gồm 05 trang)

     

    1. I. Listen and fill one word in the blanks

    The population of the…..(1)……is growing. More …(2)….. need more food. More people …(3)…. more land. We ……(4)….. ….cutting down the …..(5)…. .Farmers are burning …(6)……..forests. They need …(7)…fields. We are destroying …(8)….. and animals. These …(9)…. animals are …( 10)….. danger.

     

    1. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others in each group.
    2. A. garden B. yard                        C. market                    D. warm
    3. A. aerobics B. carrot                      C. lemonade                D. correct
    4. A. armchair B. sandwich                C. chocolate                D. school
    5. A. ahead B. white                      C. behind                    D. hungry
    6. A. stadium B. accident                  C. finally                     D. animal

     

    III. Choose the best answer from the four options (A or B, C, D) to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. She is not doing ___________ in the garden, just walking with her dog.
        A. anything B. nothing C. something D. one thing
    1. It is twelve o’clock, Mai Anh. Let’s ___________home.
        A. goes B. to go C. going D. go
    1. My brother and I ___________ our grandmother next weekend.
        A. visit B. am going to visit C. am visiting D. are going to visit
    1. ___________ he plays the guitar!
        A. What beautiful B. How beautifully C. How beautiful D. What beautifully
    1. I don’t want much sugar in coffee. Just ___________, please.
        A. a little B. little C. few D. a few
    1. At an intersection, we must___________.
        A. ride quickly B. go fast C. slow down D. run out
    1. What’s___________ lunch? -There is some rice and some meat.
        A. for B. in C. to D. at
    1. Is there anything to drink? I’m___________.
        A. hungry B. tired C. thirsty D. cold
    1. Look ___________ that strange man! He is looking ___________ Lan but she isn’t here.
        A. for/ at B. at/  for C. at/ after D. at/ on
    1. You are too fat. You shouldn’t eat much___________.
        A. meat B. fruit C. fish D. vegetables
    1. ___________ do people need more food? Because there are more people.
        A. What B. Why C. Where D. How
    1. Where is your mother? ~ She is in the kitchen. She___________ dinner.
        A. cooks B. cooking C. cooked D. is cooking
    1. How___________ do you brush your teeth? -Three times a day.
        A. many B. much C. usually D. often
    1. ___________ straight across the road.
        A. Don’t run B. Not run C. No running D. Can’t run
    1. When it becomes hot, people often feel ___________.
        A. hungry B. thirsty C. happy D. worried
    1. Of the three students, Nga is ___________.
        A. the best B. good C. better D. well
    1. What is your favorite food? ~____________
        A. My favorite food is orange juice. C. I like coffee and lemonlade.
        B. Orange juice is my favorite food. D. I like chicken and fried fish.
    1. They ___________ late for school.
        A. never are B. don’t C. are never D. never
    1. ___________ are you going to stay here? ~ For a week.
        A. How often B. How long C. How many D. How far
    1. Miss Trang always ___________ her own clothes.
        A. does B. wants C. cooks D. makes

     

    1. The sentences below have four underlined words or phrases. Identify an error in each sentence by choosing the letter (A or B, C, D).
    2. Ba often does his homeworks in the evening.

    A     B                  C        D

    1. I don’t have some apples but I have some bananas.

    A     B                 C              D

    1. Would you like any tea? ~ Yes, please.

    A              B    C                         D

    1. That’s my sister over there. She stands next to the window.

    A                           B                   C                   D

    1. There aren’t any trees in the left of Lan’s house.

    A                   B              C                D

     

    1. Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in BLOCK CAPITALS.
    2. Lan’s classroom is on the ___________ floor. TWO
    3. Mai speaks English ___________ than me. WELL
    4. The Great Wall of China is the world’s ___________ structure. LONG
    5. There are a lot of ___________ mountains in Viet Nam. BEAUTY
    6. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your___________? NATION

     

    1. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable preposition.                                                    
    2. Hoa lives ___________ 12 Tran Phu Street. She doesn’t have many friends there.
    3. There is an English examination ___________ Friday, 11th December.
    4. Many Asian animals are ___________ danger.
    5. The movie theater is ___________ the restaurant and the bookstore.
    6. Nam is the strongest ___________ the three boys.

     

    VII. Read the passage and choose the correct answer (A or B, C, D to fill in the gap.

                I live in a house near the sea. It is (1)________old house, about 100 years old and  (2)________very small. There are two bedrooms upstairs (3)________a bathroom. The kitchen is (4)________the ground and there is a living- room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden (5)________the house. The garden (6)________down to the beach and in spring and summer, (7)________flowers everywhere. I live alone (8)________my dog, John, but we have a lot of visitors. My friends often stay with (9)________.

    I love my house for (10)________reasons. Maybe I like fresh air here.

    1. a                             B. an                            C. the                          D. any
    2. it’s B. it                             C. there’s                     D. they’re
    3. and B. or                            C. but                          D. too
    4. between B. in                            C. on                           D. next to
    5. in B. besides                    C. next                        D. in front of
    6. go B. goes                        C. going                      D. in goes
    7. there is B. there are                  C. they are                   D. those are
    8. for B. of                            C. on                           D. with
    9. me B. I                              C. my                          D. I’m
    10. much B. a little                     C. many                       D. a lot

     

    VIII. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word.

    Viet Nam is in the South- East Asia. It has (1)________of beautiful mountains, rivers and beaches. (2)________are two long (3)________in Viet Nam: the Red River in the north and the Mekong River in the (4)________. The Mekong River is the (5)________river in the South- East Asia and of course it is longer (6)________the Red River. The Mekong River starts in Tibet and flows (7)________ the sea. Phanxipang is the (8)________mountain in Viet Nam. It’s 3,143 meters (9)________. Viet Nam also (10)________a lot of nice beaches such as Sam Son, Do Son, Nha Trang, Vung Tau.

     

    1. Read the following passage and answer the questions.

                Lan is twenty years old. She has fair hair and blue eyes. She has two brothers, Nam and Tuan but she doesn’t have any sisters. Her brothers have brown hair and brown eyes. One of her brothers, Nam, is married and has two children, so she is an aunt. Lan lives with her parents in an apartment. It has five rooms but it doesn’t have a garden. She has her own room in the apartment in which she has a computer and a TV. She has a car but her parents don’t have one because they can’t drive.

    1. How old is Lan? ________________________________________
    2. How many people are there in her family? ________________________________________
    3. What color are her eyes? ________________________________________
    4. Is there a computer and a TV in Lan’s room? ________________________________________
    5. Do her parents have a car? Why? Why not? ________________________________________

     

    1. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the same meaning as the sentence printed before.
    2. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms? – Are ________________?
    3. How much does a box of chocolate cost? – What _____________________?
    4. Does your father cycle to work? – Does your father get ____________?
    5. She has long hair. – Her ___________________.
    6. Nobody in our class is more intelligent than Mai. – Mai _________________.

     

     

    1. Use the words or phrases to make meaningful sentences.
    2. Which/ be/ biggest/ city/ Viet Nam/ ? __________________________________
    3. Minh/ friends/ be/ going to/ have/ picnic/ near/ lake. __________________________________
    4. I’d like/ sandwich/ glass/ milk/ please. __________________________________
    5. Minh/ leave/ house/ half past six. __________________________________
    6. Ho Chi Minh City/ have/ population/ 3.5 million. __________________________________

     

    XI – Write a passage (80 -100 words) about what you often do in four seasons.

    ____________________________________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________________________________

    ———HẾT———

    Cán bộ coi thi không giải thích gì thêm.

    Thí sinh không được sử dụng bất kỳ loại tài liệu nào, kể cả từ điển

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    ĐÁP ÁN + HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

     

    1. Listen: Giáo viên mở phần 4*sgk lớp 6 p168 – unit 16 cho học sinh nghe 3 lần (1,5điểm).

    Mỗi câu đúng 0,15 điểm.

    1. world 2. people                      3. need                                    4.are                            5. forests
    2. the 7. more                        8. plants                       9. Asian                       10. in

    I – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1D       2A       3D       4B       5C

    II – (1 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,05 điểm.

    1A       2D       3D       4B       5A       6C       7A       8C       9B       10A

    11B     12D     13D     14A     15B     16A     17D     18C     19B     20D

    III – (0,5 điểm)  Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1C       2B       3C       4C       5C

    IV – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.       

    1. second 2. better 3. longest         4. beautiful      5. nationality

    V – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1. at 2. on                3. in                 4. between       5. of

    VI – (1 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

                1B       2A       3A       4C       5D       6B       7B       8D       9A       10C

    VII – (1 điểm)            Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1. lots 2. There           3. rivers           4. south           5. longest                                             6. than             7. to                     8. highest         9. high             10. has

    VIII – (0,5điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1. She is twenty years old.
    2. There are five people in her family.
    3. They are blue.
    4. Yes, there is.
    5. No, they don’t. Because they can’t drive.

    IX – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.

    1. Are there forty classrooms in Phong’s school?
    2. What is the price of a box of chocolate?
    3. Does your father get to work by bike?
    4. Her hair is long.
    5. Mai is the most intelligent in our class.

     

    X – (0,5 điểm) Mỗi câu đúng 0,1 điểm.        

    1. Which is the biggest city in Viet Nam?
    2. Minh and his friends are going to have a picnic near a lake.
    3. I’d like a sandwich and a glass of milk, please.
    4. Minh leaves the house at half past six.
    5. Ho Chi Minh City has a population of 3.5 million.

    XI – (2 điểm)    

    Học sinh viết được:

    – Tên 4 mùa: Spring, Summer, Fall, Winter

    – Các trạng từ chỉ tần suất: always, usually, often, sometime, never…

    – Các tính từ chỉ thời tiết: warm, cold, hot, cool…

    – Các hoạt động thường làm trong 4 mùa như:

                            + play soccer/ badminton/ volleyball/ basketball/ sports…

                            + go swimming/ fishing/ sailing/ jogging

                            + fly kite….

    Sai mỗi lỗi chính tả trừ 0,01 điểm. Sai ngữ pháp không cho điểm.

    Sử dụng đúng từ vựng, ngữ pháp cho tối đa 2 điểm.

    Tổng điểm: 10 điểm

    ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC

    ĐỀ 2

    UBND HUYỆN BẢO THẮNG

    PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

     

    KÌ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP HUYỆN

    LỚP 7 THCS  –  NĂM HỌC  2013 – 2014

    ĐỀ THI  HSG MÔN TIẾNG ANH  7

                                        Thời gian làm bài 150 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

    (Bài thi có 6 trang)

    • Thí sinh không được sử dụng tài liệu, kể cả từ điển.
    SỐ PHÁCH
    • Cán bộ coi thi không giải thích gì thêm.
    • Thí sinh làm bài trực tiếp vào đề thi.                                                                                                         

    Điểm bài thi (Do giám khảo chấm thi ghi)

    Bằng số: ……………………..

    Bằng chữ: ………………………

                                                               

                                                              Giám khảo 1: ………………………………..

                                                                     Giám khảo 2: ………………………………..

     

    SECTION I. PHONETICS: (1pt)

    Question 1. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined, italic part pronounced differently from the rest. Circle your option  (1pt)

    1. A. horrible B. hour                        C. hundred                  D. hold
    2. A. touched B. laughed C. talked                      D. decided
    3. A. mind B. thing           C. kind                       D. tidy
    4. A. party B. lovely C. sky                          D. city

    SECTION  II. VOCABULARY – GRAMMAR (7 pts)

    Question 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (2pts)

    1. Children are ………………………….. of seeing the dentist.
    2. afraid B. interested                C. worried                   D. keen
    3. Now Hoa is used …………………………. the busy roads in the city.
    4. to cross B. crossing                  C. for crossing D. to crossing
    5. No one can do it well and …………………………………………..
    6. so can she B. neither can she        C. she can’t, too          D. she can, either
    7. The nurse will ………………………………. your height again.
    A. weigh B. take C. measure D. do
    1. Don’t forget …………………………. your hands before meals.
    A. wash B. to wash C. washing D. to washing
    1. You should add some salt …………………. the dish.
    A. with B. for C. in D. to
    1. Do you think cooking is also a useful ……………….?
    A. hobby B. work C. time D. meal
    1. Mr. Long has …………………………. days off than Mr. Tuan.
    A. many B. less C. fewer D. much

    Question 3. Give the correct form of each verb in brackets to complete the following sentences (2pts)

    1. You …(a)……………………….. (go) out last night? – Yes. I …..(b)……………………..(go) to the cinema but I didn’t enjoy the movie very much.

    (a) ………………………..…….        (b) …………………..…………….

    1. It often …(c)………………………… (take) me twenty minutes to go to school. How long it ….(d)……………………………(take) you , Linh?

    (c) …………………………….                      (d) ………………………………

    1. My sister ……(e)…………………….(go) to the Youth Club every weekend. She enjoys ….(f)…………………………(play) sports very much.

    (e) …………………………….                      (f) ………………………………

    1. “Nam is in hospital”. – “Yes, I know. I …..(g)…………….(visit) him tomorrow.”

    (g) ………………………………

    1. When my brother and I ………(h)……………….(be) children, we had two cats and a dog.

    (h) ………………………………

    Question 4. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets. (1pt)

    (Cho dạng đúng của những từ in hoa trong ngoặc để hoàn thành những câu sau)

    Ex: * This dictionary is very ……………….. for you to learn English.     (USE)

    => This dictionary is very useful  for you to learn English

    1. Nam is very …………………………… in computer. (INTEREST)
    2. Miss Quyen is a ……………………………………….. . She travels a lot. ( JOURNAL )
    3. Catching the common cold is ……………………………….. for everybody. (PLEASE)
    4. Mr. Pike didn’t go to work yesterday because of his ………………………. . (SICK)

    Question 5. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting then correct them. (1pt) (Chọn từ hay cụm từ có phần gạch chân chưa đúng cần sửa lại trong những câu sau đây,  như ví dụ sau)

    Ex: *  The children are very boring and they don’t know what to do.

    A                                  B                      C           D

    Answer: B  boring  => bored

    1. You look tired. You’d better stay inside on recess.

    A                  B        C                    D

    Answer: ………. …..…-> ……….………….

    1. Tuan is the more intelligent student in our class.

    A      B                                  C          D

    Answer: ………. …..…-> ……….………….

    1. My brother doesn’t like durians, and I don’t like them, too.

    A                    B        C                             D

    Answer: ………. …..…-> ……….………….

    1. Three days ago, The Browns go  for a picnic in the country.

    A                   B    C               D

    Answer: ………. …..…-> ……….………….

    Question 6. Complete the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (1pt)

                (Điền vào chỗ trống với một giới từ phù hợp)

    1. Trang received a letter …………..…… her aunt last week.
    2. Eating too much candy is bad ……….…… you.
    3. My school team took part ………..…… walking competition last year.
    4. They always go to school ……..…… foot.

    SECTION  III.  READING: (6pts)

    Question 7. Read the passage below and choose the best option (A, B, C or D) for each space. Circle your option (2,5pts) (Đọc đoạn văn rồi khoanh tròn đáp án đúng cho mỗi chỗ trống dưới đây)

    Last Monday William Murphy (1) ______ a wallet on a lonely street in Montreal. He picked up the wallet and (2) ______ a ticket inside. He noticed the number on the ticket and immediately realized that (3) _____ was the winning ticket in a big competition. The price (4) _____ eight million dollars!

    Murphy (5) _____ the huge prize, however, he (6) _____ the ticket back to (7) _____ owner, Laviqeur. Yesterday Leviqeur got the prize and at once (8) _____ Murphy a million dollar as a reward.

    “I have never won a competition before”, he told the reporter. “Now I (9) ____ rich and I want  (10) ______ honesty.

    1. A. see             B. sees             C. saw                         D. is seeing
    2. A. find B. found                      C. finds                       D. founded
    3. A. it B. he                            C. she                          D. one
    4. A. is B.are                            C. were                        D.was
    5. A. didn’t collect B. not collect   C. no collect                D. wasn’t collect
    6. A. take B. takes                       C. taking                     D. took
    7. A. his             B. their                        C. its                            D. it’s
    8. A. give B. gave                        C. giving                     D. gives
    9. A. become B. becomes                  C. is becoming            D. became
    10. A. reward B. to reward    C. rewarding   D. for rewarding.

    Question 8. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in each space. (2,5pts) (Đọc đoạn văn rồi điền một từ thích hợp ở trong khung dưới đây vào chỗ trống)

     cause                 pulled                treat             decay                       sugar

    wear                 eat                     teeth            middle-age               thought

    Many people nowadays have to (1) ___________ false teeth when they are (2) _____________ . The reason is that tooth (3) __________ increases a lot. The amount of (4) ____________ on our food also increases. Doctors and dentists now know that sugar is the chief (5) ______________ of tooth decay. Eskimos’ (6) ___________ , for example, started to decay when they began to (7) ________ sweeter food.

    Long ago doctors didn’t like to (8) _________ people’s teeth. Barbers and Blacksmiths looked after people’s teeth and (9) __________ them out when they decayed. Some people (10) __________ toothache was a punishment from the Gods.

    Write your answers here:

    1 ……………… 2…………………… 3…………………… 4…………………… 5…………………
    6 ………………. 7…………………… 8…………………… 9…………………… 10……………….

    Question 9. Read the passage and then answer the questions below. (1pt)

    In the summer holiday, Mr. and Mrs. Brown and their children, Peter and Susan often go to the beach for two or three days. They always go to Vung Tau in the south of Viet Nam. They usually stay in a small house or a flat by the sea, but sometimes they stay in a hotel. Last summer, they went to Nha Trang. They stayed at the Sun Shine hotel for three days. In the morning, Peter played soccer with his father on the beach. Susan and her mother walked long the beach and built sand castles. They visited Tri Nguyen aquarium and saw different kinds of fish there. They also bought a lot of souvenirs for friends.

    Questions:

    1. Where do the Browns often go for their summer vacation?

    ………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Where did they go last summer?

    ………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. How long did they stay there?

    ………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. What did Susan and her mother do in the morning?

    ………………………………………………………………………………………

    SECTION IV.  WRITING: (6pts)

    Question 10. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning. (4pts) (Viết lại câu sao cho nghĩa của câu tương đương)

    1. Ho Chi Minh city is bigger than Da Nang.

    -> Da Nang …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. What’s his job?

    -> What does ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. How heavy are you?

    -> What …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. What is the price of this cap ?

    -> How much ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Lan didn’t go to school yesterday because of her sickness.

    -> Because Lan  ………………………………………………………………………

    1. There are eight hundred stamps in Hoa’s collection.

    -> Hoa’s collection ………………………………………….…………………………

    1. Shall we go to the zoo?

    – > Let’s …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… !

    1. She likes to play the guitar.

    – > She enjoys………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    Question 11. Use the suggested words and phrases to write complete sentences (2pts) (Em hãy dùng từ gợi ý viết hoàn chỉnh mỗi câu trong bức thư sau)

    Dear Nam,

    1. I/ be/ pleased/ hear/ that/ you/ your family/ well.

    ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Here/ photo/ my family/ and/ let/ me/  tell/ you/ us.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Father/ mechanic/.  He/ work/ factory/ suburb.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. He usually/go/ work/ motorbike/ morning/ so he/ not free/ every morning.

    ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. Mother/ teacher/. She/ teach/ Math/ school/ near/ house.

    …………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Brother/ 17 years/ and /he/ grade 12.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. He/ love/ collect /stamps/. He / have/ hundreds/ stamps/ collection.

    …………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Please write/ me soon/ and tell/ your/ family.

    ………………………………………………………………………………………….. .

     

    HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM + BIỂU ĐIỂM

    KÌ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP HUYỆN

    LỚP 7 MÔN TIẾNG ANH  –  NĂM HỌC  2013 – 2014

    Đề chính thức:

    1. Các chú ý khi chấm thi:
    2. Bài chấm theo thang điểm 20 điểm (chi tiết đến 0,25 điểm)
    3. Điểm toàn bài thi bằng điểm tổng cộng các điểm từng phần, điểm toàn bài không làm tròn.
    4. Học sinh giải đúng bằng các cách khác thì cho điểm tương đương theo biểu điểm chấm của từng nội dung.
    5. Đáp án và cách cho điểm.

    SECTION I. PHONETICS: (1pt)

                Question 1. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined, italic part pronounced differently from the rest. Circle your option (0,25 p for each correct answer)

     

    1. B 2. D 3B                  4. C

    SECTION  II. VOCABULARY – GRAMMAR (7 pts)

    Question 2. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (0,25 p for each correct answer)

    1 – A 2 – D 3 – B 4 – C
    5 – B 6 – D 7 – A 8 – C

     

    Question 3. Give the correct form of each verb in bracket to complete the following sentences (8 x 0.25 = 2pts)

    1. (a) Did you go/ (b) went                3. (e) goes  / (f) playing
    2. (c) takes / (d) does it take                             4. (g)  am going to visit/ (will visit)
    3. (h) were

    Question 4. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets. (1pt) (0,25 p for each correct answer)

    1. interested 2. journalist 3. unpleasant   4. sickness

     

    Question 5. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting and correct them. (4 x 0.25 = 1pt)

    1. D. on recess -> at recess 2. B. more -> most
    2. D. too -> either          4. B. go  -> went

    Question 6. Complete the following sentences with a suitable preposition.

    (4 x 0.25 = 1pt)

    1. from 2. for 3. in                 4. on

    SECTION  III.  READING: (6pts)

    Question 7. Read the passage below and choose the best option (A, B, C or D) for each space. Circle your option (10 x 0.25 = 2,5pts)

    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
    C B A D A D C B A B

    Question 8. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in each space. (10 x 0.25 = 2,5pts)

    1. wear 2. middle-age 3. decay           4. sugar            5. cause
    2. teeth 7. eat 8. treat 9. pulled          10. thought

    Question 9. Read the passage and then answer the questions below. (4 x 0.25 = 1pt)

    1. They often go to the beach.
    2. They went to Nha Trang.
    3. They stayed there for 3 days.
    4. Susan and her mother walked along the beach.

    SECTION IV.  WRITING: (6pts)

    Question 10. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning. (8 x 0.5 = 4pts)

    1. Da Nang is smaller than Ho Chi Minh City.
    2. What does he do?
    3. What is your weight?
    4. How much is this cap?/ How much does this cap cost?
    5. Because Lan was sick, she didn’t go to school yesterday.
    6. Hoa’s collection has eight hundred stamps.
    7. Let’s go to the zoo!
    8. She enjoys playing the guitar.

    Question 11. Use the suggested words and phrases to write complete sentences

    (Em hãy dùng từ gợi ý viết hoàn chỉnh mỗi câu trong bức thư sau)

     (8 x 0.25 = 2pts)

    1. I am pleased to hear that you and your family are well.
    2. Here is the photo of my family and  let  me tell you about us.
    3. My father is a mechanic. He works in/for a factory in the suburb.
    4. He usually goes to work by motorbike in the morning so he is not free every morning.
    5. My mother is a teacher. She teaches math at a school near my house.
    6. My brother is 17 years old and he is in grade 12.
    7. He loves collecting stamps. He has hundreds of stamps in his collection.
    8. Please write to me soon and tell (me) about your family.

     

    ĐỀ 3

      BÀI THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP HUYỆN

    MÔN: TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8

    NĂM HỌC: 2010-2011

    (           THỜI GIAN LÀM BÀI 120 PHÚT KHÔNG KỂ THỜI GIAN GIAO BÀI)

     

    I, Khoanh tròn chữ cái (A hoặc B, C, D) của từ mà phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác so với những từ còn lại:

    1.                  A. hotel B. photo C. move D. pagoda
    2.                  A. seat B. great C. please D. beach
    3.                  A. chair B. cheap C. chemistry D. children
    4.                  A. missed B. closed C. called D. planned
    5.                  A. sugar B. sorry C. seaside D. summer
    6.                  A. curly B. sky C. library D. lucky
    7.                  A. wait B. straight C. train D. fair
    8.                  A. spends B. laughs C. friends D. potatoes
    9.                  A. classmate B. place C. grade D. character
    10.               A. fine B. night C. kitchen D. high

    II, Khoanh tròn chữ cái (A or B,C,D) của từ hoặc cụm từ được gạch chân cần phải sửa để được câu đúng:

    1, Would you like going to the concert with my friends tonight?

    A                   B                  C                                  D

    2, Let’s me help you with the housework so that you can have enough time for your homework.

    A                                   B                                            C                                   D

    3, The armchair is in the living room, among the TV and the sofa.

    A                           B                       C                    D

    4, They asked me how did my brother go to work.

    A                  B                   C                  D

    5, The teacher told the children don’t talk in class like that.

    A                         B                 C                            D

    6, These color televisions are too expensive for we to buy at this time.

    A                                 B                   C                       D

    7, Smoking cigarettes aren’t allowed in this hospital.

    A                             B                    C          D

    8, I’m used to drink coffee with cream, but now I don’t.

    A                  B                 C                              D

    9, We like watching TV at night but our parents loves reading newspapers.

    A                      B                                    C        D

    10, There are much than eighty stores in the mall.

    A             B             C                        D

     

    III, Khoanh tròn chữ cái (A hoặc B, C, D) của từ/cụm từ đúng nhất để hoàn thành những câu sau:

    1. Mr. John is really interested ……………… the history of Viet Nam.
    A. on B. in C. about D. at
    1. Don’t worry about us. We can ……………….
    A. look ourselves B. look for ourselves C. look after our self D. look after ourselves
    1. We have learnt English ………………………. three years.
    A. at B. in C. for D. since
    1. She walked …………… the kitchen and put her packages ………………. the table.
    A. in/ into B. on/ into C. into/ in D. into/ on
    1. He doesn’t look …………………. to be a famous boxer.
    A. enough strong B. strong enough C. weak enough D. too weak
    1. David’s school ………….. is very bad this term.
    A. report B. period C. day D. semester
    1. This book is ……………. that I try to read it from beginning to end at one time.
    A. so interesting B. so interested C. such interesting D. too interesting
    1. Our teacher asked us ……………. in class.
    A. not to talk B. to not talk C. no talk D. without talking
    1. Tom …………drink a lot of coffee when he was a student.
    A. used B. used to C. gets used to D. was used to
    1. I like ………………activities such as walking and camping.
    A. outdoor B. indoor C. outside D. inside
    1. His ……………..towards me is very strange.
    A. behave B. behavior C. behaved D. behaving
    1. I tried my………………..not to laugh, but I couldn’t.
    A. good B. well C. better D. best
    1. – Would you like to play soccer? – ……………………………. .
    A. Yes, I do B. Yes, I’d love to C. Yes, please D. I like it
    1. Would you mind……………….the window?
    A. to close B. about closing C. closing D. closed
    1. Will you pick me……………….after the party?
    A. on B. over C. up D. through
    1. Some people are very selfish. They only think of………………………….. .
    A. himself B. itself C. ourselves D. themselves
    1. – Could you give me the salt, please? – …………………. .
    A. Sure, here you are B. Yes, please C. Yes, I’d love to D. No, thanks
    1. We used to wash clothes by hand. Now we have a…….
    A. washing machine B. dishwasher C. hair dryer D. steamer.
    1. She went to market without………. anything.
    A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. buying
    1. “Do you think Margaret will take the job you offered her?”

    “I don’t know. She seemed………. in it, however”.

    A. interest B. interesting C. interested D. interestingly
    1. He drives as……….his father does.
    A. careful as B. more carefully C. the most careful D. carefully as
    1. My brother is studying hard ……………………. pass the exam.
    A. for B. in order to C. so to D. so that
    1. – Would you mind if I took a photo? – …………………… .
    A. Sure, here you are B. Yes, please C. Yes, I’d love to D. Please go ahead
    1. He was born in England. English is his…………………….. .
    A. mother tongue B. first language C. foreign language D. A and B  are correct
    1. That car is the ……………………… as ours.
    A. same B. most C. much D. more
    1. – Let’s camp on the other side of the river. – …………………… !
    A. Yes, please B. Yes, of course C. Good idea D. I like it
    1. ‘Which girl is Mary?’ – ‘She’s the one with…………… hair’
    A. long curly black B. curly long black C. long black curly D. curly black long
    1. I was late, but…………they waited for me.
    A. lovely B. luckily C. extremely D. silly
    1. Would you like some tea, please? – ……………… .
    A. Yes, I’d like B. Yes, please C. Yes, of course D. Yes, All right
    1. Each of the rooms…………..a different color.
    A. has B. have C. have had D. are having

     

    IV, Cho thì/ dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành những câu sau:

    1, Mai is in her room. She (play) the guitar.

    2, Last night when we (visit) him, he (do) an experiment in his room.

    3, – I (not see) our uncle recently.

    –  No. He (not go) out since he (buy) a new color television.

    4, My mother is too tired (cook) tonight.

    5, The teacher asked me  (not make) noise in class.

    6, The boys enjoy (play) games but hate doing lessons.

    7, Look at those black clouds. It (rain).

    Answer key:      1, ………..……………………………….  2,………….………….…-…………………….………

    3, …………………………………….- ……………….……………………. – …………..……….…………

    4, ………..……………….………………              5, ………….……………………………………

    6,…………………….….………………               7, ……………………………………………….

    V, Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành những câu sau:               Write your answer

    1. English is an (interest) and important subject.

    2. My country is rich in (nature) resources.

    3. During his (child) the family lived in Ho Chi Minh City.

    4. Could you give me some more (inform) about you and your family?

    5. The shoes were nice, but they were (comfort).

    6. Surface mail is much (cheap) than airmail.

    7. He drives (care) and never gets accidents.

    8. Bell (success) demonstrated his invention.

    9. (Fortunate), dark clouds appeared and it began to rain.

    10. My sister has a beautiful (collect) of stamps.

    1…………………………………. 2…………………………………. 3…………………………………. 4…………………………………. 5…………………………………. 6…………………………………. 7…………………………………. 8…………………………………. 9…………………………………. 10…………………………………

    1. Đọc đoạn văn sau và khoanh tròn chữ cái (A hoặc B, C, D) của từ/cụm từ đúng nhất để điền vào mỗi chỗ trống:

    For many people sport is a popular part of school life and (1)………..in one of the school teams and playing in matches is very important. If someone is in a (2)………. it means a lot of extra practice and often spending a Saturday or Sunday away (3)………home, as many matches are played then.

    It can also involve traveling to (4)……….. towns to play against other school teams and then staying on after the match for a (5)………… or a drink. Some parents, friends or other students will travel with the team to support (6)…….…own side.

    When a school team wins a match, it is the whole school which feels proud, (7)….…only the players. It can also mean that a school becomes (8)………..for being good at certain sports and people from that school may end up playing for national (9)……..… international teams so that the school has some really (10)……..…names associated with it.

    1. A. having B. being C. taking D. putting
    2. A. group B. team C. play D. field
    3. A. at B. on C. for D. from
    4. A. others B. an other C. other D. one
    5. A. play B. meal C. walk D. swim
    6. A. their B. its C. our D. whose
    7. A. but B. however C. and D. not
    8. A. well-made B. well-equipped C. well-done D. well-known
    9. A. because B. but C. and D. so
    10. A. old B. new C. common D. famous

    VII- Đọc đoạn văn sau và điền một từ thích hợp vào mỗi ô trống:

    Charlie Chaplin was born in a very poor part of London. (1) …………father was a comedian and his mother worked (2) ………….a dancer and a singer. Neither of them (3) …………..successful so the family (4) ……………had very little money. The first time he himself earned (5) ……………… by dancing and singing, he was only five years old. He did many kinds of jobs, but what he loved best was working (6) …………………the theatre.

    When he (7) ………………… about fifteen, he joined a traveling theatre company and went on trips to America. On one such tour, (8) ……………… was offered a part in a film, so he went to Hollywood, where he eventually became both a famous actor (9) ………………. film director.

    He died in Switzerland in 1977, at the (10) …………………  of 88. There is now a statue of him in Leicester Square, London, the city of his birth and early up-bringing.

     

    VIII- Viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi so với câu trước nó:

    1, She last ate this kind of food in January.

    -> She hasn’t ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    2, Walking in the rain gives my brother pleasure.

    -> My brother enjoys ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    3, Have you ever played a computer game before?

    -> Is this ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..?

    4, The front yard is too small to play soccer in.

    -> The front yard isn’t……………………………………………..……………………………………….

    5, “Don’t stay up too late” My sister said.

    -> My sister asked…………………………………………………..……………………………………….

    6, It’s 4 years since I last spoke to her.

    -> I haven’t……………………………………………..………………………..……………………

    7, No one in our school is as intelligent as Mai is.

    -> Mai is …………………………………………………..………………………..………………………

    8, He’d rather play golf than tennis.

    -> He prefers…………………………………………………..………………………..………………………..

    1. Your younger brother is too weak to lift that box

    -> Your brother is not…………………………………………………..………………………..……………

    1. Hung’s hobby is collecting stamps.

    -> Hung is interested.…………………………………………….……..………………………..…………

    The end

    PHÒNG GD-ĐT LÂM THAO HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM BÀI THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP HUYỆN- MÔN TIẾNG ANH LỚP 8

    NĂM HỌC: 2010-2011

    I.

    1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. D 10. C

    II.

     

    1. B 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. C 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. B

     

    III.

    1. B 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. B 6. A 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. A
    11. B 12. D 13. B 14. C 15. C 16. D 17. A 18. A 19. D 20. C
    21. D 22. B 23. D 24. D 25. A 26. C 27. A 28. B 29. B 30. A

    IV.

    1. is playing 2. visited – was doing             3. haven’t seen – hasn’t/has not gone – bought
    2. to cook 5. not to make 6. playing                    7. is going to rain

    V.

    1, interesting 2, natural 3, childhood 4, information 5, uncomfortable
    6, cheaper 7, carefully 8, successfully 9, Fortunately 10, collection

     

    1. C 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. D 9. C 10. D

    VII.

    1. His 2. as 3. was 4. the 5. money
    6. in 7. was 8. he 9. and 10. age

    VIII.

    1, She hasn’t eaten this food since January.

    2, My brother enjoys walking in the rain

    3, Is this the first time you have (ever) played a computer game?

    4, The front yard isn’t large/big enough to play soccer in.

    5, My sister asked me not to stay up late.

    6, I haven’t spoken to her for 4 years.

    7, Mai is the most intelligent (student/girl) in our school.

    8, He prefers golf to tennis/ He prefers playing golf to (playing) tennis.

    9, Your brother is not/isn’t strong enough to lift that box.

    10, Hung is interested in collecting stamps.

    Tổng điểm: 100 điểm (Quy về 10 điểm)

    Lưu ý:             – Học sinh có câu trả lời đúng mà không có trong hướng dẫn chấm vẫn được tính điểm.

    – Làm tròn điểm: 0.1->0.2 làm tròn 0.25; 0.3->0.4 làm tròn 0.5; 0.6->0.7 làm tròn 0.75; 0.8->0.9 làm tròn 1.0

     

     

    The end

    ĐỀ 4

    PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

          THÀNH PHỐ THANH HOÁ

    KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI

    CẤP THÀNH PHỐ NĂM HỌC 2014-2015

     

    ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Lớp 9 THCS

    Đề  thi có  4 phần   Thời gian làm bài: 150 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)
    Ngày thi:  02 tháng 12 năm 2014

     

    Part A : PHONETICS (5 points)

    I/ Choose  and write in your answer sheet the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest of the group. (2 points)

    1. Describe B. Excite C. Timber D. Dive
    2. A. Devotion B. congestion            C. Suggestion D. Question

    II/ Choose  and write in your answer sheet the word whose stress pattern is different from the rest of the group. (3 points)

    1. A. glorious B. bargain C. passenger                D. important
    2. A. migrate B. inhabit C. character                 D. diversity
    3. A. advance B. ancient C. cancer                     D. annual

     

    Part B :  LEXICAL AND GRAMMAR (45 points)

    1. Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence. (15 points)
    2. ___________ from John, all the students said they would go.
    A. Except B. Only C. Apart D. Separate
    1. If you work for us, you’ll get somewhere to live _____ free.
    A. for B. at C. out D. of
    1. The new manager explained to the staff that she hoped to _____ new procedures to save time and money.
    A. manufacture B. establish C.  control D. restore
    1. They took pride _______ being the best players of the school.
    A. in B. with C. on D. for
    1. She’d prefer to go out ________ home.
    2. than to stay                        B. than staying
    3. rather than staying D. rather than stay
    4. They received _______ advice from their parents that they became successful.
    A. so good B. such a good C. so good an D. such good
    1. Have you got a car ________ ?
    A. of your own B. of yourself C. of you D. of your
    1. There is a fault at our television station. Please do not ______ your television set.
    A. change B. adjust C. repair D. switch
    1. If you want to attend the course, you must pass the ………………. examination.
    A. write B. written C. wrote D. writing
    1. Either Peter and his brothers _______ the keys to the car.
    A. has been taken B. has taken C. have taken D. have been taken
    1. We can tell you that we often have a friendly _______ in our class.
    A. atmosphere B. air C. matter D. impression
    1. These clothes are fashionable and _______ . Do you agree with me?
    A. only B. merely C. unique D. uniquely
    1. He _______ to have a very big fortune and a beautiful wife.
    A. rumors B. rumored C. has rumored D. was rumored
    1. Did you use to do a _______ when you were at the university.
    A. full-time job B. part-time C. full-time D. part-time job
    1. My house is just _______ . I live in the nearby neighborhood.
    A. near here B. near to C. near by D. near from
    1. Use the verbs in brackets in the correct tense or form (10 points)
    2. His brother ­­­________ (give) a car for his twentieth birthday next year.
    3. The house was very quiet when I got home. Everybody______ (go) to bed.
    4. Less than half of the cans of paint ______ (use) up to now.
    5. (Write)________ the letter, she put it carefully in an envelope.

    25 – 26. Can you imagine what I _______ (come) across when I _______ (roll) up the carpet yesterday.

    1. He talked as if he ______ (know) where she was.
    2. If you go to England, you’ll have to get used to ­­­­________ (drive) on the left.
    3. You may feel frightened when you are in a forest ­______ (surround) by tall trees.
    4. – You have just missed the bus. – All right. I _______ (walk).

     

    III. Supply the correct form of the word in capital letters. (10 points)

            There is one particular feeling which I find difficult to express. When I am (31)……………….….. about something, I say nothing. Once, for example, after I had bought a very (32)…………………..… jacket, I met a friend in a café who said that the jacket didn’t fit me very (33)………………… . I  was very (34)……………………  but I said nothing. I didn’t feel like continuing our (35)…………………….. My friend noticed my (36)…………………………. and asked me what was wrong. I couldn’t tell him the (37)………………..…….. . I began to feel rather (38)………………………and left without giving him an (39)……………………… Later I felt rather (40) ………………… of my behavior.      ANGER

         EXPENSE

         GOOD

         ANNOY

         CONVERSE

         SILENT

         TRUE

         EMBARRASS

         EXPLAIN

         SHAME

    1. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition (10 points)
    2. We both share a love ……………… music.
    3. Shall we go ……………. your car or mine?
    4. Why can’t you look at the problem…………… my point of view?
    5. We wish we had a father…………… yours.
    6. Vietnamese woman usually wear the Aodai, sometimes at work, and especially ……….. their special occasions.
    7. She’ll visit us as soon as she arrives ……….. Paris.
    8. Who’s the woman dressed…………. green.
    9. Peter is excited ………………… winning the prize.
    10. The boss has been ill …………………flu for the last week.
    11. This document is very important …………your case.

     

    Part C :  READING (25 points)

    1. Supply the most suitable word for each blank. (5 points)

    The (0) benefits of internet in our life has become certain. Yet, it still takes time for the internet to reach the countryside and remote (51……….) so I feel it a pity for me and my friends not to have (52………..) to it. I have an uncle in the city and I occasionally pay him a (53………..) at weekend, and this is a good chance for me to surf the net. I spend most of the time surfing webs and I find some really interesting for me. I wish my school could have access to the internet so that all students in my school could (54…………) their learning to keep their knowledge (55…………) .

    1. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the gaps in the following passage.(10 points)

    When I was a boy, children always objected to (56) …………. school uniform but teachers were keen on it because they said all of us looked (57) …………. . Otherwise, they said, children would complete with each other and the poorer children would be unhappy because people would see straight away (58) …………… In recent years, however, many schools have (59) …………….. the idea of making children wear uniform but, funnily enough, now that children can wear what they like, they have adopted  (60) …………. . When some journalists visited a (61) ………….. , they found that all the boys and girls were dressed     (62) ……………. jeans. One girl said she would rather (63) …………….. wear a coat instead of a jersey because no one wants to look different from the other children in the class. Parents may not be as happy about this as children, but they (64) …………… , because this new kind of uniform is one that the children like, not something they have been forced to wear, and it is also (65) …………… than school uniforms used to be.

    1. A. wearing B. dressing C. wear                        D. dress
    2. A. like B. to be like C. alike                        D. to be alike
    3. A. what poor they are B. what poor they were
    4. how poor they are D. how poor they were
    5. A. left over B. taken off C. put off                    D. given up
    6. A. an own uniform B. a uniform of their own
    7. a proper uniform D. a uniform of his own
    8. London school B. London’s school
    9. school of London                                 D. school at London
    10. A. on B. by C. in                            D. which
    11. A. to die than B. to die that C. die that                   D. die than
    12. A. ought B. should C. had                         D. would
    13. A. much more cheaper B. much more C. much cheaper D. more cheaper

    III. Read and answer the questions below. (5 points)

    The world’s oceans are so vast that they can cope with the present levels of pollution. However, little is known about the long-term effects of such slow poisoning. The most serious problem of modern time is that man is destroying the earth’s natural resources and transforming huge areas into waste land. As a result, it is becoming extremely difficult to grow enough to feed the world’s rapidly increasing population. A way of protecting all wild life on the earth must also be found as many species are in danger of disappearing completely from the face of the earth. The smoke in the atmosphere, for example, is increasing so much that the amount  of sunlight has been reduced in many cities. Man’s whole environment is being changed in a serious way.

    1. What is the process of making something dirty?
    2. Find a word or phrase from the passage with the same meaning as the air, water and land in which we live?
    3. What is the air surrounding the earth called?
    4. What could be best replaced wealth, goods or products people can use?
    5. What is a difficulty which needs attention and thought?
    6. Read the story carefully and choose the correct answer (5 points)

    Baby

    It was a beautiful spring day: the sun was shining, the sky was blue. In the centre of London a policeman cried. He saw a man with a big lion. They were walking down the street.

    “Hey, you!” he said. “What are you doing here with this lion? You can’t walk around the streets with a lion. Take it to the Zoo !”

    “OK, officer. I want to show Baby the town.”

    The man opened the door of his car and the lion jumped in. The car went away.

    The next day the police officer saw the same man and the same lion again.

    “Hey, you!” he said.” Come over here! And bring that lion with you!”

    The man took the lion to the police officer.

    “What’s the problem, officer?”

    “Problem? I told you yesterday to take the lion to the Zoo!”

    “Oh, I did, officer, I took Baby to the Zoo. He enjoyed it very much. But today, I am taking him to the swimming pool !”

    1. A. It wasn’t raining that day.
    2. A policeman saw a man with a dog in the centre of New York.
    3. The man and his pet were walking along the park.
    4. The man didn’t have a car.
    5. A. The lion couldn’t get into the car, the lion was too big.
    6. The policeman took the lion to the Zoo and put the lion into the cage.
    7. The man showed his pet the Zoo.
    8. The policeman was happy to see a man with a lion in the centre of London.
    9. A. The man had a baby. It was a nice girl of three.
    10. Baby was the lion’s name.
    11. The policeman told the man to show Baby the town.
    12. The lion visited the London Zoo.
    13. A. The man could drive a car.
    14. The lion didn’t like the Zoo at all.
    15. The policeman took the lion to the swimming pool.
    16. The policeman met people with lions in London streets every day.
    17. A. The lion was the man’s pet.
    18. The man had a baby lion as a pet.
    19. The policeman showed the park and the school to the lion.
    20. When the policeman saw the man with the lion he got very hungry.

    Part D : WRITING (25 points)

    1. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. (10 points)
    2. 76. It’s not a good idea to travel during the rush hour.

    (It’s better to avoid

    1. People think that the owner of that house is abroad

    (The owner

    1. She didn’t know the way, so she asked a policeman.

    (Not

    1. The baby cries because the lion looks fierce.

    (The baby cries because of

    1. John only understood very little what the teacher said.

    (John could hardly

    1. I tried as hard as I could, but I just couldn’t get the money.

    (No matter

    1. As my grandmother grows older, she becomes more intolerant.

    (The older

    1. They suggested banning advertisements on TV.

    (They suggested that

    1. Mary wishes she had spoken her mind at the meeting.

    (Mary regretted

    1. Despite his intelligence, he doesn’t study well at school

    (Even

    1. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. (5 points)
    2. The job received over a hundred applications. (applied)

    (Over a hundred people………………………………………….the job.

    1. Our future is in your hands, my dear! (depends)

    (Our future ………………………………….. my dear!

    1. I’d rather you didn’t use the office phone. (mind)

    (Would you………………………..the office phone.

    1. I’m sorry I can’t give you all the expensive things in life. (wish)

    (I……………………………………….give you all the expensive things in life.

    1. If I were you, I’d try to get some sleep. (advise)

    (I ………………………………………… to try to get some sleep.

     

    III. Write a paragraph about 100 words on the important roles of computers (10 points)

    _________________ The End _______________

     

     

    Họ và tên thí sinh: ………………………..…………Số báo danh: ……………… Phòng thi:…………

    ĐỀ 5

    PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

          THÀNH PHỐ THANH HOÁ

    KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI

    CẤP THÀNH PHỐ NĂM HỌC: 2014 – 2015

     

    ĐÁP ÁN CHÍNH THỨC

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Lớp 9 THCS

     

    Part A : PHONETICS (5points)

    I/ Choose  and write in your answer sheet the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest of the group. (2 points)

     1. C. timber 2. A. devotion

    II/ Choose  and write in your answer sheet the word whose stress pattern is different from the rest of the group. (3 points)

    1. D. important
    2. C. character
    3. A. advance

    Part B :  LEXICAL AND GRAMMAR (45 points)

    1. Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence. (15 points)
    1. C. Apart
    2. A. for
    3. B. establish
    4. A. in
    5. D. rather than stay
    6. D. such good
    7. A. of your own
    8. B. adjust
    9. B. written
    10. C. have taken
    11. A. atmosphere
    12. C. unique
    13. D. was rumored
    14. D. part-time job
    15. A. near here

     

    1. Use the verbs in brackets in the correct tense or form (10 points)
    1. will be given
    2. had gone
    3. has been used
    4. Having written

    25-26. came – was rolling

    1. had known
    2. driving
    3. surrounded
    4. will walk

     

     

    III. Supply the correct form of the word in capital letters. (10 points)

    1. angry 32. expensive 33. well                       34. annoyed
    2. conversation 36. silence 37. truth                      38. embarrassed
    3. explanation 40. ashamed

     

    1. Fill in each blank with one suitable preposition (10 points)
    1. for
    2. in
    3. from
    4. like
    5. on
    6. in
    7. in
    8. about
    9. with
    10. in

    Part C :  READING (25 points)

    1. Supply the most suitable word for each blank. (5 points)
    1. areas
    2. access
    3. visit
    4. improve
    5. updated

     

    1. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the gaps in the following passage.(10 points)
    1. wearing
    2. C. alike
    3. D. how poor they were
    4. D. given up
    5. B. a uniform of their own
    6. A. London school
    7. C. in
    8. D. die than
    9. B. should
    10. C. much cheaper

     

    III. Read and answer the questions below. (5 points)

    1. What is the process of making something dirty?

    – The process of making something dirty is pollution. / hoặc chỉ cần trả lời ngắn: pollution.

    1. Find a word or phrase from the passage with the same meaning as the air, water and land in which we live?

    – A word or phrase from the passage with the same meaning as the air, water and land we live is environment/ hoặc chỉ cần trả lời ngắn: environment

    1. What is the air surrounding the earth called?

    – The air surrounding the earth is called atmosphere./  atmosphere

    1. What could be best replaced wealth, goods or products people can use?

    – Resources could be best replaced wealth, goods or products people can use./  Resources/natural resources.

    1. What is a difficulty which needs attention and thought?

    – A difficulty which needs attention and thought is pollution. /  pollution.

    1. Read the story carefully and choose the correct answer (5 points)

    71- A               72- C               73- B               74- A               75- A

     

    Part D : WRITING (25 points)

    1. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. (10 points)
    2. 76. It’s better to avoid traveling during the rush hour.
    3. The owner of that house is thought to be abroad.
    4. Not knowing the way, she asked a policeman
    5. The baby cries because of the fierceness of the lion. /because of the fact that….
    6. John could hardly understand what the teacher said.
    7. No matter how hard I tried, I just couldn’t get the money.
    8. The older my grandmother grows, the more intolerant she becomes.
    9. They suggested that advertisements on TV should be banned.
    10. Mary regretted not speaking her mind at the meeting./ not having spoken……
    11. Even though he is intelligent , he doesn’t study well at school.

     

    1. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. (5 points)
    2. applied for
    3. depends on you
    4. mind not using
    5. wish I could
    6. advise you

     

    III. Write a paragraph about 100 words on the important roles of computers (10 points)

    1. Format: (2 points)

    The paragraph should have 3 parts:

    1. Introduction: a topic sentence in which students should narrow down the roles of computers.
    2. Body: students should give advantages of computers.
    3. Conclusion (summary of the main advantages, students’ comment)
    4. Content : (5 points)

    Ss should give specific advantages of  computers.

    – Computers help people relax after a hard-working day by listening to music, playing game.

    – Computers can save information for a long time.

    – Computers help students do calculations quickly and accurately.

    – Computers connected to the Internet can provide interesting movies and help students study well.

    1. Language: (3 points) (grammatical accuracy, wide range of vocabularies and structures)

    ——

                                                                                       

     

    ĐỀ 6

    Së gi¸o dôc vµ ®µo t¹o

    h¶I d­¬ng

    ®Ò chÝnh thøc
    K× thi chän häc sinh giái tØnh

    Líp 10 THPT n¨m häc 2012 – 2013

    ——————

    M«n thi : TiÕng Anh

    Thêi gian lµm bµi: 180 phót

    (§Ò thi gåm  05  trang)

    Häc sinh lµm bµi vµo tê giÊy thi. PhÇn tr¾c nghiÖm: ChØ cÇn viÕt ch÷ c¸i A hoÆc B, C, D…

    PhÇn tù luËn : ViÕt ®Çy ®ñ theo yªu cÇu cña bµi.

    (ThÝ sinh kh«ng ®­îc sö dông bÊt cø tµi liÖu g×.)

    1. LISTENING (15 points)

    H­íng dÉn phÇn thi Nghe hiÓu: Bµi nghe gåm 2 phÇn, mçi phÇn thÝ sinh ®­îc nghe 2 lÇn. Më ®Çu vµ kÕt thóc mçi phÇn nghe cã tÝn hiÖu. Mäi h­íng dÉn cho thÝ sinh (b»ng tiÕng Anh) cã trong bµi nghe.

    Part 1. Listen to a conversation between an optometrist and a patient and fill in the form. Write no more than 3 words or numbers for each blank

    Patient record

     

    Time of appointment (1)…………………………..
    Given name Simon Anthony
    Family name (2)…………………………..
    Date of birth (3)………………………….., 1989
    Address (4)………………………….., Adam Terrace, Wellington
    Name of insurance company (5)…………………………..
    Date of last eye test September 2006
    Patient’s observations Problems: seeing the distance

    Part 2: 

    You are going to hear a travel agent discussing the holiday booking with 2 customers. Listen to their conversation and decide whether the statements are True (T), False (F) or Not given (NG)

    Statements T F NG
    6. They want to book a holiday for July
    7. They have decided where to go for the holiday.
    8. Both customers are free to travel in the first week.
    9. Last year, both of them visited France
    10. They would like to go to the mountains for skiing this year
    11. They don’t want to go to Italy because the dates don’t suit them.
    12. They don’t like to go to Sweden because there are no beaches
    13. It would be 385 pounds for them to visit Portugal.
    14. The customers prefer to visit Portugal by flight from London.
    15. The flight stops at Manchester on the way to Portugal.
    1. PHONETICS (5 points). Choose the word that has a different stress pattern from the others.
    2. A. community B. developing              C. conditioner             D. interested
    3. A. continue B. importance              C. different                 D. directed
    4. A. medicines B. opposite                   C. pollution                 D. capable
    5. A. preservation B. inspiration               C. disposable               D. popularity
    6. A. exhausted B. atmosphere              C. suspect                    D. computer
    7. GRAMMAR- VOCABULARY-LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
    8. Choose the word, phrase or expression which best completes each sentence (15 points).
    9. Hoa: “Are you going to buy a new computer or just continue using the old one?”

    Mary: “_________”

    1. Yes, I am. B. Yes, I’d like one. Thank you.
    2. That’s impossible. I can’t afford a new one. D. Neither. I’m going to lease one.
    3. Mr. Black: “What a lovely house you have!”

    Mr John:  “_________”

    1. No problem B. Thank you. Hope you will drop in.
    2. Of course not, it’s not costly D. I think so.
    3. You have never been to Italy, ________?
    4. have you B. haven’t you            C. did you                   D. had you
    5. You can’t tell what someone is like just from their ________.
    6. character B. looking                   C. appearance              D. personality
    7. “How is it going?” – “________”
    8. By bike B. Not much                           C. It sounds better      D. Mustn’t grumble
    9. ________ a dentist, Mike is very concerned about having healthy teeth.
    10. Because B. He is                       C. As                           D. That he is
    11. ________, you need to achieve a score of 60% or more.
    12. To pass this test B. For being passed this test
    13. In order pass this test D. So that to pass this test
    14. As a famous person ________ many children admire, it is important for her to act responsibly.
    15. whose B. whom                     C. which                      D. when
    16. The brochure says that the hotel has a great ________ of the sea.
    17. appearance B. look                        C. sight                        D. view
    18. Our new coach is popular ________ the whole team.
    19. with B. to                            C. by                           D. for
    20. As soon as you ________ that, I’d like you to go to bed.
    21. have done B. did                                      C. will do                    D. will have done
    22. Margaret was slow at school, but she went on ________ Prime Minister.
    23. being B. to be                       C. having been            D. to have been
    24. In 1870, ________, John D. Rockefeller and others created the Standard Oil Company.
    25. in spite of oil prices fluctuated B. despite fluctuating oil prices
    26. but the oil prices fluctuated D. oil prices were fluctuating
    27. They’re staying in rented accommodation for the time ________.
    28. going B. making                    C. doing                      D. being
    29. “I have an idea. Let’s go for a swim on Sunday afternoon”. – “________”
    30. OK, what time? B. You’re kidding    C. I know                    D. I’m sure
    31. Give the correct form of the words in brackets (10 points).
    32. We found it ____________ (thrill) to your wonderful news.
    33. He left the room without any ____________ (explain).
    34. He didn’t feel happy because he worked ____________ (success).
    35. Many people expressed ____________ (disagree) with the whole idea.
    36. There was a ____________ (wide) dissatisfaction with the government’s policies.
    37. Her health has ____________ (bad) considerably since we last saw her.
    38. A lot of plants and animals could be used as medicines against cancer, AIDS, heart diseases and other ____________ (sick).
    39. He was ____________ (information) of the consequences in advance.
    40. I was kept ____________ (wake) last night by the noise from a party in the flat above.
    41. This road is so bad that it needs ____________ (surface).

    III. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting (5 points).

    1. Last week unless my mother had had enough money, she would have bought that toy for me.

    A                             B               C                                  D

    1. It often takes me about fifteen minutes to go to work from here by foot.

    A                         B                     C                                    D

    1. Those people say that it is such polluted air that they can’t breath, don’t they?

    A                    B                                    C                 D

    1. It is noisy enough in this room, so I would rather you stop shouting like that.

    A                                     B        C                      D

    1. Dr. Roberts, the first woman to be elected president of the university, is intelligent, capable and

    A                                            B

    awareness of the problem to be solved.

    C                                           D

    1. READING
    2. There are 5 blanks in the passage below. From the words given in the box, choose the most suitable for each blank. There are more words than blanks, so you don’t need all of them. (5 points).
     A. terrible           B. size            C. hope

    D. wrong             E. loose         F. problem           G. want

    Choosing clothes can be difficult. Some people (51)________ to be fashionable, but they don’t want to look exactly like everybody else. Not all clothes are suitable for work or school, perhaps because they are not formal enough, or simply not comfortable. It is easy to buy the (52)_________ size, and find that your trousers are too tight, especially if you are a little bit overweight. Very (53)________ clothes make you feel slim, but when they have shrunk in the washing machine, then you have the same (54)________! If you buy light cotton clothes, then they might not be warm enough for winter. If your shoes are not tight, and if you aren’t dressed for the cold, you might look good, but feel (55)________!

    1. Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C or D best fits each space.

    (10 points)

    Schools in the United States have not always had a large number of libraries. As (56)________as 1958 about half of the public schools in the United States had no libraries at all. The number of public school libraries increased dramatically (57)_______ the federal government passed the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, ( 58)_______ provided funds for school districts to improve their education programs and facilities, including their libraries. (59) ________, many educators claim that since the legislation was passed federal spending has not increased sufficiently to meet the rising (60)______ of new library technologies such as computer databases and Internet access.

    Because the federal government provides only limited funds to schools, individual school districts (61) ­­­_______ on funds from local property taxes to meet the vast majority of public school expenses. Therefore, the libraries of the public schools tend to reflect the (62) ______ capabilities of the communities in which they are located. Districts in wealthy suburbs often have fully staffed libraries (63) _______ abundant resources, spacious facilities, and curricular and instructional support. In (64) ______, school districts in many poor areas house their libraries in ordinary classrooms or in small rooms. The libraries in such areas are generally staffed by volunteers, who organize and (65) ______ books that are often out-of-date, irrelevant, or damaged.

    56. A. freshly

    57. A. though

    58. A. that

    59. A. Nevertheless

    60. A. fine

    61. A. go

    62. A. educational

    63. A. for

    64. A. country

    65. A. attain

    B. recently

    B.  with

    B. who

    B. Therefore

    B. fee

    B. come

    B. economical

    B. with

    B. converse

    B. obtain

    C. frequently

    C. during

    C. which

    C. Consequently

    C. cost

    C. rely

    C. political

    C. on

    C. contrast

    C. contain

    D. newly

    D. when

    D. this

    D. Otherwise

    D. sum

    D. stay

    D. financial

    D. by

    D. conflict

    D. maintain

    III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer  A, B, C or D(10 points).

    Before the mid-nineteenth century, people in the United States ate most foods only in season. Drying, smoking and salting could preserve meat for a short time, but the availability of fresh meat, like that of fresh milk, was very limited; there was no way to prevent spoilage. But in 1810, a French inventor named Nicolas Appert developed the cooking-and-sealing process of canning. And in the 1850’s an American named Gail Borden developed a means of condensing and preserving milk. Canned goods and condensed milk became more common during the 1860’s, but supplies remained low because cans had to be made by hand. By 1880, however, inventors had fashioned stamping and soldering machines that mass-produced cans from tinplate. Suddenly all kinds of food could be preserved and bought at all times of the year.

    Other trends and inventions had also helped make it possible for Americans to vary their daily diets. Growing urban population created demand that encouraged fruit and vegetable farmers  to raise more produce. Railroad refrigerator cars enabled growers and meat packers to ship perishables great distances and to preserve them for longer periods. Thus, by the 1890’s, northern city dwellers could enjoy southern and western strawberries, grapes, and tomatoes, previously available for a month at most, for up to six months of the year. In addition, increased use of iceboxes enabled families to store perishables. As easy means of producing ice commercially had been invented in the 1870’s, and by 1900 the nation had more than two thousand commercial ice plants, most of which made home deliveries. The icebox became a fixture in most homes and remained so until the mechanized refrigerator replaced it in the 1920’s and 1930’s.

    Almost everyone now had a more diversified diet. Some people continued to eat mainly foods that were heavily in starches or carbohydrates, and not everyone could afford meat. Nevertheless, many families could take advantage of previously unavailable fruits, vegetables, and dairy products to achieve more varied fare.

    1. What does the passage mainly discuss?
    2. Causes of food spoilage
    3. Commercial production of ice
    4. Population movements in the nineteenth century
    5. Inventions that led to changes in the American diet
    6. The phrase “in season” in line 1 refers to
    7. a particular time of year B. a kind of weather
    8. an official schedule D. a method of flavoring
    9. During the 1860’s, canned food products were
    10. unavailable in rural areas B. available in limited quantities
    11. shipped in refrigerator cars D. a staple part of the American diet.
    12. It can be inferred that railroad refrigerator cars came into use
    13. before 1860 B. before 1890            C. after 1900               D. after 1920
    14. The word” them” in line 13 refers to
    15. refrigerator cars B.growers             C. perishables               D. distances.
    16. The word” fixture” in line 18 is closest in meaning to
    17. commonplace object B. substance            C. luxury item               D. mechanical device

    72.The author implies that in the 1920’s and 1930’s home deliveries of ice

    1. increased in cost                                          B. occurred only in the summer
    2. decreased in number D. were on an irregular schedule
    3. The word “ Nevertheless” in line 21 is closest meaning to
    4. occasionally             B. however                   C. therefore                           D. because
    5. Which of the following types of food preservation was NOT mentioned in the passage?
    6. Drying B. Chemical additives   C. Canning               D. Cold storage
    7. Which of the following statements is supported by the passage?
    8. Most farmers in the United States raised only fruits and vegetables.
    9. People who lived in cities demanded home delivery of foods.
    10. Tin cans and iceboxes helped to make many foods more widely available.
    11. Commercial ice factories were developed by railroad owners
    12. Writing
    13. I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentences printed before. (5 points)
    14. Having nothing else to do, we decided to go for a walk.

    – Since……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. She was not only bad-tempered but also very lazy.

    – As well …………………………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. “ Nothing will persuade me to apply for that kind of job.” She said.

    _ She flatly………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. The school I studied at last year was better than this one.

    – This school isn’t……………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. You must leave now, or you’ll miss the bus.

    – You’ll miss……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Use the suggested words and phrases to write complete sentences of a letter. (10 points)

    Dear Sir or Madam.

    1. I/ write/ complain/ hair drier/ buy/ your shop/ last Saturday/ and/ treatment/ I receive/ when/ I try/ return/ a few days later.

    82.I buy/ hair drier/ Wednesday,  November 22nd.

    1. first time/ try/ use/ handle become/ extremely hot/ and within a few minutes/ part/ plastic casing/ begin/ melt.
    2. I turn/ off/ immediately/ return/ with/ receipt/ your shop/ Saturday.
    3. I explain/ situation/ one/ assistants/ ask/ money back/ but / be told/ speak/ you.
    4. Unfortunately you/ not available/ that day/ I/ write instead.
    5. I enclose/ hair drier/ copy of/ original receipt.
    6. Please send/ full fund/ soon/ possible.

    Yours faithfully,

    III. Write a paragraph of about 120 words on the following topic: ( 10 points)

    What club do you want to be founded in your school? Why?

     

    HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH GIỎI  LỚP 10

    Môn tiếng Anh

     

    1. A. LISTENING: ( 15 points) ( 1 point for each correct answer)

    Part 1.

    1. 10 am 2. Lee 3. June 1st   4. University Hall    5. Health for Life

    Part 2:

    1. T 7. F 8. F    9. T    10. NG    11. T    12. NG   13. T    14. F    15. NG
    1. PHONETICS: ( 5 points) ( 1 point for each correct answer)
    2. D 17. C 18. C      19. C     20. B
    1. GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS.
    2. I. Choose the word, phrases or expression which best completes each sentence. ( 15 points)

                                           ( 1 point for each correct answer)

    1. D 22. B 23. A     24. C     25. D       26. A     27. A     28.B
    2. D 30.A 31. A     32. B       33. B      34. D     35.A
    1. Give the correct form of the words in brackets. (10 points)

    (1 point for each correct answer)

    1. THRILLING
    2. EXPLANATION
    3. UNSUCCESSFULLY
    4. DISAGREEMENTS
    5. WIDESPREAD
    6. WORSENED
    7. SICKNESSES
    8. INFORMED
    9. AWAKE
    10. RESURFACING

    III. Choose the underlined word or phrases in each sentence that needs correcting. ( 5 points)

    (1 point for each correct answer)

    46.A         47. D           48. C        49. D          50.C

    1. READING:
    2. There are 5 blanks in the passage below. From the words given in the box, choose the most suitable for each blank. There are more words than blanks, so you don’t need all of them. ( 5 points) (1 point for each correct answer)
    3. G 52.D 53.E             54.F               55.A
    4. Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C or D best fits each space. ( 10 points)

                                   (1 point for each correct answer)

    1. B 57. D 58. C       59. A       60. C
    2. C 62. D           63. B      64. C       65. D

    III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer. ( 10 points)

       (1 point for each correct answer)

    66.D     67. A        68. B      69.B     70.C        71.A       72.C      73.B   74.B  75.C

    1. WRITING.
    2. I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. ( 5 points).

    ( 1 point for each correct answer)

    1. Since we had nothing else to do, we decided to go for a walk.

    Or  (Since we didn’t have anything else to do, we decided to go for a walk.)

    1. As well as being bad-tempered, she’s very lazy.
    2. She flatly refused to apply for that kind of job.
    3. This school isn’t as/so good as the one ( that/which) I studied at last year.

    Or (This school isn’t as/so good as the one at which/ where I studied last year.)

    1. You’ll miss the bus if you don’t leave now.

    Or (You’ll miss the bus unless  you leave now.)

    1. Use the words or phrases suggested to write full sentences to make a letter. ( 10 points)

    Dear Sir or Madam.

    1. I am writing to complain about the/a hair drier (0.5)( which/that I) bought in your shop last Saturday(0.5) and the treatment (which/that) I received (0.5)when trying/I tried to return it a few days later.(0.5)
    2. I bought the hair drier(0.5) on Wednesday, November 22nd.(0.5)
    3. The first time I tried to use it,(0.5) the handle became extremely hot (0.5)and within a few minutes part of the plastic casing began to melt.(0.5)
    4. I turned it off immediately (0.5)and returned it with the receipt to your shop on Saturday.(0.5)
    5. I explained the situation to one of the/ your assistants (0.5)and asked for my/the money back(0.5) but I was told (that I had) to speak to you.(0.5)
    6. Unfortunately, you were not available that day,(0.5) so I am writing instead.(0.5)
    7. I enclose the hair drier(0.5) and a/the copy of the original receipt.(0.5)
    8. Please send me a full refund (0.5) as soon as possible (0.5)

    Yours faithfully.

    III. Write a paragraph of about 120 words on the following topic. ( 10p)

    Gîi ý phÇn cho ®iÓm chi tiÕt nh­ sau:

    1. Form: (paragraph) (1 point) (§o¹n v¨n kh«ng xuèng dßng – §ñ sè tõ )
    2. Content: (4 points )

    Good topic sentence (0.5 p) and appropriate supporting ideas (3.5 points)

    1. Language: (5 pts)

    + Appropriate vocabulary (1.5p)

    + Suitable connectors (0.5)

    + Correct grammar (2.5 p)

    + Punctuating/ Spelling (0.5p)

     

    ĐỀ 7

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

    HÀ TĨNH

    đỀ chính thỨc

    —————–

    KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI TỈNH CẤP THPT

    Năm HỌC 2012 – 2013

    Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH 11

    Thời gian làm bài: 180 phút

    (Đề thi có 10 trang)

       Ÿ Thí sinh không sử dụng bất kể tài liệu nào, kể cả từ điển.
       Ÿ                                                        Thí sinh làm bài trực tiếp vào đề thi, ghi câu trả lời vào các chổ trống hoặc các ô cho sẵn.
       Ÿ                                    Riêng phần trắc nghiệm thí sinh chỉ ghi đáp án A, B, C hoặc D.
       Ÿ                 Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm.

     

    Điểm của toàn bài thi Các giám khảo Số phách
    (Bằng số) (Bằng chữ) (Ký và ghi rõ họ tên) (Do Trưởng Ban chấm thi ghi)
    Giám khảo 1:
    Giám khảo 2:

     

    1. LISTENING

    HƯỚNG DẪN PHẦN THI NGHE HIỂU.

    Ÿ Bài nghe gồm 3 phần, mỗi phần được nghe 2 lần, mỗi lần cách nhau 15 giây, mở đầu và kết thúc mỗi phần nghe có tín hiệu.

    Ÿ Mọi hướng dẫn cho thí sinh (bằng Tiếng Anh)  đã có trong bài nghe.

     

    Part 1: For questions 1-10, listen to a conversation and fill in the blank with the missing information. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS and /or A NUMBER for each answer in the spaces provided.

     

    Silver Owl Campsite, Booking Form

    Ÿ Reference:    (1) ______________________

    Ÿ Name of school:  (2) ______________________ High School

    Ÿ Number in Group:  22

    Ÿ Arrival: Friday, 22nd  (3) ______________________

    Ÿ Accommodation:   (4)  5 x 5-person ______________________

    Ÿ Facilities:    (5) ______________________ and pool

    Equipment:   5 bicycles

    5 space hoppers

    Ÿ                   (6) 10 ______________________

    Ÿ Contact name: Sarah (7) ______________________

    Ÿ Phone number: (mobile) (8) ______________________

    Phone number: (eve) 02380 482 652

    Email address: [email protected]

    Ÿ Address: 76-78 (9) ______________________ Terrace, Southampton

    Method of payment: school credit card

    Ÿ Card number (if applicable): (10) ______________________

    Part 2: For questions 1-5, listen to a news reporter called Angela Bond, talking on the radio about her job and choose the best answer(A, B or C) according to what you hear. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes.

     

    1. Where is Angela working at the moment?
    A. Britain B. the USA C. Asia
    1. Angela likes her job because she ___________
    2. loves being in dangerous situations.
    3. never knows where she’ll go next.
    4. enjoys watching important events happen.
    5. What did Angela bring home from Hong Kong?
    A. pictures B. carpets C. furniture
    1. Where did Angela meet her boy friend?
    A. at her sister’s house B. at university C. in Hong Kong
    1. What does Angela do to relax?
    A. She cooks a meal B. She goes sailing C. She goes shopping

     

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

    Part 3: For questions 1-10, listen to an interview with a woman called Grace Conolly who is talking about her travel experiences in New Zealand and fill in the blank with the missing information. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer in the spaces provided.

    New Zealand Journey

    Ÿ Grave travelled around south Island on something called (1) _______________________

    Ÿ The first part of Grace’s journey took her along the (2) ________________________ coast of the island.

    Ÿ When Grace took a day trip to a place called Kaikoura, she particularly wanted to see (3) ____________________

    Ÿ Grace has kept in touch with a friend from (4)________________________ since she returned home.

    Ÿ Grace took her own (5)_______________________ to New Zealand, so didn’t need to hire one.

    Ÿ The best part of the trip for grace was jet-boating on the Buller River with a company called (6) ___________________.

    Ÿ Grace had to visit a hospital because she injured her (7)  __________________________.

    Ÿ At a market, Grace bought a (8)  __________________________ to take home.

    Ÿ The name of the hostel that Grace particularly recommends is the (9)  ___________________________.

    Ÿ Grace plans to go (10)  ___________________________ with friends when she next visits North Island.

     

    1. LEXICO-GRAMMAR

     

    Part 1Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence. Write your answer A, B, C or D in the numbered boxes.

    1. ___________ the weather forecast, it will rain heavily later this morning.
    A. On account of B. According to C. Because of D. Due to
    1. I read the contract again and again __________ avoiding making spelling mistakes.
    A. in view of B. in terms of C. with a view to D. by means of
    1. It’s a shame they didn’t pick you up, but it doesn’t _______ out the possibility that you might get a job in a different department.
    A. strike B. cancel C. draw D. rule
    1. I reckon Mark is ________ of a nervous breakdown.
    A. in charge B. under suspicion C. on the verge D. indicative
    1. Many local authorities realize there is a need to make _______ for disabled people in their housing programmes.
    A. assitance B. conditions C. admittance D. provision
    1. It turned out that we _________ rushed to the airport as the plane was delayed by several hours.
    A. hadn’t B. should have C. mustn’t have D. needn’t have
    1. All three TV channels provide extensive _________ of sporting events.
    A. coverage B. vision C. broadcast D. network
    1. No matter how angry he was, he would never ________ to violence.
    A. resolve B. recourse C. exert D. resort
    1. ________ as a masterpiece, a work of art must transcend the ideals of the period in which it was created.
    A. Ranking B. To be ranked C. Being ranked D. In order to be ranking
    1. _________, the people who come to this club are in their twenties and thirties.
    A. By and large B. All together C. To a degree D. Virtually
    1. I am afraid that you have _________ the deadline, so we can’t take your application into account.
    A. missed B. met C. delayed D. put off
    1. The main aim of the campaign is to raise _______ of the issues involved.
    A. knowledge B. awareness C. attention D. acquaintance
    1. After so many years, it is great to see him _________ his ambitions.
    A. get B. realise C. possess D. deserve
    1. It was confirmed that the accident was caused by human ________.
    A. error B. slip C. fault D. blunder
    1. The roadworks made ________ to the hotel from the main road difficult.
    A. entrance B. approach C. access D. ways in

     

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
    6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
    11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

     

    Part 2: Write the correct FORM of each bracketed word in the numbered space provided in the column on the right. (0) has been done as an example.

     

    The origins of Halloween

    Halloween is celebrated in many parts of the (0)________ (WEST) world, and is a time when people dress up as witches or ghosts, and go “trick-or treating”. It is (1) _________ (DOUBT) one of the most popular traditions in the United States and Britain.

    The celebration (2) _________(ORIGIN) about two thousand years ago with the Celts. These people were the (3) ________ (INHABIT) of an area that includes Britain, Ireland and Brittany. They relied on the land for their (4) _______ (LIVE),  and this meant that they were at the mercy of (5) ________ (PREDICT) weather conditions, especially during the winter.

    The Celtic new year began on 1st November, which also marked the beginning of winter, a period (6) _________ (TRADITION) associated with death. On the eve of the new year, it was believed that the barriers between the worlds of the living and the dead were (7) ________ (TEMPORARY) withdrawn, and it was possible to communicate with spirits. The Celts believed that the spirits offered them (8) ________ (GUIDE) and protection, and the Druids (Celtic priests) were (9) _________ (REPUTE) able to predict the future on this point.

    When the Roman completed their (10) ________ (CONQUER) of Celtic lands, they added their own flavour to this festival. The advent of Christianity brought about yet other changes.

    0.____ western _____

    1. _________________

    2. _________________

    3. _________________

    4. _________________

    5. _________________

    6. _________________

    7. _________________

    8. _________________

    9. _________________

    10. ________________

     

    Part 3: The passage below contains 10 mistakes. UNDERLINE the mistake and WRITE THEIR CORECT FORMS in the space provided in the column on the right. (0) has been done as an example.

    The horse and carriage is a thing of the past,  but love and marriage are still with us and still closely interrelating. Most American marriages, particular first marriages uniting young people, are the result of mutual attraction and affection rather with practical considerations.

    In the United States, parents do not arrange marriages for their children. Teenagers begin date in high school and usually find mates through their own academic and social contacts. Though young people feel free to choose their friends from different groups, almost choose a mate of similar background. This is due partly to parental guidance. Parents cannot select spouses for their children, but they can usually influence choices by voicing disapproval for someone they consider suitable.

    However, marriages of members of different groups (interclass, interfaith, and interracial marriages) are increasing, probably because of the greater mobile of today’s youth and the fact that they are restricted by fewer prejudices as their parents. Many young people leave their hometowns to attend college, serve in armed forces, or pursue a career in a bigger city. One away from home and family, they are more likely to date and marry outside their own social group.

    0. __ interrelated ____

    1. ________________

    2. _________________

    3. _________________

    4.__________________

    5. _________________

    6. _________________

    7. _________________

    8. _________________

    9. _________________

    10._________________

     

    Part 4: Fill in the gaps in the following sentences with suitable particles. Write your answers in the

    corresponding numbered boxes. (0) has been done as an example.

    1. Could you deal ________ this problem. I’m rather busy.
    2. The Minister is also implicated __________ the scandal.
    3. Irrespective _________ the poor weather conditions the search for the missing child was continued.
    4. I have been using her computer ever since she placed it __________ my disposal.
    5. I met him at the party and he asked __________ you.
    6. You can’t miss him. That haircut makes him stand ___________ in a crowd.

    Your answers:

     

    0. with 1. 2.
    3. 4. 5.

     

    Part 5: Complete each sentence with a correct phrasal verb from the box. Write your answers in the numbered boxes. Each phrasal verb is used only once.

    put down come out see off set about work out
    stand for step up track down turn down make up for
    1. The managing director __________ the company’s poor performance to high interest rates.
    2. The police were able to __________ the car thieves using satellite technology.
    3. This is a sensitive matter, and we have to __________ dealing with it very carefully.
    4. David’s new album is expected to ___________ at the end of the year.
    5. I hope this award will ____________ your disappointment at not winning the first prize.
    6. The company has decided to ___________ production of cars at its factory in Hull.
    7. You might need a calculator to __________ this problem.
    8. Claire decided to __________ the job, because it would have meant more travelling.
    9. Our maths teacher simply won’t _________ any talking in class.
    10. Helen is going to the airport to _________ some friends.

     

    Your answers:

     

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
    6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

    III. READING

     

    Part 1: Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C, or D) best fits each gap. Write your answer in the numbered boxes.

    The Mysterious Isle

    In the early morning of 23 January, 2009, the most powerful storm for a decade hit western France. With wind speeds in (1) ________ of 120 miles per hour, it flattened forests, (2) ________ down power lines and caused massive destruction to buildings and roads. But it also left behind an extraordinary creation. Seven miles out to sea at the (3) ________ where the Atlantic Ocean meets the estuary of the River Gironde, a small island had (4) _________ out of water. Locals soon gave it the name The Mysterious Isle. What was so remarkable, (5) ________ its sudden apparition, was the fact that the island (6) _________ intact in what is often quite a hostile sea environment. It could well become a permanent feature.

    Scientists (7) ________ realised that the island’s appearance (8) ________ a unique opportunity to study the creation and development of a new ecosystem. Within months, it had been colonised by seabirds, insects and vegetation. Unfortunately, however, they were not alone in (9) ________ the island attractive. It became increasingly difficult to (10) ________ the site from human visitors. In its first year, day trippers came in powered dinghies, a parachute club used it as a landing strip, a rave party was even held there one night.

    1. A. surplus B. advance C. excess D. put
    2. A. fetched B. brought C. carried D. sent
    3. A. scene B. mark C. stage D. point
    4. A. risen B. growth C. lifted D. surfaced
    5. A. in spite of B. instead of C. apart from D. on account of
    6. A. prolonged B. remained C. resided D. preserved
    7 A. quickly B. briskly C. hastily D. speedily
    8. A. delivered B. awarded C. proposed D. offered
    9. A. regarding B. finding C. seeking D. deciding
    10. A. prevent B. preserve C. protect D. prohibit

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
    6. 7. 8. 9. 10

     

    Part 2: Fill each of the following numbered blanks with ONE suitable word and write your answers in the

                corresponding boxes provided below the passage.

     

    Enjoy the benefits of stress!

     

    Are you looking forward to another busy week? You should be according to some experts. They argue that the stress encountered in our daily lives is not only good for us, but essential to survival. They say that the response to (1) _________, which creates a chemical called adrenal in, helps the mind and body to act quickly (2) ___________ emergencies. Animals and human beings use it to meet the hostile conditions which exist on the planet.

    Whilst nobody denies the pressures of everyday life, what is surprising is that we are yet to develop successful ways of dealing with them. (3) ________ the experts consider the current strategies to be inadequate and often dangerous. They believe that (4) ________ of trying to manage our response to stress with drugs or relaxation techniques, we must exploit it. Apparently, research shows that people (5) ________ create conditions of stress for (6) _______ by doing exciting and risky sports or looking for challenges, cope much better with life’s problems. Activities of this type have been shown to create a lot of emotion; people may actually cry or feel extremely uncomfortable. But there is a point (7) _________ which they realise they have succeeded and know that it was a positive experience. This is because we learn through challenge and difficulty. That’s (8) _________ we get our wisdom. Few of us, unfortunately, understand this fact. For example, many people believe they (9) _________ from stress at work, and take time off as a result. Yet it has been found in some companies that by far (10) __________ healthiest people are those with the most responsibility. So next time you’re in a stressful situation, just remember that it will be a positive learning experience and could also benefit your health!

     

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
    6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

     

    Part 3: Read the following passage. For question 1-5, choose the best answer (A, B, C, or D). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes.

     

    Day after day we hear about how anthropogenic development is causing global warming. According to an increasingly vocal minority, however, we should be asking ourselves how much of this is media hype and how much is based on real evidence. It seems, as so often is the case, that it depends on which expert you listen to, or which statistics you study.

    Yes, it is true that there is a mass of evidence to indicate that the world is getting warmer, with one of the world’s leading weather predictors stating that air temperatures have shown an increase of just under half a degree Celsius since the beginning of the twentieth century. And while this may not sound like anything worth losing sleep over the international press would have us believe that the consequences could be devastating. Other experts, however, are of the opinion that what we are seeing is just part of a natural upward and downward swing that has always been part of the cycle of global weather. An analysis of the views of major meteorologists in the United States showed that less than 20% of them believed that any change in temperature over the last hundred years was our own fault-the rest attributed it to natural cyclical changes.

    There is, of course, no denying that we are still at a very early stage in understanding weather. The effects of such variables as rainfall, cloud formation, the seas and oceans, gases such as methane and ozone, or even solar energy are still not really understood, and therefore the predictions that we make using them cannot always be relied on. Dr. James Hansen, in 1988, was predicting that the likely effects of global warming would be a raising of world temperature which would have disastrous consequences for mankind: “a strong cause and effect relationship between the current climate and human alteration of the atmosphere”. He has now gone on record as stating that using artificial models of climate as a way of predicting change is all but impossible. In fact, he now believes that, rather than getting hotter, our planet is getting greener as a result of the carbon dioxide increase, with the prospect of increasing vegetation in areas which in recent history have been frozen wastelands.

    In fact. there is some evidence to suggest that as our computer-based weather models have become more sophisticated, the predicted rises in temperature have been cut back. In addition, if we look at the much reported rise in global temperature over the last century, a close analysis reveals that the lion’s share of that increase, almost three quarters in total, occurred before man began to ‘poison’ his world with industrial processes and the accompanying greenhouse gas emissions in the second half of the twentieth century.

    So should we pay any attention to those stories that scream out at us from billboards and television news headlines, claiming that man, with his inexhaustible dependence on oil-based machinery and ever more sophisticated forms of transport is creating a nightmare level of ‘greenhouse gas emissions, poisoning his environment and ripping open the ozone layer? Doubters point to scientific evidence. which can prove that, of all the greenhouse gases, only two percent come from man-made sources, the rest resulting from natural emissions.

    Who, then, to believe: the environmentalist exhorting us to leave the car at home, to buy re-usable products packaged in recycled paper and to plant trees in our back yard? Or the sceptics, including, of course, a lot of big businesses who have most to lose, when they tell us that we are making a mountain out of a molehill? And my own opinion? The jury’s still out as far as I am concerned!

    1. The author __________
    2. believe that man is causing global warming.
    3. believes that global warming is a natural process.
    4. is sure what the causes of global warming are.
    5. does not say what he believes the causes of global warming are.
    1. As to the cause of global warming, the author believes that _________
    2. occasionally the facts depend on who you are talking to.
    3. the facts always depend on who you are talking to.
    4. often the facts depend on which expert you listen to.
    5. you should not speak to experts.
    1. More than 80% of the top meteorologists in the United States are of the opinion that _________
    2. global warming should make us lose sleep.
    3. global warming is not the result of natural cyclical changes but man-made.
    4. the consequences of global warming will be devastating.
    5. global warming is not man-made, but the result of natural cyclical changes.
    1. Our understanding of weather __________
    2. leads to reliable predictions.
    3. is variable.
    4. cannot be denied.
    5. is not very developed yet.
    1. Currently, Dr James Hansen’s beliefs include the fact that _________
    2. it is nearly impossible to predict weather change using artificial models.
    3. the consequences of global warming would be disastrous for mankind.
    4. there is a significant link between the climate now, and man’s changing of the atmosphere.
    5. Earth is getting colder.

    Your answers:

    1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

    For questions 6-10, write in the corresponding numbered boxes with YES, NO, or  NOT GIVEN:

    Yes                  if the statement agrees with the information in the passage

    No                   if the statement contradicts the information in the passage

    Not given        if there is no information about the statement in the passage.

     

    1. At the same time that computer-based weather models have become more sophisticated, weather forecasters have become more expert.
    2. Most of the increase in global temperature happened in the second half of the twentieth century.
    3. The media wants us to blame ourselves for global warming.
    4. The media encourages the public to use environmentally friendly vehicles, such as electric cars to combat global warming.
    5. Many big businesses are on the side of the sceptics as regards the cause of global warming.

    Your answers:

    6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

     

    1. WRITING

    Part 1:   Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence before it.

    1. Although Mary was exhausted, she agreed to join in the activity.

    → Exhausted …………………………………………………………………………………………

    2. We’ll let you know as soon as we have received the information.

    → The  …………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    3. You can only really master a language if you use it regularly.

    → Only by ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

    4.  It’s nobody’s fault that the match was cancelled.

    → Nobody is to  …………………………………………………………………………………….

    5. I don’t intend to apologise to either of them..

    → I have no …………………………………………………………………………………………….

     

    Part 2: Use the word given in brackets and make any necessary additions to write a new sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Do NOT change the form of the given word. You must use between three and six words, including the word given. (0) has been done as an example.

    1.        Fiona refused to wear her old dress. (not)

    Fiona said that  ________ she would not wear ________  her old dress.

    1. As long as he could see, Kevin really didn’t mind where he sat in the stadium.     (difference)

    →  As long as he could see , ____________________________________ where he sat in the stadium.

    2. Somebody should have told us that the date had been changed.         (informed)

    → We should ___________________________________ the change of the date.

    3. Jane’s family persuaded her to enter the competition.          (talked)

    → Jane  was ____________________________________ the competition by her family.

    4.  We never imagined that Julian might be planning to resign from his job.        (occurred)

    → It never __________________________________ Julian might be planning to resign from his job.

    5. Sally was all ready to leave the office when her boss asked her to type up a report         (point)

    → Sally was ____________________­­­­­­­­­_________­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­___ the office when her boss asked her to type up a report.

     

    Part 3: Write an essay of about 250 words on the following topic:

    “The widespread use of the Internet has brought many problems. What do you think are the main problems associated with the use of the web? What solutions can you suggest”?

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    ĐỀ 8

     

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC – ĐÀO TẠO           ĐÁP ÁN VÀ BIỂU ĐIỂM KỲ THI HSG TỈNH

    HÀ TĨNH                                                  Năm HỌC 2012 – 2013

                                                                            MôN: TIẾNG ANH 11

     

    TỔNG ĐIỂM TOÀN BÀI: (20 điểm)

     

    1. LISTENING (3 điểm)

    Part 1: (10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. RHS3977X 2. Radcliffe 3. August 4. caravan(s) 5. showers
    6. tennis rackets 7. Winter 8.  07892 334821 9. London 10.  5438900 67521

    Part 2:(5 câu x 0,1 = 0,5 điểm)

    1. A 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. B

     

    Part 3:(10 câu x 0,1 = 1 điểm)

    1. (the) green bus 2. west 3. (the) dolphins 4. Japan 5. bike / bicycle
    6. Adventure Tours 7. foot 8. (wooden) mask 9. Lakeside 10. walking

     

    1. LEXICO-GRAMMAR. (7,5 điểm)

    Part 1.(15 câu x 0,15 = 2,25 điểm)

    1. B 2. C 3. D 4. C 5. D
    6. D 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. A
    11. A 12. B 13. B 14. A 15. C

     

    Part 2: ( 10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. undoubtedly 2. originated 3. inhabitants 4. livelihood 5. unpredictable
    6. traditionally 7. temporarily 8. guidance 9. reputedly 10. conquest

     

    Part 3: ( 10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    The horse and carriage is a thing of the past,  but love and marriage are still with us and still closely interrelating. Most American marriages, particular first marriages uniting young people, are the result of mutual attraction and affection rather with practical considerations.

    In the United States, parents do not arrange marriages for their children. Teenagers begin date in high school and usually find mates through their own academic and social contacts. Though young people feel free to choose their friends from different groups, almost choose a mate of similar background. This is due partly to parental guidance. Parents cannot select spouses for their children, but they can usually influence choices by voicing disapproval for someone they consider suitable.

    However, marriages of members of different groups (interclass, interfaith, and interracial marriages) are increasing, probably because of the greater mobile of today’s youth and the fact that they are restricted by fewer prejudices as their parents. Many young people leave their hometowns to attend college, serve in armed forces, or pursue a career in a bigger city. One away from home and family, they are more likely to date and marry outside their own social group.

    0. interrelated

    1. particularly

    2. than

    3. dating/ to date

    4. most

    5.  of

    6. unsuitable

    7. between / among

    8. mobility

    9 . than

    10. once

     

    Part  4: (5 câu x 0,15 = 0,75)

    1. in 2. of 3. at 4. after 5. out

     

    Part 5:(10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. put down 2. track down 3. set about 4. come out 5. make up for
    6. step up 7. work out 8. turn down 9. stand for 10. see off

     

    III. READING (4,5 điểm)

    Part 1:(10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. C 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. C
    6. B 7. A 8. D 9. B 10. C

     

    Part 2: (10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

    1. stress 2. in / during 3. Even 4. instead 5. who / that
    6. themselves 7. at 8. how 9. suffer 10. the

     

    Part 3:(10 câu x 0,15 = 1,5 điểm)

     

    1. D 2. C 3. D 4. D 5. A
    6. NOT GIVEN 7. NO 8. YES 9. NOT GIVEN 10. YES

     

    1. WRITING. ( 5 điểm)

    Part 1: (5 câu x 0,2 = 1 điểm)

    1. Exhausted as / though Mary was / might be, she agreed to join the activity.
    2. The minute / moment we have received the information , we’ll let you know.
    3. Only by using it ( a language) regularly, can you really master a language (it).
    4. Nobody is to blame for the match cancellation / the match’s cancellation / the cancellation of the match / the fact that the match was cancelled.
    5. I have no intention of apologising / apologizing to either of them.

    Part 2:(5 câu x 0,2 = 1 điểm)

    1. As long as he could see, it made no difference to Kevin where he sat in the stadium.
    2. We should have been informed of / about the change of the date.
    3. Jane was talked into entering the competition by her family.
    4. It never occurred to us that Julian might be planning to resign from his job.
    5. Sally was on the point of leaving the office when her boss asked her to type up a report.

    Part 2: (3 điểm)     Giám khảo tự quyết định dựa vào các yêu cầu sau:

    – Task fulfillment (idea/content): 30%

    – Essay organization (coherence, cohesion); 30%

    – Vocabulary/structures (variety, accuracy, appropriacy): 30%

    – Handwriting, essay layout … : 10%

             

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    UBND TỈNH HẢI  DƯƠNG

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

    ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC

     

     

    KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI TỈNH

    LỚP 12 THPT NĂM HỌC 2013 – 2014

     

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    Thời gian làm bài: 180 phút

    (Đề thi có 05 trang)

     

    Học sinh làm bài vào tờ giấy thi.

    Phần trắc nghiệm: Chỉ cần viết chữ cái A, hoặc B, C, D.

    Phần tự luận: Viết đầy đủ theo yêu cầu của bài.

    (Thí sinh không được sử dụng tài liệu gì.)

    1. LISTENING
    2. Listen to an interview on transportation and fill in each of the blanks with NO MORE THAN 3 WORDS / NUMBERS (5.0 points).
    Questions

     

     

     

    Names

    How do you get to school?

    How far is it from your home to school?

    How long does it take you to get to school?

     

    Are you ever late because of transportation problems?

    Suggestions for improving the transportation?

     

    Mike

    By bus (2)__________ 15 or 20 minutes (4)__________ need more buses
     

     

    Liz

    (1)_________  20 miles  It depends No need (5)__________

    subway system

     

    Tom

    By bike  A few blocks  (3)__________ No
    1. Listen to a conversation between Daphne and her father. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) (5.0 points).
        T F
    6. Daphne is playing a computer game at the moment.    
    7. Daphne’s dad doesn’t know what an e-mail is.    
    8. Daphne’s dad thinks emails are cheap to send.    
    9. Telephone rates are cheaper after 6:00 pm.    
    10. Daphne’s dad would like to send an e-mail.    

    III. Listen to an announcement at a school fête and choose the best answer for the following statements and questions (5.0 points).

    1. The money will be spent on__________
    2. school computers B. a new building        C. the fête                   D. a new swimming pool
    3. What starts at 2 o’clock?
    4. The fête. B. The county gymnastics competition.
    5. The gymnastics display D. Fun and games
    6. You can have a coffee break__________
    7. in classroom 6 B. in classroom 7         C. in the sports hall     D. in the front playground
    8. You can enter the three-legged race if you are__________
    9. a child with an adult B. a mum and a dad    C. an aunt and an uncle                D. an adults over 18
    10. You should buy your raffle tickets __________
    11. by 4.30 pm B. at 5 pm
    12. when you enter the fête D. anytime before 5pm

     

    1. PHONETICS – GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS
    2. Choose the word that has a different stress pattern from the others in the groups (5.0 points)
    3. A. individual B. entertainment C. introduction                        D. environment
    4. A. knowledge B. miserable             C. reaction                   D. accident
    5. A. political B. yesterday C. ambulance              D. furniture
    6. A. confidence B. minimize C. complaint                D. imitate
    7. A. company B. atmosphere C. customer                 D. employment
    8. Choose the word, phrase or expression which best completes each sentence (15 points)
    9. Peter: “ I’ve got to go, Betty. So long.” Betty: ” So long, Peter. And __________
    10. be careful B. don’t hurry C. take care                 D. don’t take
    11. John: “How lovely your house is!” Jack: “__________”
    12. I love it, too. B. Thank you, it’s nice of you to say so.
    13. Can you say that again. D. Really? It is.
    14. Mr. Thomson is one of the most distinguished scientists in his __________ .
    15. matter              B. field                        C. part                         D. place
    16. There has been a great __________ in her English.
    17. escalation                   B. rise                          C. increase                   D. improvement
    18. The __________ of the general election will be known today.
    19. result                         B. decision                  C. effect                                  D. choice
    20. Released in 1915, __________
    21. D.W Griffith’s made an epic film about the Civil War, Birth of a Nation.
    22. the Civil War was the subject of D.W. Griffith’s epic film, Birth of a Nation.
    23. D.W. Griffith’s epic film Birth of a Nation was about the Civil War.
    24. the subject of D.W. Griffith’s epic film Birth of a Nation was the Civil War.
    25. As soon as you buy a car, it starts falling in __________.
    26. cost B. worth C. value                       D. price
    27. Boy: “Would you say that English is a global language?” Girl: “__________ “
    28. Yes, it has. B. I like it.
    29. I don’t understand the difference. D. Oh, absolutely.
    30. The couple decided to __________ every month for their retirement.
    31. put some money away B. put some money aside
    32. take up some money D. take some money away

    30.The taxi was so late reaching the station that my father __________ missed his train.

    1. rarely B. immediately C. entirely                   D. almost

    31.__________an emergency arise, call 911.

    1. Should B. Can C. Does                       D. Will

    32.The doctor gave the patient __________ examination to discover the cause of his collapse.

    1. a thorough B. an exact C. a universal              D. a whole

    33.On __________ she had passed the exam, she jumped for joy.

    1. having told B. he was told C. being told               D. telling
    2. Henry: ” __________ ” John: “Nothing.”
    3. What do you do? B. What’s new?                       C. How are you?         D. Are you a newcomer?
    4. Sarah: “I am terribly sorry, Mr. Johnson. I won’t be able to come to the office tomorrow.”

    Mr. Johnson: ” __________ ”

    1. Oh, that’s annoying. B. Sounds like fun.     C. Well, never mind.   D. Great, Sarah.

    III. Give the correct form of the words in brackets (10 points).

    1. (MYSTERY), the light came on though no one was near the switch.
    2. Excessive (EXPOSE) to direct sunlight should of course be avoided.
    3. The complete (RELEVANT) of this answer shows that the student did not read the question carefully.
    4. Most birds (MIGRATORY) in the winter.
    5. When a boy, Bob was a very (ATTEND) student and seemed to spend most of the time looking out of the window.
    6. Travelling gives young people opportunities to (DEPTH) their understanding of the world.
    7. The living-room is littered with (DISCARD) newspapers.
    8. The boys took part in the competition with great (ENTHUSIAST).
    9. Most young Americans want to lead a / an (DEPEND) life at the age of twenty.
    10. (NEW) energy sources such as wind and wave power are pollution-free.
    11. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting: (5.0 points)
    12. Visitors may realize that even though they can’t make their homes in Venice city, they can take away with

    A                       B

    them memories of their beauty.

    C                           D

    1. The news of the negotiations for a peace treaty between the two Presidents were received with mixed emotions by

    A                                                                                                                                B                                      C

    the citizens of both countries .

    D

    1. 48. If they took their language lesson seriously, they would be able to communicate with the locals

    A                                            B                    C                                                        D

    1. 49. The Girls Scouts, found by Juliette Gordon Low in 1912, has grown to a current membership of more than

    A                                                               B                                                       C

    three million girls.

    D

    1. Americans annually import more than $ 3 billion worthy of Italian clothing, jewelry, and shoes.

    A                                        B                            C                        D

    1. READING
    2. Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C or D best fits each space: (10 points)

    These days in business, people have to face many challenging questions when designing and implementing new projects in undeveloped areas of the countryside. One issue which has to be faced is whether it is possible to introduce new technology without destroying the local environment.

    Economic (51) __________and environmental conservation are often seen as natural enemies. It is unfortunate that in the past this has often been true, and it has been necessary to choose between (52) __________the project or protecting the environment. However, by taking environmental considerations (53) __________at an early stage in a project, companies can significantly reduce any impacts on local plants and animals.

    For example, in southern Africa, a company called CEL was asked to put up 410 km of a power transmission line without disturbing the rare birds which inhabit that area. The project was carried out with (54) __________disturbance last summer. What may surprise many business people is the fact that this consideration for local wildlife did not in any way (55) __________down the project. Indeed, the necessary advance planning (56) __________with local knowledge and advanced technology, (57) __________that the project was actually completed ahead of schedule. CEL was contracted to finish the job by October and (58) __________to do so two months earlier.

    CEL is one of those companies which is (59) __________ to the principle of environmental conservation. Many other companies have yet to be (60) __________ of the importance of balancing the needs of people with those of the environment. However, it may be the only realistic way forward.

    51. A. development B. progression C. rise D. increase
    52. A. running B. dealing C. controlling D. leading
    53. A. deeply B. gravely C. seriously D. severely
    54. A. bare B. smallest C. least D. minimal
    55. A. turn B. slow C. speed D. hold
    56. A. tied B. combined C. added D. related
    57. A. led B. caused C. resulted D. meant
    58. A. managed B. succeeded C. achieved D. fulfilled
    59. A. promised B. persuaded C. convicted D. committed
    60. A. argued B. convinced C. urged D. impressed
    1. There are 5 blanks in the passage below. From the words provided in the box, choose the most suitable for each blank. There are THREE extra words that you do not need to use (5 points).
    A. But

    B. need

    C. bad

    D. true

    E. help

    F. good

    G. benefit

    H. Indeed

    In Britain, the average young person now spends more money on games each year than on going to the cinema or renting videos. But is this necessarily a (61) __________ thing? For years, newspaper reports have been saying that children who spend too much time playing computer games become unsociable, bad- tempered, even violent as a result. But new research, carried out in both Europe and the USA, suggests that the opposite may be (62) __________.

    (63) __________, playing some of the more complicated games may help people of all ages to improve certain skills. Researchers claim that this is because the games make the brain work harder in certain ways, like imagining sounds and movements quickly and identifying what they are. The fact that people play the games repeatedly means that they get a lot of practice in these skills which are therefore likely to become highly developed.

    Social skills may (64) __________, too. Researchers in Chicago think that fans of first- person shooter games such as “Counterstrike” are better than non-players when it comes to building trust and co-operation, and that this helps them to make good friendships and become strong members of  their communities. So rather than giving up computer games, perhaps young people (65) __________ to spend more time on them?

    III. Read the passage and choose the correct answer for each question (10 points).

    In the world today, particularly in the two most industrialized areas, North America and Europe, recycling is big news. People are talking about it, practicing it, and discovering new ways to be sensitive to the environment. Recycling means finding ways to use products a second time. The motto of the recycling movement is “ Reduce, Reuse, Recycle”.

    The first step is to reduce garbage. In stores, a shopper has to buy products in blister packs, boxes and expensive plastic wrappings. A hamburger from a fast food restaurant comes in lots of packaging: usually paper, a box and a bag. All that packaging is wasted resources. People should try to buy things that are wrapped simply, and reuse cups and utensils. Another way to reduce waste is to buy high-quality products. When low quality appliances break, many customers throw them away and buy new ones – a loss of more resources and more energy. For example, if a customer buys high-quality appliance that can be easily repaired, the manufacturer receives an important message. In the same way, if a customer chooses a product with less packaging, that customer sends an important message to manufacturers. To reduce garbage, the throwaway must stop.

    The second step is to reuse. It is better to buy juices and soft drinks in returnable bottles. After customers empty the bottles, they can return them to the store. The manufacturers of the drinks collect the bottles, wash them, and then fill them again. The energy that is necessary to make new bottles is saved. In some parts of the world, returning bottles for money is a common practice. In those places, the garbage dumps have relatively little glass and plastic from throwaway bottles.

    The third step is to recycle. Spent motor oil cans can be cleaned and used again. Aluminum cans are costly to make. It takes the same amount of energy to make one aluminum can as it does to run a color TV set for three hours. When people collect and recycle aluminum (for new cans), they help save one of the world’s precious resources.

    1. What does the passage mainly discuss?
    2. what is involved in the recycling movement.
    3. what people often understand about the term recycle.
    4. how to live sensitive to the environment.
    5. how to reduce garbage disposal.
    6. The word sensitivein the first paragraph is closest in meaning to __________
    7. responding B. logical C. cautious              D. friendly
    8. People can do the following to reduce waste EXCEPT__________.
    9. buy high-quality product
    10. buy fewer hamburgers
    11. buy simply-wrapped things
    12. reuse cups
    13. Why is it a waste when customers buy low-quality products?
    14. Because they have to be repaired many times
    15. Because they produce less energy.
    16. Because customers change their ideas all the time.
    17. Because people will soon throw them away
    18. What is the best description of the process of reuse?
    19. The bottles are collected, washed, returned and filled again.
    20. The bottles are collected, returned filled again and washed.
    21. The bottles are filled again after being returned, collected and washed.
    22. The bottles are washed, returned, filled again and collected.
    23. The garbage dumps in some areas have relatively little glass and plastic because__________
    24. each returned bottle is paid. B. people are ordered to return bottles
    25. not many bottles are made of glass or plastic D. returned bottles are few
    26. The word practice in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to __________
    27. drill B. exercise C. deed                                   D. belief
    28. The energy used to make a can is __________the energy used to run a color TV set for 3 hours.
    29. more than B. less than
    30. as much as D. not worth being compared to
    31. The word precious in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to__________.
    32. natural B. substantial C. first                         D. invaluable
    33. Which statement is true according to the passage?
    34. It’s imppossible to recycle aluminum.
    35. Aluminum is one resource that needs to be saved.
    36. Aluminum is a lasting resource.
    37. It’s cheap to make aluminum cans.

     

     

     

    1. WRITING
    2. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it (5 points).
    3. The cost of living has gone up considerably in the past few years.

    – There ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Their chances of success are small.

    – It is ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Someone has suggested abolishing income tax.

    – It ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Most people can understand Tom when he speaks Vietnamese.

    – Tom can make ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. We are thankful to General Vo Nguyen Giap for his contribution to the cause of the national liberation.

    – We are thankful to General Vo Nguyen Giap for what ………………………………………………………………………..

    1. Use the suggested words and phrases below to make complete sentences of a passage(10 points).
    2. Come / enjoy / three hundred years / history / single day!
    3. Highfield House / one / Britain’s finest old buildings / attractive / well-kept gardens / good view / beautiful North Norfolk coast.
    4. Until recently / it / home / members / Highfield family.
    5. Now / however / this classic 18th century hall / living museum / full /art / history.
    6. There / so many attractions / from beautiful rooms / peaceful picnic places / by / lake.
    7. You can even / trip / water / if / weather / suitable.
    8. Enjoy / guided tour / House / start / the grandeur of the entrance / carry on through / various rooms.
    9. tour / House / end / old kitchen / where valuable antique tools / display.

    III. It is said that modern technology makes it easier for students to learn. Do you agree or disagree with the statement? Write an essay of about 180 – 200 words to support your opinion (10 points)

     

    ———THE END———

     

    Họ và tên thí sinh:………………………………………………………………..Số báo danh………………………

    Họ và tên, chữ ký Giám thị 1:…………………………………………………………………………………………..

    Họ và tên, chữ ký Giám thị 2:…………………………………………………………………………………………..

    UBND TỈNH HẢI  DƯƠNG

    SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO

    HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

     

     

    ĐÁP ÁN VÀ BIỂU ĐIỂM

    ĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI TỈNH

    LỚP 12 THPT NĂM HỌC 2013 – 2014

     

    Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

    1. LISTENING: (15 points)
    2. (5.0 p): 1 point for each correct answer:
    3. by car / drive 2. five / 5 miles 3. fifteen / 15 minutes
    4. Yes 5. a better
    5. (5.0 p): 1 point for each correct answer:
    6. F 7. T 8. F                              9. T                              10. T

    III. (5.0 p): 1 point for each correct answer:

    1. D 12. C 13. A                           14. A                           15. A
    2. PHONETICS: (5.0 points)

    1 point for each correct answer:

    1. D 17. C 18. A                           19. C                           20. D
    2. GRAMMAR – VOCABULARY – LANGUAGE FUNCTION:
    3. (15 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    4. C 22. B 23. B                           24. D                           25. A
    5. C 27. C 28. D                           29. B                           30. D
    6. A 32. A 33. C                           34. B                           35. C
    7. (10 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    8. MYSTERIOUSLY 37. EXPOSURE        38. IRRELEVANCE            39. MIGRATE
    9. INATTENTIVE 41. DEEPEN 42. DISCARDED      43. ENTHUSIASM.
    10. INDEPENDENT 45. RENEWABLE

    III. (5.0 points): 1 point for each correct answer:

    1. D 47. B 48. A                           49. A                           50. C
    2. READING:
    3. (10 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    4. A 52. A 53. C                           54. D                           55. B
    5. B 57. D 58. A                           59. D                           60. B
    6. (5 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    7. C 62. F 63. H                           64. G                           65. B

    III. (10 points): 1 point for each correct answer:

    1. A 67. D 68. B                           69. D                           70. C
    2. A 72. C 73. C                           74. D                           75. B
    3. WRITING:
    4. (5 points): 1 point for each correct answer:
    5. – There has been a considerable increase / rise in the cost of living in the past few years.
    6. – It is unlikely that they will succeed / will be successful.

    – It is likely that they will not succeed / will not be successful.

    1. – It has been suggested that income tax should be abolished.
    2. – Tom can make himself understood when he speaks Vietnamese.
    3. – We are thankful to General Vo Nguyen Giap for what he contributed to / what he did for the cause of the national liberation.
    4. (10 points)
    5. Come and enjoy three hundred years of history in a single day! (1.0 p)
    6. Highfield House is one of Britain’s finest old buildings (1.0 p) with attractive, well-kept gardens and a good view of the beautiful North Norfolk coast. (1.0 p)
    7. Until recently, it was the home of the members of the Highfield family. (1.0 p)
    8. Now, however, this classic 18th century hall is a living museum (which is) full of art and history. (1.0 p)
    9. There are so many attractions from the beautiful rooms to the peaceful picnic places / such as the beautiful rooms and the peaceful picnic places by the lake.(1.0 p)
    10. You can even have / make / take a trip on the water if the weather is suitable. (1.0 p)
    11. Enjoy a guided tour of the House, starting with the grandeur of the entrance (1.0 p), and carry on through the various rooms. (1.0 p)
    12. The tour of the House ends in the old kitchen where / in which valuable antique tools are display. (1.0 p)

    III. (10 points):

    1. Form: essay (1.0 points)

    + include 3 parts:

    – introduction

    – body

    – conclusion

    1. Organization: (10 points)

    – easy to follow

    – coherent

    1. Content: (4.0 points):

                – successful fulfillment of the task with important ideas and relevant details

    1. Language: (4.0 points)

                – a variety of structures and sentences patterns

                – appropriate vocabulary

    – suitable connectors

    – correct grammar

    – correct punctuating / spelling

    ———THE END———

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

  • Đề thi toeic tháng 1 – 2009 c

    Đề thi toeic tháng 1 – 2009 c

    Đề thi toeic tháng 1 – 2009 c

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Đề thi trắc nghiệm môn Kinh tế vĩ mô có đáp án


    [toc]

    [pdfviewer width=”800px” height=”1000px” beta=”true/false”]https://hotroontap.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/%C4%90%E1%BB%81-thi-toeic-th%C3%A1ng-1-2009-c.pdf[/pdfviewer]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề thi toeic tháng 1 – 2009 c

    Đề thi toeic tháng 1 – 2009 c

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 문제

    PART 5

    1. Sales on the winter clothing line ——-

     

    next week.

     

    • begin

     

    • began

     

    • will begin

     

    • has begun

     

    1. The managing editor of Global Explorer has asked chef Travis DeRouge to write about ——- recommended restaurants.

     

    • he

     

    • his

     

    • him

     

    • himself

     

    1. Please forward this letter ——-

     

    headquarters to Mr. Brooks in accounting as soon as possible.

     

    • from

     

    • as

     

    • out

     

    • of

     

    • It is company policy for programmers to take ten-minute breaks every two hours, no matter

    ——- busy they are.

     

     

    • where

     

    • how

     

    • if

     

    • so
    1. Prior to getting off the plane, please ——-

     

    the in-flight service questionnaire provided by the flight attendants.

     

    • complete

     

    • completion

     

    • completed

     

    • completely

     

    1. Molly Fischer, who has worked hard at the company for five years, is ——-

    suited for the position of production supervisor.

     

    • gradually

     

    • slowly

     

    • heavily

     

    • perfectly

     

    • As a result of the economic recession, the CEO ——- to cut travel expenditures by reducing the frequency of business trips.

     

    • like

     

    • would like

     

    • is liking

     

    • was liking
    1. If you visit our store, a product specialist will give you a demonstration ——- the massage chair’s relaxation capabilities.

     

    • along

     

    • during

     

    • of

     

    • into

     

     

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 문제

    1. Manila branch moved offices ——- after months of preparation and planning.

     

    • ease

     

    • eased

     

    • easy

     

    • easily

     

    1. Plastics Inc. signed a five-year ——- with an American automobile maker to provide all of the carmaker’s plastic needs.

     

    • contract

     

    • contracts

     

    • contracted

     

    • contracting

     

    1. Although Mr. Chang ordered a laptop computer last Sunday, it was not delivered until the ——- Thursday.

     

    • upcoming

     

    • available

     

    • frequent

     

    • following

     

    1. ——- Mr. Lundquist has an excellent sales record, he has a high likelihood of winning the Employee of the Year award.

     

    • As

     

    • So that

     

    • Besides

     

    • Due to
    1. Employees applying for overseas branches need to attend ——- the Monday and Wednesday workshops.

     

    • which

     

    • some

     

    • both

     

    • where

     

    1. Duke County Hospital has the best surgical team in the nation, for which it ——-

     

    numerous awards and recognitions over the past ten years.

     

    • receives

     

    • is receiving

     

    • would receive

     

    • has received

     

    1. The cost of fruit rose ——- after a series of rainstorms that destroyed many orchards and farms.

     

    • sharp

     

    • sharpen

     

    • sharply

     

    • sharpness

     

     

    1. The staff members are required to work efficiently and meet the company’s goals on

     

    ——-.

     

     

    • their own

     

    • they

     

    • themselves

     

    • their

    Copyright www.Hackers.co.kr All rights reserved.

     

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 문제

    1. Skin Deep Cosmetics made producing environment-friendly products the highest

     

    ——- of the year.

     

     

    • adjustment

     

    • priority

     

    • change

     

    • provision
    1. Metalwork Productions just added new protocol for assembly workers to its ——-

     

    regulations.

     

     

    • safe

     

    • safety

     

    • safeties

     

    • safely

     

    1. Owing to the ——- of its marketing team, Coast Magazine rose to become the most read travel magazine this year.
    1. ——- honor the rebate, you must provide the product number located on the bottom of your new espresso machine.

     

    • expand

     

    • expanded

     

    • expansion

     

    • expansive

     

    1. The company cafeteria now offers drinks with

     

    ——- blends of vegetables and fruits.

     

    • presented

     

    • immediate

     

    • physical

     

    • healthy

     

    1. Future IT’s ——- use of its building space has been featured in the most recent issue of Smart Business.

     

    • economy

     

    • economist

     

    • economize

     

    • economical
    • Even as

     

    • Since

     

    • Unless

     

    • In order to

     

     

    1. Here at Communication Solutions, we strongly feel that we have a ——- to uphold ethical corporate standards.

     

    • responsible

     

    • responsibly

     

    • responsibility

     

    • responsibilities

     

     

    1. The country library has made a successful

     

    ——- to a digital archive and book check-out system.

     

    • transition

     

    • location

     

    • cooperation

     

    • suspension

     

    Copyright www.Hackers.co.kr All rights reserved.

     

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 문제

    1. Assistant director James Krueger will present on the ——- vacation policy at this month’s meeting.

     

    • revise

     

    • revised

     

    • revision

     

    • revising

     

     

    1. The new documentary, Behind the Lens, is supposed to offer amateur ——- simple techniques to enhance their skills.

     

    • photographs

     

    • photography

     

    • photographers

     

    • photographic

     

     

    1. The project leader requested that all team members turn in their performance self-evaluations ——- Wednesday morning.

     

    • by

     

    • with

     

    • toward

     

    • between

     

     

    1. To avoid breaking down, only unused paper should be ——- into the printers.

     

    • invited

     

    • prepared

     

    • commended

     

    • loaded
    1. The online customer survey demonstrated that those who shopped with PlusFlowers once will not ——- choose that company again.

     

    • vitally

     

    • decidedly

     

    • necessarily

     

    • importantly

     

     

    1. Due to ——- disputes between the companies, the planned merger is unlikely to go through.

     

    • considerate

     

    • ongoing

     

    • dissolved

     

    • restrained

     

     

    1. The client ordered the table set to

    match the style of the one ——- in the magazine.

    • informed

     

    • sampled

     

    • pictured

     

    • exposed

     

     

     

    1. The managerial team will meet to decide on strategies to increase ——-

     

    among separate departments.

     

     

     

    • cooperation

     

    • cooperative

     

    • cooperate

     

    • cooperated

     

    Copyright www.Hackers.co.kr All rights reserved.

     

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 문제

    1. The last day to report expenditures for the past fiscal year is quickly ——-.

     

    • assigning

     

    • approaching

     

    • setting

     

    • declaring

     

     

    1. As a result of busy schedules, the board of directors ——- gathers in the evening after office hours.

     

    • originally

     

    • spaciously

     

    • approximately

     

    • frequently

     

     

    1. Compared to other companies in the industry, Cellron Mobile puts ——- emphasis on the quality of customer service.

     

    • greater

     

    • greatly

     

    • more greatly

     

    • as great as

     

     

    • For the contract to be ——-, it must be signed by both parties in front of a court-assigned lawyer.

     

    • valid

     

    • validate

     

    • validity

     

    • validates
    • In order to promote customer ——-, Easy Cable offers significant discounts on long-term cable services.

     

    • brands

     

    • honesty

     

    • loyalty

     

    • locations

     

     

    • ——- the inclement weather, the company held its annual family outing at the city’s central park.

     

    • Even though

     

    • In spite of

     

    • Consequently

     

    • On the contrary

     

     

    1. Solar power devices are scheduled to be —

     

    —– in early March to offset the costs of electricity.

     

    • put down

     

    • given out

     

    • set up

     

    • taken to

     

     

    1. Ryerson Educational Consulting offers study abroad packages, but ——- most other consulting agencies, only charges commission on completed transactions.

     

    • except

     

    • aside

     

    • despite

     

    • unlike

     

    Copyright www.Hackers.co.kr All rights reserved.

     

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 문제

    PART 6

     

    Questions 141 to 143 refer to the following announcement.

    The San Francisco Community Center is sponsoring a series of summer concerts in Green Day Park. The theme of the first concert, which will be held this Friday evening at 6:30 P.M., is band music. The entertainment will start with a ——- of classic band favorites and Broadway show tunes by the

    1. (A) curriculum

     

    • requirement

     

    • performance

     

    • position

    Golden Gate Jazz band. ——- a newcomer to the big band music scene, the Gary Mills Band, will play

    1. (A) Therefore

     

    • Usually

     

    • Since then

     

    • Afterward

    some original jazz pieces from its first record album. Those who wish ——- should come at least 143. (A) attended

    (B) to attend

    (C) attend

    (D) attending

    30 minutes before the concert begins. Since no chairs will be provided, attendees are asked to bring mats and blankets on which to sit. Food stalls will sell beverages and snacks, and concertgoers will be allowed to bring their own food.

    Copyright www.Hackers.co.kr All rights reserved.

     

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 문제

    Questions 144 to 146 refer to the following letter.

    VISTA APARTMENTS

    200-250 Oak Drive

    Los Angeles, California

    Dear Mr. LeBron,

    We would like to congratulate you on your recent ——- to rent a 2-bedroom unit at Vista Apartments.

    1. (A) decisive

     

    • deciding

     

    • decided

     

    • decision

    This letter certifies that we have received a copy of the rental contract you signed. We hope that you will enjoy moving into our newly remodeled apartments, conveniently located ten minutes from the downtown area.

    You will be residing ——- walking distance from the subway station, supermarket and other facilities in

    1. (A) within

     

    • beside

     

    • among

     

    • onto

    your community. This letter serves to remind you that as a new tenant, you have the responsibility to get in touch with utility service providers before you move in. You may schedule the connection of electricity, phone and Internet services on your moving-in date. Should you experience any maintenance problems, Vista Apartments has service personnel that are available 24 hours a day.

    We look forward to serving you! Thank you once again for ——- at Vista Apartments. 146. (A) applying

    (B) renting

    (C) occupying

    (D) visiting

    Copyright www.Hackers.co.kr All rights reserved.

     

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 문제

    Questions 147 to 149 refer to the following letter.

    August 4

    Mr. Claude Hudson

    Manager

    Donnelly Networks, Inc.

    350 Fourth Street

    Washington, DC

    Mr. Hudson,

    Thank you very much for your ——- for the position of assistant projects coordinator for the

    1. (A) return

     

    • acceptance

     

    • offer

     

    • admission

    technology department of the Donnelly Networks, Inc. After ——- consideration of the opportunity 148. (A) carefully

    (B) care

    (C) cared

    (D) careful

    and my current career goals, I, unfortunately, have decided to decline. I do appreciate the hospitality your company has given me, but I have agreed to accept the position of chief director of the research department of Milton and Sons Company already.

    I have thoroughly enjoyed getting together with you as a candidate, and do hope we will have the opportunity to work ——- in the future.

    1. (A) unless

     

    • nearly

     

    • certainly

     

    • together

    Sincerely yours,

    Maria Castro

    Copyright www.Hackers.co.kr All rights reserved.

     

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 문제

    Questions 150 to 152 refer to the following e-mail.

    From: Louise Walsh

    To: Staff

    Date: April 7

    RE: Agenda for next Tuesday’s meeting

    The agenda for next Tuesday’s meeting ——-. I have attached a final, detailed version to this e-mail.

    1. (A) has been updated

     

    • will be updated

     

    • be updating

     

    • will update

    Last Friday, I had meetings with some of our clients, and I want to give you some notes on their requests. I hope this will give you a chance to think about what needs to be done. Winston Company’s general manager, in particular, asked that ——- include changes to the renovation plans for his office.

    1. (A) themselves

     

    • we

     

    • us

     

    • they

    Mac & Moens has expressed satisfaction with our second set of blueprints, but would like an updated schedule for the newest design. Caitlin Firm needs a ——- layout for the first floor. It should have a

    1. (A) cheaper

     

    • more involved

     

    • simpler

     

    • more recent

    cleaner, more functional scheme with less focus on decorative elements.

    Please keep our clients’ desires in mind as you get ready for the meeting. I will see all of you at 4:00 P.M. in the conference room on the third floor.

    Copyright www.Hackers.co.kr All rights reserved.

     

    ĐÁP ÁN

     2009 1월 토익 기출 변형 정답

    101 C 102 B 103 A 104 B 105 A
    106 D 107 B 108 C 109 D 110 A
    111 D 112 A 113 C 114 D 115 C
    116 A 117 B 118 C 119 D 120 D
    121 B 122 D 123 C 124 A 125 B
    126 C 127 A 128 D 129 C 130 B
    131 C 132 A 133 B 134 D 135 A
    136 A 137 C 138 B 139 C 140 D
    141 C 142 D 143 B 144 D 145 A
    146 B 147 C 148 D 149 D 150 A
    151 B 152 C            

    ※ 해설은 http://www.Hackers.co.kr 에서 확인하세요.

    Copyright www.Hackers.co.kr All rights reserved.


    Tải xuống tài liệu học tập PDF miễn phí

     Tải Xuống Tại Đây  


  • Bài tập phát hiện lỗi sai tiếng Anh

    Bài tập phát hiện lỗi sai tiếng Anh

    Bài tập phát hiện lỗi sai tiếng Anh

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Bí quyết để các bài tập lớn thực sự hiệu quả


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Bài tập phát hiện lỗi sai tiếng Anh

    Indentify the one underlined word or phrase that must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct.

    EXERCISE 1

    • The earth is the only planet with a large number of oxygen in its
    • Venus approaches the Earth more closely than any other planet is.
    • Robert Frost was not well known as a poet until he reached the
    • The amounts of oxygen and nitrogen in the air almost always remain stable, but the

    A B amount of water vapor vary considerably.

    C                                          D

    • The American frontiersman, politician, and soldier Davy Crockett is one of the

     

    A

    most popular of American hero.

    B                       C                           D

    • A five-thousand-dollars reward was offered for the capture of the escaped

    A B C D criminals.

    • A desert area that has been without water for six years will still bloom when rain

    A                     B                                                       C

    will come.

    D

    • The word “shore” can be used rather of “coast” to mean the land bodering the sea.
    • Alfafia is a nutrious crop rich in proteins, minerals, and with vitamins.
    • The deadbolt is the best lock for entry doors because it is not only inexpensive but

    A                                                       B                        C

    installation is easy.

    D

    EXERCISE 2

    • Average family size has increased from the Victorian
    • They prefer to stay in their home country because family ties.
    • In 1892, the first long-distance telephone line between Chicago and New York was

    A                                                    B

    formally opening.

    • D
    • Dietitians urge people to eat a banana a day to get potassium enough in their diet.
    • Woody Guthrie has written thousands of songs during her lifetime, many of which
    A B C D
    became classic folk songs.
    1
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH
    • The development of transistors made possible it to reduce the size of many

    A B C electronic devices.

    • My father is a good family man, completely devoted for his wife and kids.
    • The bus was plenty of people who had spent many a happy hour in the stores doing

    A B their Christmas shopping.

    D

    • Weather and geography conditions may determine the type of transportation used

    A B C D in a region.

    • When you talk to the old man, please remember to speak out as he’s hard of

    A                                                                                 B          C                   D

    hearing.

    EXERCISE 3

    • She is among the few who wants to quit smoking instead of cutting down.
    • Doctors have always recommended that a person with a cold must drink fluids,

    A B such as juice or water to prevent the loss of water in his/ her body.

    C                                                D

    • Alike light waves, microwaves may be reflected and concentrated.
    • We felt asleep at the meeting because the speaker had such a monotonous voice.
    • One-cent coins issued in the United States in 1982 was 96 percent zinc.
    • It is important that you turned off the heater every morning before you leave for

    A B C D class.

    • The children had such difficult time when they began school in their new

     

    AB

    neighbourhood that their parents decided never to move again.

    C          D

    • Those who had already purchased tickets were instructed to go to gate first

    A B C immediately.

    • The lion has long been a symbol of strength, power, and it is very cruel.
    • Nobody had known before the presentation that Sue and her sister will receive the

    A B C D awards for outstanding scholarships.

    EXERCISE 4

    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH 2

     

    • During the Middle Ages, handwriting notices kept groups of nobles informed of

    A B C D important events.

    • Tenant farmers are those they either rent a farm and work it for themselves or work

    A B C the farm for the owner and receive payment.

    D

    • Slightly over half of the population of El Paso, Texas, says both English and
    • American manufactures depend on ocean shipping for most of trade with other

    A                                B                                  C

    countries.

    D

    • Approximately one-third of all persons involved in adult education programs in

    A                                                      B

    1970 were enrolled in occupational education course.

    C                                                                             D

    • Natural adhesives are primarily of animals or vegetable
    • Life insurance, before available only to young, healthy persons, can now be

    A                                 B

    obtained for old people and even for pets.

    C                                                    D

    • It is estimated that a scientific principle has a life expectancy of approximately a

    A                                                                                            B

    decade before it drastically revised or replaced by newer information.

    C                                 D

    • A largely percentage of Canadian export business is with the United States.
    • Some studies show that young babies prefer the smell of milk to those of other

    A                                           B                                C

    liquids.

    D

    EXERCISE 5

    • I’d like to see him in my office the moment he will arrive.
    • Each of the beautiful cars in the shop was quickly sold to their
    • It was a six-hours journey; we were completely exhausted when we arrived.
    • Professor Jones said that a good way to improve your language are

    A B C learning to practise it frequently.

    D

    • Being that he was a good swimmer, John managed to rescue the child.
    A B C D
    3
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH
    • Many people have found the monotonous buzzing of the vuvuzela in the 2010-

    A B C World-Cup matches so annoyed.

    • The team leader demanded from his team members a serious attitude towards

    A B C work, good team spirit, and that they work hard.

    D

    • In my judgment, I think Hem is the best physicist among the scientists of the SEA

    A                             B                                  C                                                  D

    region.

    • After analyzing the steep rise in profits according to your report, it was convinced

    A B C that your analyses were correct.

    • The woman of whom the red car is parked in front of the bank is a famous pop

    A                                    B                   C                                                 D

    star.

    EXERCISE 6

    • Even though the extremely bad weather in the mountains, the climbers decided not

    A                               B

    to cancel their climb.

    • D
    • The media have produced live covering of Michael Jackson’s fans around the

    A B C world mourning for him.

    • Found in the 12th century, Oxford University ranks among the world’s

    A B C oldest universities.

    • Although smokers are aware that smoking is harmful to their health, they can’t get

    A B C rid it.

    • Bill was about average in performance in comparison with other students in his

    A                                                B                                                C                           D

    class.

    • The original World Cup trophy was given permanent to Brazil to honour that

    A                  B                                         C

    country’s record third world cup title in Mexico in 1970.

    D

    • In very early times, people around the fire were entertained by storytellers with

    A B C stories of heroes’ wonderful actions and victory.

    D

    • When I got home, Irene was lying in bed thinking about what a wonderful
    A B C
    4
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH

    time she’s had.

    D

    • Shortly before the Allied invasion of Normandy, Ernest Hemingway has gone to

    A B C London as a war correspondent for Colliers.

    D

    • It is time the government helped the unemployment to find some jobs.

    A                                            B                           C                                          D

    EXERCISE 7

    • Nora hardly never misses an opportunity to play in the tennis tournaments.
    • My mother doesn’t care how much does the washing machine cost because she is

    A B C going to buy it anyway.

    • Due of the government’s policy, some farming areas have been abandoned.
    • The British national anthem, calling “God Save the Queen”, was a traditional song

    A B C D in the 18th century.

    • Helen likes to listen to music, to go to the cinema, to chat on the phone and going

    A                                     B                                             C                                 D

    shopping.

    • Both Mr. and Mrs. Smith are explaining the children the rules of the game.
    • You can enjoy a sport without joining in a club or belonging to a team.
    • Unlike many writings of her time, she was not preoccupied with morality.
    • A child of noble birth, his name was famous among the children in that school.
    • Folk artists have few or no formal art training.

    A          B     C                   D

    EXERCISE 8

    • Higher education is very importance to nationnal economies, and it is also a source

    A                                               B

    of trained and educated personnel for the whole country.

    C                                                       D

    • We are working, that means that we are contributing goods and services to our

    A                    B                               C                                           D

    society.

    • Reading can not make your life longer, but reading really makes your life more

    A                                       B                                      C

    thicker.

    D

    • One of the best ways to encourage your children to read are to provide interesting
    A B   C
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH 5

     

    titles for them to enjoy.

    D

    • When he was young he is used to drinking a lot.
    • Most greetings cards are folding and have a picture on the front and a message

    A B C inside.

    • Aloha is a Hawaiian word meaning ‘love’, that can be used to say hello or

    A B C D goodbye.

    • The Oxford English Dictionary is well known for including many different

    A                                                                              B

    meanings of words and to give real examples.

    C                                            D

    • When you are writing or speaking English it is important to use language that

    A B C includes both men and women equally the same.

    D

    • It was disappointing that almost of the guests left the wedding too

    A                                B                                   C                                 D

    EXERCISE 9

    • The root of the trees allow the water to go into the soil, that gradually releases it to

    A                             B                                   C

    flow down rivers.

    D

    • I get quite depressed when I think about the damage we are making to the

    A B C D environment.

    • Alike oxygen, which is chemically changed by our bodies into carbon dioxide,

    A                                                      B

    nitrogen is merely exhaled back into the air.

    C                                       D

    • I think she will be suitable for the work because she has been working like a

    A B C D teacher for a long time.

    • Passengers are required to arrive to the gate fifteen minutes before departure time.
    • Please remain in your assign seats until the instructor dismisses the class.
    • Employees who haven’t seen the new regulations often ask for unnecessary

    A                                                                                                B

    questions; instead they should ask for a copy of the regulations and read them.

    C                                                                                                                          D

    • Even you are unsure of the standard procedures in any situation, please don’t
    A B C
    hesitate to consult with your supervising manager.
    D
    6
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH
    • We have always believed that honesty is best policy in personal as well as

    A B C professional matters.

    • The nutritionist told him to avoid eating lots of carbohydrates, focus having more

    A                                                                          B

    protein-rich foods and green vegetables, and drink at least eight glasses of water a

    C                                                                                D

    day.

    EXERCISE 10

    • Monrovian conducted the orchestra gracefully and with style to the delight of his

    A B C appreciative audience.

    D

    • Students should be encouraged to discuss critically about the information that they

    A                                            B                                   C

    are given.

    D

    • The package containing books and records were delivered last week.
    • Psychological experiment indicate that people remember more math problems that

    A

    they can’t solve than those they are able to solve.

    B                    C                                       D

    • Studying the science of logic is one way to cultivate one’s reason
    • The reason he wants to take a leaving of absence is that he needs a complete

    A                                                                  B                                          C                                 D

    • His boss has asked him to respond immediately this fax.
    • It is the writing English that causes difficulties to foreigners.
    • The diameter of the Sun is more than one hundred times greater than the Earth.
    • Foreign students who are doing a decision about which school to attend may not

    A                                            B                                     C

    know exactly where the choices are located.

    D

    EXERCISE 11

    • Wealthy people have always desired and wear precious stones because their beauty

    A B C is lasting.

    • The tongue is the principle organ of taste, and is crucial for chewing, swallowed,
    A B C D
    and speaking.
    7
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH
    • Some conifers, that is, tree that have cones, are able to thrive on poor, thin soil.
    • Rice, which it still forms the staple diet of much of the world’s population, grows

    A B C best in hot, wet land.

    D

    • You should know by now that I cannot stand it when my steak is not cooked

    A B C properly as I always have mine well-made.

    D

    • Lack of animal protein in the human diet is a serious cause of the
    • Neither of the scout leaders know how to trap wild animals or how to prepare them

    A B C for mounting.

    • I didn’t mean offending her, but she took my comments amiss and now will not

    A                                       B                                         C

    talk to me.

    D

    • Although pure diamond is colorless and transparent, when contaminated with other

    A                                                                                                           B

    minerals it may appear in various color, ranging from pastel to opaque black.

    C                                                      D

    • Animals and man use the energy finding in food to operate their body and muscles.

    A                                           B                                 C                          D

    EXERCISE 12

    • Marta being chosen as the most outstanding student of her campus made her

    A B C D parents very happy.

    • Some jellyfish make daily journeys from deep water to the surface and back, while

    A B C others migrate horizontal.

    D

    • Cosmic distance is measured on light-years.
    • The federal government recommends that all expectant women will not only

    A            B               C refrain from smoking but also avoid places where other people smoke.

    D

    • It took the mayor over an hour explanation to the other members of the board why

    A B C he had missed the last meeting.

    D

    • If the project is finished on time, the federal government won’t award the company
    A B C
    further contracts.
    D
    8
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH
    • Did they tell you that has in our town an excellent beach less than a mile from the

    A                                             B

    campus?

    • The coal is the world’s most abundant fossil fuel.
    • In the stock market, the fluctuations in Standard and Poor’s 500 Index does not

    A B always conform to Dow Jones Averages.

    • D
    • Hardly he had entered the office when he realized that he had forgotten his wallet.

    A             B                               C                                                                     D

    EXERCISE 13

    • Stevens, along with her cousins from New Mexico, are planning to attend the

    A                     B                                                       C                              D

    festivities.

    • Modern transportation can speed a doctor to the side of a sick person, even if the

    A                                     B                    C

    patient lives on an isolating farm.

    D

    • Regarding as one of the leading figures in the development of the short story,
    • The better you are at English, more chance you have to get a job with international

    A B C D organizations.

    • When her dog died, she cried very hardly for half an hour.
    • The Americans are much more concerned than the Chinese with physical attractive

    A B C when choosing a wifre or a husband.

    D

    • Fannie Farmer, an educator and cooking expert, she wrote the first distinctively

    A                         B                                 C                                       D

    American cookbook.

    • A large number of Indian men agrees that it is unwise to confide in their wives.

    A                                                              B                                                          C                        D

    • The black walnut tree is grown principally for its lumber, which is used for

    A                                         B                          C

    cabinets and furnitures.

    D

    • A basic knowledge of social studies, such as history and geography, is considering

    A                                                                                           B                                                         C

    • basic part of the education of every child.

    D

    EXERCISE 14

    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH 9

     

    • While the teacher was explaining the sum on the blackboard, the children threw

    A B C paper aeroplanes around the classroom.

    D

    • Small town newspapers often urge readers to make business with local
    • During a depression, economic conditions are far worst than they are during a

    A B C D recession.

    • Some people enjoy preparing their own meals while another would rather eat out

    A                                                                 B                                      C

    regularly.

    D

    • During first ten years of the space Age, which began in 1957, more than 500

    A B C aftificial satellites were rocketed into orbit around the Earth.

    D

    • This is the first time Janet has taken so difficult class, but she plans to complete
    • There are probably around 3,000 languages speaking in the world.
    • Political science, alike the other social sciences, is not an exact
    • About 8,000 years ago, people began using animals to carry themselves and their

    A B C D belongings.

    • It takes over four years for light from the nearest star reaching the earth.

    A                                   B            C                                             D

    EXERCISE 15

    • It was the invent of the hand-held electronic calculator that provided the original

    A B C technology for the present generation of small but powerful computers.

    D

    • Alike other forms of energy, natural gas may be used to heat homes, cook food,

    A B C and even run automobiles.

    D

    • The more the relative humidity reading rises, the worst the heat affects
    • Queen Elizabeth prefers have her jewels left in their original setting.
    • Of the two sisters, Linda is beautiful.
    • The doctor will be giving you a lot of information; if you have questions about
    A B C
    them, let us know.
    D
    10
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH
    • Some members of the committee were opposed to use the club members’ money to

    A B C redecorate the meeting hall.

    D

    • The report that Mark wrote on the mating behavior of the bees in this area was

    A                                               B

    definitely better than Bob.

    C                                    D

    • Our supervisor finally noticed that it was we, Caroline and me, who always turned

    A    B                   C

    in our reports on time.

    D

    • In order for conservation the mineral, we must cut waste and recycle the metal in

    A B C discarded products.

    D

    EXERCISE 16

    • She is no longer young to enter a beautiful
    • Supposed that you failed your driving test, would you take it again?
    • I hadn’t understood his directions. However, I asked him to repeat what he’d said.

    A                                                        B                        C                                                  D

    • Although there were a lot of opposition initially, many people now accept that

    A B C infertile couples have the right to medical help.

    D

    • With the development of the Internet and the World Wide Web, businessmen do

    A B not hardly have as much traveling as they used to.

    C                                                                   D

    • In order to do a profit, the new leisure centre needs at least 2000 visitors a month.
    • What I told her a few days ago were not the solutions to most of her problems.
    • Dams are used to control flooding, provide water for irrigation and generating

    A B C electricity for the surrounding area.

    D

    • Traditionally, the flag is risen in the morning and then taken down at night.
    • She asked why did Mathew look so embarrassed when he saw

    A                            B                                   C                                   D

    EXERCISE 17

    • The doctor’s records must be kept thorough and neatly, so as to insure good book-
    A B C D
    keeping.
    11
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH
    • Rabbits and hares look much like and are often mistaken for each other.
    • As every other nation, the United States used to define its unit of currency, the

    A B C D dollars, im terms of the gold standard.

    • In the United States among 60 percent of the space on the pages of newspapers is

    reserved for advertising.

    • D
    • Fossils of plant that have been extinct for fity million years have been found in

    A B C large deposits of amber near the Baltic Sea.

    D

    • Bone and ivory needles found at archaeological sites indicate that clothes have

    A B C been sewn for some 17,000 years ago.

    D

    • The sun seems to have been formed when the universe was already 10 billion

    A                         B                                                 C

    years.

    D

    • Though artist Tatun was totally blind in one eye and had only slight vision in

    A B another, he became an internationally renowned jazz musician.

    • D
    • Some people think that the desire to wear sunglasses are more a need to impress

    A B than to protect the eyes.

    • D
    • The scientific method consists of forming hypotheses, collect data, and testing

    A                                    B                                                              C

    results.

    D

    EXERCISE 18

    • Although there are approximately 120 intensive language institutes in the United

    A B C States in 1970, there are more than three times as many now.

    D

    • Cartographers did not make an accurate map because the political situation in the

    area changes so rapidly that they were not able to draw the boundaries correctly.

    A         B                                                                           C                                                  D

    • This year designers are showing very bright colors and styles that were worn closer

    A                                                                     B

    to the body than those shown last year.

    • D
    • Everyone who saw Star Wars said that it is one of the best science fiction movies
    A B C
    12
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH

    that had ever been released.

    D

    • Before he retired last April, Mr. Thompson is working as foreign student advisor

    A B C for thirty years at Community College.

    D

    • The secretary thought that she will have to wait until tomorrow to send the letters

     

    AB

    because the mail had already gone, but her boss suggested that she take them to the

    C                                                                             D

    post office instead.

    • Although Emily Dickinson publishes only three of her verses before she died,

     

    AB

    today there are more than one thousand of her poems printed in many important

    C            D

    collection.

    • Between one thing and another, Anna does not get through with her term paper last

    A                                           B                                         C                       D

    Friday.

    • Dew usually disappeared by seven o’clock in the morning when the sun comes up.
    • She was among the few who want to quit smoking instead of cutting down.

    A          B     C                           D

    EXERCISE 19

    • Part of the sunlight that strikes the Earth is reflected into the sky, and a rest is

    A B C absorbed by the ground.

    D

    • It seemed as if I hadn’t scarcely done anything worthwhile with my time, for I

    A B C D failed three courses.

    • The office manager insists that his staff use all of its vacation time, but he hardly

    A      B                C

    never takes a vacation himself.

    D

    • Together Rogers and Hammerstein wrote nine musicals, the first of whose was

    A B C D Oklahoma [1943].

    • Electric streetlights have been first used in 1879 and soon replaced gas-burning

    A B C D lamps.

    • To become a skilled photograph, a person should have both manual dexterity and a

    A B C good eye for detail.

    D

    • For centuries, music have played acoustical guitars, which produce sound from the
    A B C
    13
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH

    vibration of the strings.

    D

    • For a long time cotton ranked first between Alabama’s crops, but today it accounts

    A                                       B                                                 C

    for only a fraction of the agricultural production.

    D

    • The basic law of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division are taught to all

    A B C elementary school students.

    D

    • Mark Twain’s Adventures of Huckleberry Finn are one of America’s national

    A            B                                C

    treasures.

    D

    EXERCISE 20

    • On October 19, 1781, Cornwallis surrenders his army to General Washington, a

    A B C gesture that signaled the end of the Revolutionary War.

    D

    • The price of coffee is low last month, but everyone knows that it is going to go up

    A                                                                        B               C             D

    this month.

    • In a special report last year, Dan Rather said that the crime rate is increasing in

    A

    spite of community and government programs aimed at providing education and

    B C employment opportunities for first offenders.

    D

    • Alvarez was displeased because the student had turned in an unacceptable

    A B report, so he made him to rewrite it.

    C                                        D

    • The fruit and vegetables at the Shop Mart are always very fresh because they were

    A B C shipped in every day from the local farm markets.

    D

    • The maid does not finish cleaning the rooms at College Dormitory yesterday

     

    AB

    because she had to help scrub the floors in the kitchen and the cafeteria.

    • D
    • It is necessary to put a return address that included your name, street number, city,

    A                     B                                  C

    state, and zip code on all correspondence.

    D

    • If one does not have respect for himself, you cannot expect others to respect him.
    • The governor, with his wife and children, are at home watching the election returns
    A B C
    14
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH

    on television.

    D

    • Those of us who belong to the National Association for Foreign Student Affairs

     

    A

    should have their memberships renewed in September.

    B               C                                                                  D

    EXERCISE 21

    • Seahorses spend much of their time clung with their tails to underwater
    • A great aviation pioneer, Amelia Earhart was already famous when she sets out on

    A B C her ill-fated attempt to circle the globe in 1937.

    D

    • Most animals cannot recognize their reflection in a mirror themselves; they usually

    A                                                              B

    react as if confronted by another member of their species.

    C                                                                                         D

    • Parks which are found in downtown areas where office workers and store

    A

    employees can enjoy their lunch hours sitting on the green grass in clean, fresh air.

    B                                                              C                                                                                       D

    • The Earth travels at a high rate of speed around Sun.
    • All the blood in the body passes through the heart as least twice the minute.
    • In 1866 to 1833, the bison population in North America was reduced from an

    A B estimated 13 million to a few hundred.

    C                                                           D

    • Lunar eclipses happen only if the Moon is full, but they do not occur at an every

    A B C D full Moon.

    • The dentistry is a branch of medicine that has developed very dramatically in the

    A B C D last twenty years.

    • He was stopped each dozen yards by friends who wanted to congratulate him.

    A                        B                                               C                                       D

    EXERCISE 22

    • Ultraviolet rays are invisible to humans, and ants and honeybees are sensitive to

    A                                           B                        C                                                               D

    them.

    • The world would look eerie different if human eyes were sensitive to infrared

    A B C D radiation.

    • For centuries the aromatic spices of the Far East has been in demand by the people
    A B C D
    of the East and West.
    15
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH
    • The biggest single hobby in America, the one that Americans spend most time,

    A B C D energy and money, is gardening.

    • Because oak trees are highly resistant of storm damage, they usually live a long

    A B C D time.

    • In the early ninteenth century, some Europeans were very impressed by the

    A                                                                   B

    increase of population, territory, and wealth of the United States.

    C                                    D

    • After all, it was only the dinosaurs that have been disappeared, not the whole of

    A B C D animal life.

    • A paragraph is a portion of a text consists of one or more sentences related to the

    A B C D same idea.

    • Laminated safety glass is produced with combining alternate layers of flat glass

    A                                               B                                     C                               D

    and plastic.

    • In most states insurance agents must pass an examination to be licensed when they

    A B C will complete their training.

    D

    EXERCISE 23

    • In famous experiment conducted at the university of Chicago in 1983, rats kept

    A                               B

    from sleeping died after two and a half weeks.

    C                                              D

    • One of the essential features of the modern skyscraper is being the evelator.
    • The Pulitzer Prize has became the most chrished and sought after annual award for

    A                                                                     B

    quality works in the field of journalism and literature.

    C                               D

    • None two butterflies have exactly the same design on their wings.
    • Because early balloons were at the mercy of shifting winds, they are not considered

    A B C a practical means of transportation until the 1850s.

    D

    • The idea of a submarine is an old ancient one, dating from as early as the fifteenth

    A                                                        B                      C

    century when Drebbel and Da Vinci made preliminary drawings.

    D

    • More than 80 percent of labors at the construction site are temporary
    • Astronomers do not know how many galaxies there are, but it is thought that there

     

    AB

    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH 16

     

    is millions or perhaps billions.

    C                            D

    • The Otis Elevator company is now the largest elevator company on earth, with its

    A                                                                  B                      C

    66,000 employees in 1,700 difference offices.

    D

    • Through the years, scientists have developed smaller but increasingly more

    A B C powerful batteries for the growing number of portable electrical device.

    D

    EXERCISE 24

    • With the ability destroy the earth with a stone no bigger than a shopping centre,

    A B C asteroids pose a serious threat to our future.

    D

    • Only the inner core of many tropical rainforest trees is hauled away by loggers,

    A B C which they use it to make planks and chopsticks in Japan.

    D

    • Compared with another spiders, tarantulas actually have very little poison, and

    A B C some have no poison at all.

    D

    • Fruit and vegetable juices are high in concentrated nutrients, which they are ideal

    A                                               B

    for keeping your immunity high and fighting off colds.

    C                                                                                    D

    • In many cities, unless you travel late at night, or in the wee early hours of the

    A B morning, there are not means of avoiding a traffic jam.

    • D
    • Many silversmiths flocked to the bigger cities in America during the 1800s, which

    A                                   B

    they found a growing merchant class ready to buy their wares.

    C                                               D

    • Too much exposure to UV radiation can cause a various of skin cancers and

    A

    destroy tiny plants at the beginning of the food chain.

    B                               C                                      D

    • The reason automobiles travel on left side in Japan has little to do with Britain and

    A                                                B

    a lot to do with the way ancient soldiers used to carry their swords.

    C                                                                D

    • Species like snakes, lizards, coyotes, squirrels, and jack rabbits seems to exist quite
    A B C
    happily in the desert.
    D
    17
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH
    • The guide told the tourists that it was a good restaurant specializing in seafood just

    A B C round the corner from the museum.

    D

    EXERCISE 25

    • Eli Whitney, born in Westborough, Massachusetts in 1765, was always interested

    A

    in machines, working in his father’s shop, taking apart a watch and putting them

    B                                                          C                        D

    back together.

    • A group of scientists in Germany found that beetles can accurately measure with its

    A B C eyes the speed of a moving background.

    D

    • A laser is the only device which aim coherent light at an object in a safe and

    A      B                                                                C

    reliable way.

    D

    • A great myth has arisen over the years that Columbus was unaware the earth was a

    A

    circular, when in fact all navigators of the time knew it was.

    B                                                                               C                             D

    • After the civil war, a wave of new immigrants in the United States arrived,

    A                               B                                  C

    included Italy, Spain, Greece, Poland, Russia, and China.

    D

    • The Nobel Prize for Physics is one of the six prizes awarded annually by the Nobel

     

    AB

    foundation for outstanding achievement in the field for Physics.

    C                                       D

    • To reach a target of spending a billion dollars in a lifetime, a human being would

    A                    B                                               C

    have to spend money at rate of more than 50,000 dollars per day.

    D

    • In electronical, echo is a reflective wave received by a radar or radio.
    • Although jogging is a good way to lose weight and improve one’s physical

     

    A

    condition, most doctors recommend that the potential jogger begin in a correct

    B C manner by getting a complete checkup.

    D

    • The Greek historian Herodotus reported that one hundred thousand men are

     

    A

    employed for twenty years to build the Great Pyramid at Gizeh.
    B C D
    18
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH

    ĐÁP ÁN

    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
    EX 1 B D D D D B D A D D
    EX 2 C D D C A B D A C B
    EX 3 B B A B D B A C D C
    EX 4 B A D C D C A D A C
    EX 5 D D A C A D D A C A
    EX 6 A B A D C B D D C C
    EX 7 A B A B D D C A B A
    EX 8 A A D C C B C D D B
    EX 9 B D A D B B B A B B
    EX 10 B C C A D B D A C A
    EX 11 B D C A D D B A D B
    EX 12 D D C C B C B A B A
    EX 13 C D A C C C C B D C
    EX 14 C C D B A C C A D D
    EX 15 B A C A D C B D C A
    EX 16 D A B A C A B C A B
    EX 17 B B A A A D D C B C
    EX 18 A A B B C A A B B C
    EX 19 C A D D B B A B A A
    EX 20 B A A D C A C B B C
    EX 21 C C B A D D A D A A
    EX 22 C B C C C C C B B D
    EX 23 A C A A C A B C D D
    EX 24 B D B B C B A A B B
    EX 25 D C B B D D D A C A
    ADMIN NGUYỄN TIẾN DŨNG – CHUYÊN ĐỀ BÀI TẬP PHÁT HIỆN LỖI SAI TIẾNG ANH 19
  • Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Trắc nghiệm tổng hợp Tiếng Anh 12 ôn thi Đại học


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Test 1

    Pick out the word whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.

    1. A. village B. future   C. device                     D. burden
    2. A. happen B. attract C. discuss                     D. suppose
    3. A. educate B. another C. government D. graduate
    4. A. calendar B. thoroughly C. supportive D. primary
    5. A. parent B. project C. special                     D. secure

    II. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. We ________the nearest village before sunset.
    2. came B. arrived       C got            D. reached
    3. If only I ________in the countryside right now.
    4. were B. am C can be                 D. would
    5. He used to__his living by delivering vegetables to city hotels.
    6. earn B. gain  C. get                      D. make
    7. I have known him ________ I entered the university.
    8. when B. since C. during     D. until
    9. We’ll play tennis and ________we’ll have lunch.
    10. so B. so that        C. then             D. after
    11. He can’t afford to go on holiday ______taking a job.
    12. unless B. until C. if       D. without
    13. Long wishes he ______ have to clean all the windows.
    14. wouldn’t B. doesn’t C. hadn’t          D. didn’t
    15. We met a lot of people________ our holiday.
    16. during B. while C. for      D. at
    17. They have never __ any experience of living in the country.
    18. had B. wished      C. done                        D. made
    19. Do you_______ my turning the television on now?
    20. want B. object  C mind                    D. disapprove
    21. She put_______ speaking to him as long as possible.
    22. back B. up C. away                                  D. off
    23. Is it true_____ the law says there is no smoking in restaurants in this city?
    24. that what B. what            C. if                D. that

    18.________he had no money for a bus, he had to walk all the way home

    A, For               B. Thus                   C. So                   D. As

    1. The hotel has been built ……….. the edge of the lake.
    2. on B. at C. in                 D. from
    3. The headmaster ________ that we became more concerned about the environment around us,
    4. suggests B. warns C. complains              D. supposes
    5. It is ________unlikely that the President will agree to open the new airport.

    A, mainly            B. highly             C largely         D. greatly

    1. “Is Duong the best student in your group?”

    – “Yes. Why don’t you talk to him? He ____able to help you.”

    1. must be B. maybe C. is              D. would be
    2. “Do you think there ________less conflict in the world if all people ________the same language?”
    3. would be / spoke B. were / would speak
    4. were / spoke D. would be / would speak
    5. If you can give me one good reason for your acting like this,_______ this incident again.
    6. I will never mention B. I never mention
    7. will I never mention D. I don’t mention
    8. You will become ill ________you stop working so hard.
    9. until B. when C. if                 D. unless
    10. Bill Gates, _____ is the president of Microsoft Company, is a billionaire.
    11. who B. whom C. that                    D. whose
    12. One ________of public transport is its unreliability.
    13. disappointmentB. disadvantage C. disorder D. dislike
    14. Although it was raining heavily,_____.
    15. he went out without a raincoat
    16. but he went out without a raincoat
    17. so he went out without a raincoat
    18. however he went out without a raincoat
    19. The child was________ for getting his shoes and socks wet.
    20. corrected B. suffered C. scolded       D. complained
    21. The dog went _____ him and knocked him down.
    22. over B. toward C. onto               D. for
    23. I remember Mary as a spotty young girl but she’s turned_______ beautiful woman.
    24. to B. in C. into                    D. on
    25. If you like skiing, there’s a ski ____under an hour drive from Madrid.
    26. station B. resort             C. place                 D. port
    27. Tom _____be so bad-tempered. I wonder if he’s got problems.
    28. wouldn’t B. didn’t used to C. isn’t use to            D. didn’t use to
    29. Sterling is a________ town not far from Edinburgh.
    30. medium B. middle-sized C. medium-sized D. medium-large
    31. Most days we went for a walk _______after lunch.
    32. along the sea B. in the beach
    33. in the sandD. along the shore
    34. We’re having terrible weather for our holiday. I just can’t ________it for much longer.
    35. put up B. put on           C. take up                 D. put up with
    36. Her parents gave her everything she asked for. She’s a completely _______child.
    37. wounded B. spoilt C. damaged                D. destroyed
    38. Paulo is the head ________at the Buckingham Hotel. He’s famous for his fish recipes.
    39. cooker B. chief C. waiter            D. chef
    40. There’s a new suspension bridge over ____at Dartford.
    41. Thames B. the Thames C. River Thames D. Thames River
    42. My brother has always had a reputation ________hard.
    43. in workingB. about working C. to work D. for working

    JOB DECISION

    What sort of job should you look for? Much depends (41)………your long-term aim. You need to ask (42)……..whether you want to specialize in a particular field, work your (43)……..up to higher levels of responsibility or (44)……..of your current employment into a broader field.

    This job will be studied very carefully when you send your letter of (45)……..for your next job. It (46)……..show evidence of serious career planning. (47)…….important, it should extend you, develop you and give you increasing responsibility. Incidentally, if the travel bug is biting, (48)………is the time to pack up and go. You can do temporary work for a (49)……..; when you return, pick up where you have (50)……..off and get the second job.

    41/ a. for b. on             c. of                            d. with

    42/ a. you        b.if       c. oneself                     d. yourself

    43/ a. path        b. road c. way                          d. street

    44/ a. out         b. off   c. into                          d. over

    45/ a. applicants           b. application  c. form             d. employment

    46/ a. will         b. would c. should                   d. may

    47/ a. less         b.even  c. almost                      d. most

    48/ a. now        b. then             c. so                 d. such

    49/ a. day         b. time             c. while                        d. ages

    50/ a. came      b. left               c. taken                        d. paid

    IV. Read the passage below and choose one correct answer for each question.

    Last week I went to visit Atlantic College, an excellent private college in Wale. Unusually, it gives young people much needed experience of life outside the classroom as well as the opportunity to study for their exams. The students, who are aged between 16 and 18 and come from all over the world, spend the morning studying. In the afternoon they go out and do a really useful activity, such as helping on the farm, looking after people with learning difficulties, or checking for pollution in rivers.

    One of the great things about Atlantic College, students is that they come from many different social backgrounds and countries. As few can afford the fees of £20,000 over two years, grants are available. A quarter of the students are British and many of those can only attend because they receive government’s help.

    “I really admire the college for trying to encourage international understandings among young people”, as Barbara Molenkamp, a student from the Netherlands, said. “You learn to live with people and respect them, even the ones you don’t like. During the summer holidays my mother couldn’t believe how much less I argued with my sister.”

    To sum up, Atlantic College gives its students an excellent education, using methods which really seem to work.

    1. What is the writer trying to do in the text?
    2. give an opinion about a particular student.
    3. give an opinion about a special type of education.
    4. describe his own experience of education.
    5. describe the activities the students do in their free time.
    6. What can a reader find out from this text?
    7. how to become a student at Atlantic College.
    8. what kind of program Atlantic College offers.
    9. what the British education system is like.
    10. how to get along better with other people.
    11. What is the writer’s opinion of Atlantic College?
    12. It doesn’t allow students enough study time.
    13. Its students are taught to like each other.
    14. It doesn’t give good value for money.
    15. Its way of teaching is successful.
    16. How has Barbara changed since being at Atlantic College?
    17. She knows a lot about other countries.
    18. She is more confident than her sister now.
    19. She finds it easier to get on with other people.
    20. She prefers her new friends to her family.
    21. Which advertisement uses correct information about Atlantic College?

    A.Study at Atlantic College.Courses for 16-18 year olds.Lessons all morning, sport in the afternoon

    1. Study at Atlantic College.Courses for 16-18 year olds.Morning lessons and afternoon activities. Help with fees available

    C.Study at Atlantic College.Learn English in a beautiful beach.Lots of weekend activities. Help with fees available

    D.Study at Atlantic College.Classes on International topics.Many free places available students of all ages welcome.

    Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    An increasing number of people are now going on holiday to Egypt. Last year, for example, about one and a half million (56) _____ visited Egypt. The (57) _____ of Egypt is about fifty million and the (58) _____ is El Qahira (Cairo), a busy city of just under nine million people. Although the (59) _____ is hot and dry and most of the country is desert, the average (60) _____ from October to March is not too high. The most (61) _____ sights are pyramids at Giza. However, it is also pleasant to (62) _____ Alexandria, Port Said and several other places and do as much (63)_____ as possible in the time available. A (64) _____ to Luxor is an unforgettable experience, and there are frequent (65) _____ there from Cairo.

    1. a. explorers b. voyagers c. tourists d. passengers

    57.a. people b. town c. nation d. population

    58.a. principal b. head            c. state  d. capital

    59.a. temperature  b. climate   c. condition d. position

    60.a. weather b. measure        c. climate d. temperature

    61.a. famous b. known           c. visited d. asked

    62.a. search b. require             c. examine d. visit

    63.a. viewing b. seeing            c. sightseeing d. looking

    64.a. picnic b. trip                   c. guided. entertainment

    65.a. flights b. travels              c. journeys d. trips

     

    There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find the mistake (A, B, C, or D).

    1. (A) A new shop (B) was opening (C) on Main Street (D) last week.
    2. (A) My family used to (B) be having dinner (C) at 7 o’clock in (D) the evening.
    3. I (A) wish I (B) can go with you to (C) the countryside (D) next weekend.
    4. (A) Your friends went to (B) your native village (C) last weekend, (D) weren’t they?
    5. Nam (A) asked Mai what (B) can he do (C) to help (D) her.

    VII. Choose the correct option to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. My sister has worn her new dress________.
    2. only once since she bought it
    3. only once since she has bought it
    4. once only since she was buying it
    5. once only since she has been buying it
    6. Wearing uniform encourages students________.
    7. feeling proud of their school B. to feel proud at its school C. to feel proud of their school D. feeling proud at its school
    8. Td like to go out with you, but________.
    9. I don’t feel like to eat out tonight
    10. I don’t feel like eating out tonight
    11. I wouldn’t like eating out tonight
    12. I wouldn’t like to eating out tonight
    13. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air,________.
    14. our breathing is badly affected
    15. our breathing is affected bad
    16. our breathing will be affected bad
    17. our breathing will be badly affected
    18. Having invented the light bulb,________.
    19. Edison was going on to make new discoveries
    20. new discoveries went cm to be made by Edison
    21. Edison went on to make new discoveries
    22. new discoveries were gone on to make by Edison

    VIIL Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one.

    1. If he had hurried, he would have caught the train.
    2. He had to catch the train, so he was in a hurry.
    3. He missed the train because he didn’t hurry.
    4. He doesn’t hurry, so he won’t catch the train.
    5. The train was delayed, so he wouldn’t have to hurry.
    6. He learned to drive when he was eighteen.
    7. His father made him drive when he was eighteen.
    8. He could drive when he was eighteen, but he didn’t.
    9. He has been using his car since he was eighteen.
    10. He has driven since he was eighteen.
    11. It was only because his wife helped him that he was able to finish his hook.
    12. Without his wife’s help, he couldn’t have finished his book.
    13. His wife was able to finish the book with his help.
    14. If only he had been able to finish his book.
    15. If his wife helped him, he would be able to finish his book.
    16. The robbers made the bank manager hand over the money.
    17. The bank manager was allowed to hand over the money.
    18. The robbers helped the bank manager hand over the money.
    19. The bank manager was forced to hand over the money.
    20. The robbers noticed the bank manager hand over the money.
    21. “Sorry madam, looking after the garden is not my duty.”
    22. He apologized for not looking after the garden.
    23. He said that he was not responsible for looking after the garden.

    C He promised to look after the garden.

    1. He asked me if looking after the garden was his duty.

    Test 2

    A. Chọn phương án trả lời đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) cho mỗi câu sau:

    1. Choose the word with the different stress pattern.
    2. describe     B. feature     C. cancer  D. birthmark
    3. adequate   B. ambition C. admission D. umbrella
    4. ceremony   B. petroleum   C. relationshipD. astonishment

     Choose the word with the different pronunciation of the underlined part.

    1. diabetes   B. recipe          C. degrade       D. catastrophe
    2. apparent     B. natural    C. safety          D. accident

    Choose the best answer

    1. I planned to go for a walk but the rain put me …….. the idea.
    2. of      B. off                C. against                     D. on
    3. It isn’t …….. worrying about the traffic. We’ll only be a few minutes late.
      A. of value  B. important    C. worth  D. necessary
      8. I remembered …….. up in that house with my brothers and sisters
      A. to grow      B. to growing   C. grow            D. growing
    4. After running up the stairs I was quite ………….. breath.
    5. beyond        B. from     C. out of                             D. without
    6. Has Tony’s book ……….. yet?
    7. brought out   B. come out    C. drawn up       D. published
    8. The inspector ……. to say whether there were any suspects.
    9. avoided    B. denied         C. refused        D. stopped
    10. I regret ……… that your application has been unsuccessful.
    11. say   B. saying                      C. have said                 D. to say
    12. The hotel was terrible, but the wonderful beach ………….. our disappointment.
    13. got over      B. faced up to  C. saw to  D. made up for
    14. Jack has decided to ….. the time he spends watching TV.
    15. come up with  B. cut down on C. run out of  D. see to
    16. Helen is very excited …………. going to work in Germany.
    17. about   B. for          C. with                              D. to
    18. ………… did I realise that the burglar was still in the house.
    19. Only afterB. Only thenC. SeldomD. Under no circumstances
    20. In the old days it was not considered lady_…for a woman to smoke in public if at all.
    21. like      B. ful    C. ish                           D. worthy
      18. They haven’t really been to China, …….. they ?
      A. were            B. did              C. have                        D. had
      19. My husband, …….. favourite hobby is stamp collecting, has many rare stamps
      A. whom  B. whose    C. which                       D. that
      20. I disagree. My ideas are entirely opposite …….. yours.
      A. to      B. from         C. of                D. against
    22. Some people never set …….. to become rich and famous
    23. up  B. out               C. off                           D. across
      22. I didn’t learn much Greek …….. I was in Crete.
      A. as       B. during       C. since            D. while
    24. The more …… we walk the longer it will take us to get home
      A. slowly   B. slower         C. slowest                    D. slow
      24. I’d rather you …….. smoke in the office
      A. couldn’t      B. mustn’t  C. shouldn’t     D. didn’t
    25. A certificate from Cambridge University is a valuable …….
      A. examination B. qualification C. production  D. paper
      26. I’ll go shopping with you …….. I can get back in time for the lecture at 2 p.m.
    26. in order that B. so thatC. such that   D. as long as
    27. I’d strongly …….. against staying up late the night before an important examination.
      A. argue B. advise    C. recommend D. suggest
    28. He turned …….. the offer of a new job and stayed with his present employer.
    29. up  B. down           C. out               D. off
      29. You should take an umbrella. ……. it rains and you get wet.
      A. Although       B. What         C. Suppose      D. In case
    30. The food will be wonderful if you follow the ….. carefully.
      A. instructions   B. plan  C. receipt         D. recipe

    Đọc bài khóa sau và chọn từ đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để điền vào chỗ trống:

    The London Tea Trade Centre is on the north of the River Thames. It is the centre of an industry of (41) ………… importance in the lives of the British. Tea is without doubt the British national drink: every man, woman and child over ten years of age has (42) ………… average over four cups a day or some 1500 cups annually. Some thirty per cent of the world’s exports of tea makes its way to London. Britain is (43) ………… the largest importer of tea in the world. Samples of the vast amounts of tea brought into the country to (44) ………… the national thirst go to the London Tea Trade Centre, where they are tasted by (45) ………… professional tea tasters before being sold at each week’s tea sale. It is fascinating to see them at work. Over a hundred samples are (46) ………… in a line on long tables. Teas are generally tasted with milk, (47) ………… that is how the majority in Britain drink their tea. The tasters move down the line with surprising speed, tasting each sample from a spoon and deciding what is a (48) ………… price for each tea. The types of tea that are popular in Britain are (49) ………… inexpensive but they are of a very high quality. The best are delicate (50) ………… of numerous teas from different sources and countries of origin.

    1. A.  high    B.  wide           C.  great           D. large
    2. A.  for     B.   by    C.at                           D.  on
    3. A.  considerably B. by far C.  largely        D. by much
    4. A. satisfy   B.  match       C.  answer        D. serve
    5. A. effective   B.  skilled   C.   developed             D. handy
    6. A. composed B.   put up   C.   settled        D. laid out
    7. A. out of     B.  since       C.  so               D. owing to
    8. A.  fine   B.  right  C.  fair             D.   deserved

    49.A.  roughly             B. comparatively  C.slightlyD. approximately

    50A.  mixtures             B. associations C. unions         D.   gatherings

    . Xác định từ hoặc cụm từ có gạch chân, cần phải sửa, để câu sau trở thành chính xác:

    1. Mr. Fogg suggested that they should wait until the nightfall before taking any action.
    2. At half past twelve o’clock the train stopped at Burhampoor where I was able to purchase

    some Indian slippers, decorated with false pearls.

    1. The travellers had a hasty breakfast and started off for the castle, after follow down the bank of a small river.
    2. There has been a gradual decrease in the number of murder every year.
    3. Maria needs retyping the report before she hands it in to the managing director.

    G. Xác định câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) diễn tả ý đúng nhất so với câu sau:

    1. I have not experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu since I was a child.
    2. Not since I was a child have I experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu.
    3. It was not until a child that I experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu.
    4. I hadn’t experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu in my childhood.
    5. Since I was a child have I experienced so terrible a hurricane as Chanchu.
    6. I did not know what she would say, and I did not care what she would say.
    7. I do not know or care what she would say either.
    8. What she would say should not have been known nor cared.
    9. What she would say I never know nor care.
    10. I neither knew nor cared for what she would say.
    11. I am as happy as possible at the moment.
    12. I couldn’t be happier at the moment.
    13. I am happier than ever before right now.
    14. I am as happy at the moment as before.
    15. I used to be happier than at the moment.
    16. “You are not allowed to smoke in this room, Ben,” said his sister.
    17. Ben’s sister told him off smoking in that room.
    18. Ben’s sister told him that he wasn’t allowed to smoke in that room.
    19. Ben’s sister told him that he had no allowances to smoke in that room.D. Ben’s sister allowed him not to smoke in that room.
    20. I’d prefer him not to have said all those embarrassing things about me.
    21. I’d not prefer his saying all those embarrassing things about me.
    22. I’d prefer him not saying all those embarrassing things about me.
    23. His having said all those things about me is preferentially embarrassing.
    24. I’d sooner he hadn’t said all those embarrassing things about me.

    Test 3

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D)ứng với từ có phần nguyên âm đươc gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với ba từ còn lại trong mỗi câu

    1. A. produced B. believed    C. stopped       D. laughed
    2. A. unless B. unique         C. unitedD. union
    3. A. grow B. throw        C. cow             D.sew
    4. A. alien B. alloy         C. alley                        D. anthem
    5. A. sugar B. solar         C. super D. subside

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D) ứng với từ có trọng âm chính rơi vào âm tiết có vị trí khác với ba từ còn lại trong  mỗi câu.

    1. A. curious     B. receptionist C. uinque       D. achieve
    2. A. relationship B. equipment C. customer     D. deliberate
    3. A. concentrationB. satisfaction C.character D. realistic
    4. A. intimate B.literature    C. participate   D. powerful
    5. A. distinguishB.satisfy C. evidence      D. readable

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau.

    Câu 11. You all look tired. Let’s ______ a rest.

    1. haveB. get C. take D.either A or C
    2. Our school ___ about 600 new students every year .
    3. admits B. accepts C. allows          D. gets

    Câu 13. A week or two before New Year’s Days, the markets are _______ people selling anh buying things.

    1. filled withB. crowded C. ready forD. crowded with

    Câu 14. I’m allergic to most canned foods. That’s why I always look for something fresh and _________.

    1. air-tighB. environment friendly
    2. chemical free D. home-brewed

    Câu 15. _______ fish can hear, they have neither external ears nor eardrums.

    1. Although B. But C. However     D. Despite

    Câu 16. The kind-hearted woman ______ all her life to helping the disabled and the poor.

    1. wastedB. spent C. dedicated D. lived

    Câu 17. Smoking has been ___________ from all offices.

    1. banned B. abandoned C. given up      D. prevented

    Câu 18. Scientists can grow __ that are not affected by disease.

    1. crops B. harvests C. animals        D. things

    Câu 19. The job they offer ________ very interesting with a fashion house in the city centre.

    1. hearsB. sounds C. appears D. looks

    Câu 20. Perhaps men _____more from heart disease than women because they do not cry enough.

    1. are sick B. have C. trouble         D. suffer

    Câu 21. The situation was  ____ because of the economy.

    1. worsenedB. removed C. devastated             D. threatened

    Câu 22. I don’t like that soup. It ______ horrible.

    1. touchesB. feels C. sounds             D. tastes

    Câu 23. Lucy was late for school this morning because the alarm didn’t _______ as usual.

    1. ring off B. get off C.go off           D.take off
    2. The ______ of the radio by Marconi played an important part in the development of communication.
    3. development B. discovery C. invention     D. research
    4. Marie Curie was the first woman to ___ two Nobel prizes .
    5. win B. award C. reward             D. achieve

    Câu 26. We _________in persuading a lot people to join our protest against low-quality products.

    1. managed B. succeeded C. achieved D. fulfilled
    2. I met Jim at college. It was the start of a _____ friendship .
    3. longlife B. prolonged C. lifelong D. lengthened
    4. Cold-blooded animals such as reptiles and fish do not dream, but ___ ones, including mammals and birds do.
    5. cool-blooded B. warm-blooded
    6. hot-blooded D. cold-blooded

    Câu 29. in the early 16th century, the geography of the globe still _____ a mystery.

    1. continued B. maintained C. was              D. remained

    Câu 30. Thousands of antibiotics ____, but only about thirty are in common use today.

    1. have developed B. are developing
    2. have been developed D. have been developing

    Câu 31. You are not allowed to drive your car in the city centre at rush hour _____there is too much traffic then.

    1. because of B. because C. although      D. in spite of

    Câu 32. These days almost everybody ____ the dangers of smoking.

    A.know ofB. are aware ofC. is aware about    D. is aware of

    1. The Internet makes it much easier __communicate with one another.
    2. to people forB. for peopleC. that people canD. for people to

    Câu 34. Because it was faster, Jim _______on my taking the plane to London instead of the train

    1. resistedB. insisted C. refused             D. reminded
    2. ______ places which attract so many visitors as Venice, Italy.
    3. Fewer B. As few C. There are few D. That fewer

    Câu 36. If you need more information, ___ this number.

    1. phoneB. you will phoneC. you would phone D. you phoned

    Câu 37. ______ the girls has turned in the papers to the the instructor yet.

    1. Neither of B. Both of C. None of       D. All of
    2. Nha Trang, ___ last year, is excellent for holiday-makers.
    3. we visitedB. which we visitedC. that we visitedD. visited

    Câu 39. Bats avoid  _______ objects by emitting high-frequency sounds and listening for echoes.

    1. to run into B. running onto C. running into D. to run onto
    2. ____ Ann by phone , James decided to email her.
    3. Having failed to contact B. Having failed contacting
    4. He failed to contact D. That he failed contacting

    Everyone loves music, it seems. And there’s little reason to wonder why. There is so much music (1) …………… from which to choose. and there is a category of music to appeal to every (2)………… The major groups of music are divided broadly (3) ……… classical, popular, and jazz. Within these broad groups are many other subcategories. For example, (4) ……………disparate types of music as movie sound tracks rhythm and blue, rock, and rap all fit within the category of popular music.

    Another reason that music is so (5) ………. is the variety of settings in which one can enjoy his or her (6) ………..  kind of music. You can go to the church to hear great religious music, or to the concert hall to hear a well-known classical  (7) …………. On another right, you might go to the small club to listen to an up- and-coming jazz group (8) ……. you enjoy a   rink. A few nights later. Ty might go with some friends to join thousands of other people in a (9) …………to hear your favorite rock band play in your city on a world tour. And, back your house or  apartment, you can (10)…………. while you put in a tape or CD and listen to your favorite artists again and again in your own home.

    1. a. Convenient b. available c. accessible d. required
    2. a. want b. desire c. interest d. taste
    3. on b: in c. into                             d. up
    4. so b. some c. any                             d. such
    5. familiar b. popular c. famous d. cheerful
    6. favorite b. best c. ideal                           d. selected
    7. music b. symphony c. ballad d. category
    8. during b. where c. while                  d. which
    9. stadium b. theater c. stage                           d. discotheque
    10. prefer b. appeal c. relax d. interest

    Probably the most important factor governing the sererity of forest fires is weather. Hot, dry weather lowers the moisture content of fuels.once a fire has started,wind is extremely critical because it influences the oxygen supply and the rate of spread. Forest type and forest conditions are also important factors. For example, fire is more likely to occur in conifers than in hardwoods; slash-covered or brushy areas are especially hazardous because the rate at which combustion consumes fuels is proportional to fuel volume and surface area.

    Some fies are caused by lightning; others are caused by people. Those caused by people may be accidental or intertional ( incendiary). The causes of fire in the United States show large regional differences. In the Rocky Moutains more than 70 percent of the fires are caused by lightning, whereas incendiary fires amount to only about 1 percent. In contrast, more than 40 percent of the fires in the South are incendiary, whereas lightning causes only 1 percent.

    Câu 61. In this passage the author’s main purpose is to

    1. argue B. inform         C. persuade      D. entertain

    Câu 62.Which of the following best describes the organization of the passage?

    1. A comparision and constract of the factors governing forest fires is followed by a list of causes.
    2. A description of the conditions affecting forest fires is followed by a description of the causes.
    3. An analysis of factors related to forest fires is followed by an argument the causes of fires.
    4. Serveral generalizations about forest fires are followed by a series of conclusions.

    Câu 63. It can be concluded from this passage that

    1. there are not many people living in the Rocky Mountian area
    2. there are more fires in hardwood forests than in pine forests
    3. winter is the worst season for fires
    4. fire prevention techniques vary from region to region

    Câu 64. The paragraph following this passage would most likely be about

    1. the causes of hot, dry weather
    2. the various uses of hardwoods

    C.methods of controlling fires

    1. the geographical differences between the Rocky Mountain area and the Shouthers states

    Câu 65.The author of this passage would most likely be

    1. a forest ranger B.a meteorologist
    2. a historian D. a business person

    Chọn phương án ( A, B, C, hoặc D ) ứng với cụm từ / từ có gạch chân cần phải sửa trong các câu sau.

    Câu 66. New laws should be introduced to reduce the number of traffic in the city center.

    Câu 67. Since fireworks are dangerous, many countries have laws preventing businesses to sell them.

    Câu 68. A majority students in this university are from overseas.

    Câu 69. You should stop to smoke because it is very harmful for your health.

    Câu 70. One of the students who are being considered for the scholarship are from this university.

      Chọn phương án ( A, B, C, hoặc D ) ứng với câu có nghĩa gần đúng nhất so với mỗi câu cho sẵn sau đây.

    Câu 71. It rained heavily, so the football match was cancelled.

    1. The match was cancelled because of the heavy rain.
    2. If it didn’t rain, the match would’t be cancelled.

    C.Despite the heavy rain the match was cancelled.

    D.If it hadn’t been for the heavy rain, the match wouldn’t be cancelled.

    Câu 72. The newspaper reports that James was awarded the first prize.

    1. It is reported that James wins the fisrt prize.
    2. It is reported that James to be awarded the fisrt prize.
    3. James is reported to have been awarded the first prize.
    4. The first prize is reported to award to James.

    Câu 73. It is possible that we won’t have to take an  entrance exam this year.

    1. Perhaps we don’t have to take an entrance exam this year.
    2. We mustn’t take an entrance exam this year.
    3. We mightn’t take an entrance exam this year.
    4. It is very likely that we will take an entrance exam this year.

    Câu 74. In spite of his tiredness, Joe managed to finish his work.

    1. Although he is tired, Joe managed to finish his work.
    2. Joe managed to finish his work but he was tired.
    3. Despite he was tired, Joe managed to finish his work.
    4. Tired as he seemed to be, Joe managed to finish his work.

    Câu 75. “ No, I didn’t  tell Jim our plan,” said Tom.

    1. Tom refused to tell Jim their plan.
    2. Tom denied having told Jim their plan.
    3. Tom denied to tell Jim their plan.
    4. Tom didn’t agree to tell Jim their plan.

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau.

    Câu 76. Published in July 2007, ______

    1. Dang Thuy Tram’s Diary soon became popular with Vietnamese young people.
    2. Dang Thuy Tram wrote a Diary and soon became popular with Vietnamese young people.
    3. Vietnamese young people soon people soon became interested in Dang Thuy Tram’s Diary.
    4. Dang Thuy Tram soon became popular with Vietnamese young people for her Diary.

    Câu 77. By this time next year,____________

    1. we will be completing the course
    2. we will have completed the course
    3. we will have been completing the course
    4. we will complete the course

    Câu 78. They have two children,_________

    1. none of whom are living with them.
    2. both of them are living with them
    3. neither of whom are living with them
    4. all of whom are living with them

    Câu 79. The more challenging the job is,_____________

    1. the more he finds it interesting
    2. the more interesting it is to him
    3. he finds it more interesting
    4. more interesting he finds it

    Câu 80. It was his cheerful disposition__________

    1. who made him successful as a group leader
    2. that he succeeded as a group leader
    3. which helped him a successful group leader
    4. that made him successful as a group leader

    Test 3

     

    Chọn một câu (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) gần nghĩa nhất so với câu in nghiêng, từ câu 1 đến câu 10

    Câu 1:  He started learning French six years ago.

    1. He has learned French for 6 years.
    2. He hasn’t learnt French for 6 years.
    3. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
    4. It is six years since he has learned French.

    Câu 2:  People believe he won a lot of money on the lottery.

    1. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
    2. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
    3. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
    4. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.

    Câu 3:  Thieves stole all her priceless jewels.

    1. She was robbed of all her priceless jewels.
    2. All her priceless jewels are stolen by thieves.
    3. She was stolen all her priceless jewels.
    4. All her priceless jewels were robbed away from her.

    Câu 4:  Susan said I ought to lie down for while.

    1. Susan suggested that I lie down for a while.
    2. Susan ought to have lain down for a while.
    3. Susan said that I should have lain for a while.
    4. Susan suggested me to lie down for a while.

    Câu 5:  My sister worries so much about fitness that she wastes a lot of time and money.

    1. My sister wastes a lot of time and money though she worries so much about fitness.
    2. Fitness worried, my sister wasted a lot of time and money.
    3. My sister worries about fitness so that she wastes a lot of time and money.
    4. Worrying too much about fitness, my sister wastes a lot of time and money.

    Câu 6:  I forgot her birthday and she still hasn’t forgiven me.

    1. She will not forgive me until I forget her birthday.
    2. Forgetting her birthday, she has not forgiven me.
    3. She has not forgiven me for having forgotten her birthday.
    4. She will not forgive me until I remember her birthday.

    Câu 7:  The President offered his congratulations to the players when they won the Cup.

    1. The President congratulated that the players had won the cup.
    2. The President congratulated the players on their winning the match.
    3. The President would offer the players congratulations if they won the match.
    4. When they won the cup, the players had been offered some congratulations from the President.

    Câu 8:  Without your help, I couldn’t have finished it on time.

    1. I couldn’t finish it on time though you helped me.
    2. You helped me finishing it on time.
    3. I couldn’t finish it on time because you helped me.
    4. I could finish it on time because you helped me.

    Câu 9:  I took Janet to the zoo so that she could see how big an elephant is.

    1. Because Janet was big enough, I took her to the zoo to see the elephant.
    2. I took Janet to the zoo in order for her to see how big an elephant is.
    3. With a view to see how big an elephant is, I took Janet to the zoo.
    4. So as to see the elephant, I took Janet to the big zoo.

    Câu 10:  Despite his early retirement, he found no peace in life.

    1. His early retirement has brought him peace in life.
    2. Although he retired early, but he found no peace in life.
    3. He found no peace in life because he retired early.
    4. Early as he retired, he found no peace in life.

    một từ (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với các từ còn lại, từ câu 11 đến câu 15

    Câu 11: A. debris B. demand      C. deter D. deny

    Câu 12: A. stew  B. few              C. sew D. mew

    Câu 13: A. aggressive B. original                                   C. agree D. algebra

    Câu 14: A. tightens B. heaps       C. likes D. fuss

    Câu 15: A. associate B. shoulder C. assure D. squash

    Chọn một từ (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) có trọng âm chính phát âm khác với các từ còn lại, từ câu 16 đến câu 20

    16: A. anniversary B. composition                                 C. celebrationD. television

    Câu 17: A. cater B. argue            C. ivory D. severe

    Câu 18: A. ingredient B. favourite                                 C. notice D. jacket

    Câu 19:A. relevant B. relatively  C. reconcile D. reliance

    Câu 20: A. notably B. mechanical                                 C. historian D. domestic

    Almost all the energy on the earth comes from the sun. Heat from the sun makes the earth warm enough for life. Plants use the sun’s energy to live and grow. Plants give off a

    gas called oxygen. Animals eat plants and breathe oxygen. Animals need plants in order to live, and plants need the sun. You use plants to creat heat and energy. You can burn wood

    from  trees.You  can  burn  fossil  called  coal,  gas,  and  oil.  Fossil  fuels  formed  deep underground from plants and animals that died millions of years ago.

    The sun’s energy can also do harm. Too much sunlight can burn your skin, causing sunburn. Harmful rays from the sun can also cause a disease called skin cancer. Looking

    right at the sun can harm your eyes. You need to be careful of the sun. The center of the sun is called the core, which is extremely hot. All the energy of the sun comes from the

    nuclear reactions in its core. It takes a long time for the energy from the core to reach the surface of the earth-about 170,000 years!

    41:According to the passage, the sun is vital because ……….

    1. A. it has its hot core
    2. B. plants live and grow better with the sun’s energy
    3. C. plants, animals and people need energy from the sun
    4. D. fossil fuels will be used up and people turn to the sun’s energy

    Question 42: Fossil fuels formed deep underground from …...

    1. A. heat from the sun B. earth and rock
    2. C. oil and gas D. dead plants and animals

    Question 43: The title for this passage could be …..

    1. A. “Energy from the sun” B. “Oxygen and Plants”
    2. C. “Animals and Plants” D. “The Sun and Fossil Fuels”

    Question 44: Harmful rays from the sun may cause.

    1. A. fever B. skin cancer C. pain D. headache

    Question 45: All of the following statements are NOT true EXCEPT …….

    1. A. the sun’s heat does no harm to people
    2. B. looking right at the sun is a way to make your eyes better
    3. C. the sun is a long way from the Earth
    4. D. the center of the sun is not very hot

    One of the seven wonders of the ancient world. The Great Pyramid of Giza was a monument of wisdom and prophecy built as a tomb for Pharaoh Cheops in 2720 BC. Despite its antiquity, certain aspects of its construction make it one of the truly great wonders of the world. The thirteen- acre structure near the Nile River is a solid mass of stone blocks covered with limestone. Inside are the number of hidden passageways and the burial chamber for the Pharaoh. It is the largest single structure in the world. The four sides of the Pyramid are aligned almost exactly on true North, South, East and West- an incredible engineering feat. The ancient Egyptians were sun worshipers and great astronomers, so computations for the Great Pyramid were based on astronomical observations.

    Explorations and detailed examinations of the base of the structure reveal many interesting lines. Further scientific study indicates that these represent a type of timeline of events- past present and future. Many of the events have been interpreted and found to coincide with known facts of the past. Others are prophesied for future generations and are currently under investigation. Many believe that pyramids have supernatural powers and this one is no exception. Some researchers even associate it with extraterrestrial being of the ancient past. Was this superstructure made by ordinary being, or one built by a race far superior to any known today?

    1. What has the research of the base revealed?
    2. There are cracks in the foundation
    3. Tomb robbers have stolen the pharaoh’s body
    4. The lines represent important event
    5. A superior race of people built it

    52Extraterrestrial beings are

    1. very strong wonders B. astronomers in the ancient times
    2. research in Egyptology D. living beings from other planets

    53What was the most probable reason for providing so many hidden passages?

    1. to allow the weight of the pyramid to settle evenly.
    2. to permit the high priests to pray at night
    3. to enable the pharaoh’s family to bring food for the journey after life.
    4. to keep grave robbers from finding the tomb and the treasure buried with the pharaoh.

    54:  What is the best title for the passage?

    1. Symbolism of the great Pyramid
    2. Problem with the construction of the Great Pyramid
    3. Wonders of the Great Pyramid of Giza .
    4. Explorations of the Burial Chamber of Cheops.

    55On what did the ancient Egyptians base their calculation?

    1. Observation of the celestial bodies
    2. Advanced technology
    3. Advanced tool of measurement
    4. Knowledge of the earth’s surface

    56Why was the Great Pyramid constructed?

    1. As a solar observatory        B. As a religious temple
    2. As a tomb for the pharaoh
    3. As an engineering feat

    57:  Why is the Great Pyramid of Giza considered one of the Seven Wonders of the World?

    1. It is perfectly aligned with the four cardinal points of the compass and contains many Prophecies.
    2. It was selected as a tomb of Pharaoh Cheops.
    3. It was built by a super race. It is very old.

    58:  What do the interesting lines in the base symbolize?

    1. Architects’ plans for the hidden passage.
    2. Pathways of the great solar bodies.
    3. Astrological computations
    4. Date of the important events taking place throughout time.

    59:  The word “feat” is closest in meaning to

    1. accomplishment B. appendageC. festivity D. structure

    Đọc đoạn văn sau, chọn một phương án (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) điền vào chỗ trống, từ câu 31 đến câu 35

    In the modern world, there’s a wealth of leisure activities to choose from. Entertainment industries compete for your leisure time. You can watch TV, listen to music, go to an art gallery or, of course, read a book. Sometimes, it seems that reading is neglected because even if you are a fast reader, it can take a considerable amount of time to finish a novel, for example. But in the modern world, time is something that can be in short supply .

    Book publishers haven’t been slow to realize this and are now selling a product which needn’t take up as much of your time but still tells you an excellent story. The new product is the audio book-cassette recording of shortened novels, often read by well-known personalities or the authors themselves. Audio books are relatively new but people are becoming more aware of them and sales are not increasing all the time.

    One of the attractions of audio books is that they are like listening to the radio, only better. You can listen to what you want when you want and you won’t ever miss anything. Much of their appeal lies in their flexibility. They allow you to do other things while you’re listening, such as driving or doing the housework.

    Câu 31:  Nowadays, there is a wealth of leisure activities to choose from ______________.

    1. all people spend little time reading books for leisure. B. so reading books for leisure is completely neglected.
    2. such as watching TV, listening to music, going to an art gallery or concert or reading books.
    3. so there’s no one that wants to read books for entertainment.

    Câu 32:  In the modern world, ___________________.

    1. people don’t know how to read books for pleasure
    2. publishers find it unnecessary to make books for pleasure
    3. books take readers a lot of time mustn’t be published D. the audio book is considered one of useful forms of entertainment

    Câu 33:  Audio books ______________.

    1. is a kind of cassette-recording of shortened novels
    2. all the other three
    3. whose novels are by well-known personalities or the authors themselves
    4. are being sold increasingly nowadays

    34:  The following sentences are correct EXCEPT “______”.

    1. You can listen to audio books while you’re doing something else
    2. Audio books are relatively new so people enjoy buying them all the time.
    3. Listening to audio books is similar to listening to the radio
    4. Audio books are sometimes considered to be enjoyable way of knowledge than reading .

    Câu 35:  The main idea of the passage is __________.

    1. a new product for pleasure, audio books
    2. the growth of audio books
    3. some advertisements on audio books
    4. some benefits of audio books

    Chọn một từ / cụm từ gạch chân (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) cần phải sửa, từ câu 36 đến câu 40

    Câu 36:  She tapped her feet in time when listened to her favorite song broadcast on the radio.

    Câu 37:  Those who have never been abroad is eager to see how different the other cultures are.

    Câu 38:  I couldn’t give the teacher the summary of the lesson until Julia whispered some words into his ears.

    Câu 39:  They promised that they would publish my article was sent the next week.

    Câu 40:  Helen as well as her friends have never been out of town since they were five years old.

    Chọn một (cụm) từ (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) điền vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành câu, từ câu 41 đến câu 70

    1. The police stated that the accident ______________ soon.
    2. will be investigated  B. had investigated
    3. is being investigated  D. would be investigated

    Câu 42:  Dora __ in university when you come back in three years’ time.

    1. would study B. will have been studied
    2. is studying D. will be studying

    43: I like babysitting, although the children always____ a mess.

    1. make B. do C. take  D. produce

    Câu 44:  If only we _________a long time ago.

    1. met B. had met C. did meet D. were meeting

    Câu 45:  The school required that every student ____ before September 1st.

    1. registers B. register C. was registered D. registered

    Câu 46:  She hated___ waiting for hours in front of the cinema.

    1. keeping B. to be kept C. being keeping D. being kept

    Câu 47:  Doctors always hope that there will be new cures ________ some diseases.

    1. to B. in C. of  D. for

    Câu 48:  Smallpox and diphtheria disappeared in Britain many years ago, ________ cancer, AIDS and heart disease are now predominant.

    1. in case B. whereas C. because D. in the event that

    Câu 49:  In 1997, _________ the noise and pollution of the city, best-selling author Willy Smith moved out to a countryside.

    1. being tired fromB. tired ofC. tire aboutD. tiring with

    Câu 50:  I’d rather walk _________ a bus.

    1. to catchingB. than catchC. than catchingD. to catch

    Câu 51:  Charlie Chaplin was _________ of the silent movies.

    1. one of the great actor comicsB. the greatest comic actors
    2. a great comic actor oneD. one of the greatest comic actors

    Câu 52:  Although we do not live in the same town, my cousin and I still keep _________ and often speak on the phone.

    1. in touchB. up date C. off workD. in hand

    Câu 53:  ________ did you see such a good advertisement?

    1. In which issue newspaper
    2. In which issue of which newspaper
    3. What is the issue of which newspaper
    4. In which newspaper of which issue

    Câu 54:  ________ my personal qualities, I have experience of working in a multi-national company for three years.

    1. Beside B. Instead of C. Apart from D. In addition

    Câu 55:  I ________ grateful if you could tell me what duties are involved in this job.

    1. would be B. were to be C. was D. am

    Câu 56:  Sarah is a young girl with _____ and a straight nose.

    1. almond-shape eyed B. almond-eyed shape
    2. almond-shaped eyes D. eyes shaped almond
    3. Hardly ______________ the captain of the team when he had to face the problems.
    4. had he been appointed  B. did he appoint
    5. was he being appointed  D. was he appointing

    Câu 58:  I don’t think I have the strength to ____ this table on my own.

    1. tow B. lift C. arise                           D. rise

    Câu 59:  Come and have a ___ at this insect. It is strange, isn’t it?

    1. try B. difficulty C. look                           D. go

    Câu 60:  Everybody should comply ___ this rule. There is no exception, I am afraid.

    1. in B. to C. with  D. for

    Câu 61:  I had ____ understanding him. He spoke too fast.

    1. trouble into B. problems C. questions of  D. difficulty

    Câu 62:  Nowadays, many people ________ going to the cinema to reading the same story in a book.

    1. would rather B. prefer C. would prefer  D. like

    Câu 63:  Traditional celebrations are a _____ of great pleasure and interest.

    1. source B. starting point C. resource D. origin

    Câu 64:  Sport is sometimes controlled by politicians, who use it to make their country look ________ others.

    1. better than B. more worse than C. less than D. more than

    Câu 65:  I gave up smoking, ________ surprised all other members of my family.

    1. that B. it C. this  D. which

    Câu 66. ______________ our children may be, we cannot go picnicking in this weather.

    1. Though excited B. Excited as
    2. Because of excitement  D. Exciting

    Câu 67:  Gale-force winds caused destruction ___ the buildings ________ the seafront.

    1. with / on B. for / by C. of / in D. to / along

    Câu 68:  Can you give me advice about ________?

    1. what for eatingB. what to eat
    2. to eat whatD. what should I eat

    Câu 69:  ________ my complaint to the manager, the waiter was sacked.

    1. Thanks to B. Despite C. Because of D. Without

    Câu 70:  My arm hurt so much, I felt sure I ________ it.

    1. must have broken B. should have broken
    2. was breaking D. have broken

    Read the passage below carefully and choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D.

    Many years ago, people often said  “a woman’s place is in the home ”. But Americans do not feel that way any more. Today, women make up about 43 percent of the America labor force. There are about 45 million working women in the United States, and a large number of them are married women with children. In 1980, for the first time in the nation’s history there were more working wives than household wives. Looking back to 1940, we can see a picture of some very rapid change. In 1940, only 15 percent of married women held jobs.

    Today,  most young women choose to work even when they have young children. Why do they work? The most important reason is that they need to earn money. But another reason is that women today are better educated and they have more opportunities to work in various professions than women had earlier.
    71)  What does this passage mainly discuss?

    A/ Women and jobs in America                                                                                               B/ Well  – educated women in America
    C/ More women than men in the labor force                                                     D/ The number of women who work outside the home

    72) According to the passage, what is the percentage of men in the labor force?
    A/ 85 percent B/ 57 percent C/ 45 percent D/ 43 percent
    73) Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?

    A/ Women work because they want to make their own living.

    B/ Women play an important role in the labor force now.

    C/ The majority of working women are single.

    D/ Women have better schooling nowadays.
    74) The word “ rapid ” in line 5 is nearest in meaning to _____
    A/ significant B/ valid C/ quick D/ slow
    75) What can be inferred from the passage?

    A/ Women need money more than education.

    B/ Young women do not get married in order to have jobs.

    C/ Women can work in many different fields.

    D/ The best place for women is in the home.

    As far back as 700B.C., man has talked about children being cared for by wolves. Romuhts and Remus, the legendary twin founders of-Rome, were purported to have been cared for by wolves. It is believed that when a she-wolf loses ‘her litter, she seeks a human child to take its place.

    This seemingly preposterous idea did not become credible until the late tenth century when a French doctor actually found a naked ten year-old boy wandering in the woods. He did not walk erect, could not speak intelligibly, nor could he relate to people. He only growled and stared at them. Finally the doc­tor won the boy’s confidence and began to work with him. After many long years of devoted and patient instruction, the doctor was able to get the boy to clothe and feed himself, recognize and utter a number of words, as well as write letters and form words.

    1. The French doctor found the boy

    (A) wandering in the woods   ( C) growling at him

    (B) at his doorstep               (D) speaking intelligibly

    1. In this passage, the word litter most nearly means

    (A) garbage (B) master (C) offspring.  (D) hair

    1. The doctor was able to work with the boy because (A) the boy was highly intelligent

    (B) the boy trusted him                                                                                                                              (C) the boy liked to dress up

    (D) the boy was dedicated and patient

    1. Which of die following statements is not true?

    (A) She-wolves have been said to substitute human children for their lost litters­

    (B ) Examples of wolves’ caring for human children can be found only in the nineteenth century.

    (C) The French doctor succeeded in domesticating the boy somewhat.

    (D) The young boy never was able to speak perfectly.

    1. In this passage, die word preposterous most nearly means

    (A) dedicated (B) scientific  (C) wonderful  (D) absurd

    1. Choose the best answer to complete the sentence.
    2. Despite playing under strength, the village team _____ beat the rivals.
    3. could b. were able to c. couldn’t d. weren’t able to
    4. I suggest Andrea ______ in touch with the organisers.
    5. should get b. to get c. getting d. gets
    6. The traffic lights _____ green and I pulled away.
    7. became b. turned c. got d. went
    8. ______ during the storm.
    9. They were collapsed b. The fence was collapsed
    10. They collapsed the fenced. The fence collapsed
    11. The suspect confessed _______.
    12. his crime b. the police his crime
    13. his crime to the police d. his crime the police
    14. ______ thinks that Judith should be given the job.
    15. Neither of us b. The majority of my colleagues
    16. Practically everyone d. A number of people
    17. We had ______ holiday in Spain.
    18. a two week’s b. two weeks c. two-week d. a two-week
    19. The company owns _____ in the city centre.
    20. a cars park b. several car parks
    21. a car park d. several cars parks
    22. The government has introduced _______.
    23. a children’s clothes tax b. a tax on children clothes
    24. a children clothes tax d. a tax on children’s clothes
    25. I’ll be with you in _______.
    26. one quarter of an hour b. a quarter of an hour
    27. a quarter of one hour d. a quarter of hour
    28. _____ my friends knew I was getting married.
    29. Not much of b. not many of c. Not much d. Not many
    30. ____ the children _____ awake.
    31. None of…was b. Not any of…were
    32. No …. was d. None of…were
    33. The party was excellent, and I’d like to thank all the ____.
    34. concerned people b. responsible people
    35. people that concerned   d . people concerned
    36. I asked Francis to clean the car, and he did ______.
    37. a well job b. the job good c. a good job d. a job well
    38. ______, they slept soundly.
    39. Hot though was the night air b. Hot though the night air was
    40. Hot the night air as was d. Hot although the night air was
    41. John was the first person I saw _____ hospital.
    42. by leaving b. on leaving c. in leaving d. on to leave
    43. He suddenly saw Sue ____ the room. He pushed his way ____ the crowd of people to get to her.
    44. across…through b. over…through
    45. across…across d. over…along
    46. She tried to _______.
    47. talk me the plan out of b. talk out of me the plan
    48. talk me out of the plan d. talk out me of the plan.
    49. _____ that Marie was able to retire at the age of 50.
    50. So successful her business was,
    51. So successful was her business,
    52. Her business was successful
    53. So was her successful business,
    54. I’m _____ a complete loss to understand why you reacted so violently.
    55. at b. in c. on d. by
    56. From an early age, Wolfgang had a(n) ____ for music.
    57. interest b. passion c. involvement d. tendency
    58. Financial help from his parents ____ James to complete his studies.
    59. granted b. provided c. eased d. enabled
    60. I don’t take ____ to being disobeyed. That’s a warning!
    61. well b. kindly c. gently                                                                         d. nicely
    62. I like that photo very much. Could you make an __ for me?
    63. increase b. enlargement c. extension d. expansion
    64. I’m becoming increasingly _____ . Last week, I locked myself out of the house twice.
    65. oblivious b. mindless c. absent d. forgetful
    66. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
    67. a. south b. southern c. scout                        d. drought
    68. a. dome b. comb c. home                        d. tomb

    III. Pick out the word whose stressed syllable is different from that of the others.

    1. a. literature b. preventive c. measurement d. temperature
    2. a. example b. continue c. sensible d. contestant
    3. a. constant b. magnetic c. sensitive d. atmosphere
    4. Choose the best answer.
    5. Would you like some more tea? – _______________
    6. No, thank. b. Yes , thanks. c. Yes, please.              d. No, please.

    32.Will it rain on the day of our departure? – __________

    1. I hope not. b. I don’t hope so
    2. I hope not so. d. I hope it wouldn’t.
    3. -Remember to return the newspaper to my father. – ____
    4. I will b. Why not c. I won’t            d. Of course.

    34.Will you have time to help us? – _____ I’m very busy at the moment.

    1. I’m afraid not b. I think so.
    2. I don’t expect so. d. I hope not.
    3. I’d like the blue jacket, pleases! Can I try it on?”– Yes, _ “
    4. you would b. you must c. certainly          d. you do
    5. Read the passage and the questions or unfinished sentences, then choose the best answer for each.

    A solar eclipse occurs when the Moon moves in front of the Sun and hides at least some part of the Sun from the earth. In a partial eclipse, the Moon covers part of the Sun; in an annual eclipse, the Moon covers the center of the Sun, leaving a bright ring of light around the Moon; in a total eclipse, the Sun is completely covered by the Moon.

    It seems rather improbable that a celestial body size of the Moon could completely block out the tremendously immense Sun, as happens during a total eclipse, but this is exactly what happens. Although the Moon is considerably smaller in size than the Sun, the Moon is able to cover the Sun because of their relative distances from Earth. A total eclipse can last up to 7 minutes, during which time the Moon’s shadow moves across Earth at a rate of about 6 kilometers per second.

    1. This passage mainly _________.
    2. describes how long an eclipse will last.
    3. gives facts about the Moon.
    4. explains how the Sun is able to obscure the Moon.
    5. informs the reader about solar eclipses.
    6. In which type of eclipse is the Sun obscured in its entirety?
    7. A partial eclipse b. An annual eclipse
    8. A total eclipse d. A celestial eclipse
    9. The word ring in line 3 could be best replaced by ______.
    10. piece of gold b. circle   c. jewel                      d. bell
    11. A celestial body in line 5 is most probably one that is found __.
    12. somewhere in the sky b. within the Moon’s shadow c. on the surface of the Sun d. inside Earth’s atmosphere
    13. What is the meaning of block out in line 5?
    14. Square b. Cover c. Evaporate d. Shrink
    15. According to the passage, how can the Moon hide the Sun during a total eclipse?
    16. The fact that the Moon is closer to Earth than the Sun makes up for the Moon’s smaller size.
    17. The Moon can only obscure the Sun because of the Moon’s great distance from the Earth.
    18. Because the Sun is relatively close to Earth, the Sun can be eclipsed by the Moon.
    19. The moon hides the Sun because of the Moon’s considerable size.
    20. The word relative in line 8 could best be replaced by ___.
    21. familial b. infinite c. comparative d. paternal
    22. The passage states that which of the following happens during an eclipse?
    23. The Moon hides from the Sun.
    24. The Moon is obscured by the Sun.
    25. The Moon begins moving at a speed of 6 kilometers per second.

    d.The Moon’s shadow crosses Earth

    1. The word rate in line 9 is closest in meaning to ______.
    2. form b. speed c. distance d. rotation
    3. Where is the passage does the author mention the rate of a total eclipse?
    4. Lines 1- 2 b. Lines 2- 4 c. Lines 5-6      d. Lines 8-9
    1. Read the text below and choose the word that best fits the space.

    EXAM ADVICE

    In Part Three of the Speaking Section you work with a partner. You have to do a (46) ____ task which usually ( 47)_____ about 3 minutes. One possible task is “ problem (48) ____”, which means you have to look at some (49) ____ information and then (50) ____ the problem with your partner. You maybe show photos, drawings, diagrams, maps, plans, advertisements or computer graphics and it is (51)_____ that you study them carefully. If necessary, check you know exactly what to do by (52)_____ asking the examiner to (53)____ the instructions or make them clearer.

    While you are doing the task, the examiner will probably say very (54)_____ and you should ask your partner questions and make (55)_____  if he or she is not saying much. If either of you have any real difficulties the examiner may decide to step in and ( 56) _____ . Normally, however, you will find plenty to say, which helps the (57)_____ to give you a fair mark. This mark depends on your success in doing the task by (58) _____ with your partner, which includes taking (59)_____ in giving opinions and replying appropriately, although in the end it may be possible to “ agree or (60) _____”.

    1. a. single b. lonely c. unique          d. once
    2. a. exists b. lasts c. stays             d. maintains
    3. a. solving b. working c. making         d. finding
    4. a. optical b. obvious c. noticeable    d. visual
    5. a. argue b. discuss c. talk               d. have
    6. a. essential b. needed c. helpful d. successful
    7. a. formally b. officially c. politely d. sincerely
    8. a. insist b. copy c. tell                d. repeat
    9. a. little b. much c. few              d. many
    10. a. ideas b. statements c. speeches      d. suggestions
    11. a. complain b. help c. suggest         d. fail
    12. a. judge b. referee c. assessor        d. observer
    13. a. competingb. struggling c. opposing d. co-operating
    14. a. changes b. sides c. turns d. sentences
    15. a. contrast b. disagree c. argue                        d. object

    VII. Find the underlined part that needs correcting.

    1. The first (A) national park in world (B), Yellowstone National Park, was  (C)established in   (D)1872.
    2. Animation is a technique (A) for creativity (B) the illusion of life(C) in inanimate things.(D)
    3. Scientists at universities (A) are often more involved (B) in theoretical research than(C) in practically(D) research .
    4. Benjamin Franklin’s ability (A) to learn from observation and experience contributed greatly(B) to him(C) success in(D) public life.
    5. The surface of the(A) tongue covered(B) with tiny(C) taste buds(D).

    VIII. Read the following passage then choose the best answer to the questions below.

    Most people think of deserts as dry, flat areas with little vegetation and little or no rainfall, but this is hardly true. Many deserts have varied geographical formations ranging from soft, rolling hills to stark, jagged cliffs, and most deserts have a permanent source of water. Although deserts do not receive a high amount of rainfall – to be classified as a desert, an area must get less than twenty-five centimeters of rainfall per year – there are many plants that thrive on only small amounts of water, and deserts are often full of such plant life.

    Desert plants have a variety of mechanisms for obtaining the water needed for survival. Some plants, such as cactus, are able to store large amounts of water to last until the next rainfall. Other plants, such as the mesquite, have extraordinarily deep root systems that allow them to obtain water from far below the desert’s arid surface.

    1. What is the main topic of the passage?
    2. Deserts are dry, flat areas with few plants.
    3. There is little rainfall in the desert.
    4. Many kinds of vegetation can survive with little water.
    5. Deserts are not really flat areas with little plant life.
    6. The passage implies that ____________.
    7. the typical conception of a desert is incorrect.
    8. all deserts are dry, flat areas.
    9. most people are well informed about deserts.
    10. the lack of rainfall in deserts causes the lack of vegetation.
    11. The passage describes the geography of deserts as _____.
    12. flat b. sandy c. varied           d. void of vegetation.
    13. The word source in line 3 means ________.
    14. supply b. storage space c. need             d. lack
    15. According to the passage, what causes an area to be classified as a desert?
    16. The type of plants b. The geographical formations c. The amount of precipitation d. The source of water
    17. Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the one in italics.
    18. You’re not to blame for what happened.
    19. You’re not accused of what happened.
    20. What happened is not your fault.
    21. You’re responsible for what happened.
    22. We blame you for what happened.
    23. He can hardly see at all without glasses.
    24. He can see without glasses.
    25. He can see even if he doesn’t wear glasses.
    26. He can’t see everything without glasses.
    27. He is practically blind without glasses.
    28. The concert wasn’t as good as we had expected.
    29. The concert wasn’t so good as we had seen.
    30. We expected the concert to be worse.
    31. We thought the concert would be much better.
    32. The concert was thought to be as good.
    33. Please don’t ask her to the party.
    34. I’d rather you didn’t invite her to the party.
    35. I’d rather not ask her to the party.
    36. Please don’t ask her about the party.
    37. You ask her to the party, don’t you?
    38. She broke down the moment she heard the news.
    39. She was broken for a moment when she heard the news.
    40. She broke her leg when hearing the news.
    41. On hearing the news, she broke down.
    42. When she heard the news, she was sick.
    43. Strong as he is, he still can’t lift that box.
    44. The box was too heavy for him to lift.
    45. He’s very strong, but he still can’t lift that box.
    46. He still can’t lift that box because he’s not as strong.
    47. However he is strong, he still can’t lift that box.
    48. I wish we had gone somewhere else for the holiday.
    49. If only we went somewhere else for the holiday.
    50. It’s a pity we didn’t go there for the holiday.
    51. If we had gone for the holiday, I would have gone somewhere else.d. I regret not having gone somewhere else for the holiday.
    52. You should have had your eyes tested a long time ago.
    53. You haven’t had your eyes tested though it’s necessary.
    54. Your eyes should be tested a long time ago.
    55. You had your eyes tested a long time ago.
    56. It’s a long time ago since you had your eyes tested.
    57. A child is influenced as much by his schooling as by his parents.
    58. Schooling doesn’t influence a child as much as his parents do.
    59. A child’s parents have greater influence on him than his schooling.
    60. A child can influence his parents as much as his schooling.
    61. A child’s schooling influences him as much as his parents do.
    62. Rarely has a 15-year-old earned so much money.
    63. 15-year-old rarely earns money.
    64. A 15-year-old rarely earns lots of money.
    65. A 15-year-old has seldom earned that much money.
    66. A 15-year-old has never earned that much money.

     

    ĐỀ THI GỒM 80 CÂU (TỪ QUESTION 1 ĐẾN QUESTION 80)

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

    Question 1: John ________Russian because Russian is his native language.

    1. is speaking B. speaks C. will speak D. spoke

    Question 2: She couldn’t decide ________to dive ______ jump into water.

    1. whether … or C. not only … but also
    2. both …or D. neither …or

    Question 3: I waved to Karen but failed____ her attention.

    1. to be attractedB. to attract C. attracting D. attracted

    Question 4:  ____I get your letter, I will reply to you at once.

    1. By the time B .Now that C. As though D. As soon as

    Question 5: “Thank you very much for a lovely party” – “ ___”

    1. Have a good dayB. Not at all C. ThanksD. You are welcome

    Question 6: I will not accept his invitation ____any account.

    1. in B. about C. on                D. with

    Question 7: I was making my _________, when I realized I’d left my glasses at school.

    1. route B. way C. path D. lane

    8: I disagree with parents__ their views on their children without giving them the chance to think for themselves.

    1. pouring B. protesting C. straining      D. imposing

    Question 9:  “What would you like to drink?” – “____________”.

    1. Yes, please B. Thank you C. No, I don’t  D. Tea, please

    Question 10:  “I was so sorry to hear about Jack”. “If he had made more friends here, he might ________”.

    1. have stayed B. stay C. have stay D. stays

    11: She couldn’t give a __ explanation for her actions.

    1. dissatisfied B. satisfactoryC. uncompetitive D. competed

    Question 12: We wondered who was going to pay for the __________window.

    1. breaking B. break C. broke           D. broken

    Question 13: That is a _________________________.

    1. French stamp valuableC. valuable stamp of France
    2. French valuable stampD. valuable French stamp

    14:By the end of next year, we __this advanced training course.

    1. are finishing B. have finished
    2. will have finished D. will be finished

    Question 15: In order to grow vegetables properly, gardeners must know_______________.

    1. what are each vegetable’s requirements. B .what the requirements for each vegetable are.

    C .that is required by each vegetable.              D. that the requirements for each vegetable.

    Question 16:  _________ further rioting to occur, the government would be forced to use its emergency power.

    1. Were B. Did C. Had                         D. Should

    Question 17: His version of what happened is ____________ .

    1. corrected B. incorrect C. correcting                D. correction

    Question 18: Doctors usually have to study for at least seven years before becoming fully________.

    1. examined B. qualified C. tested                       D. approved of

    Question 19: The director retired early __________ ill-health.

    1. on behalf of B. in front of C. on account of          D. ahead of

    Question 20: He refused to give up work,  _________he had won a million dollars.

    1. even though B. however C. as though                 D. despite

    Question 21: The company received __________complaints about the quality of its products.

    1. continual B. continued C. continuous              D. continuing

    22: I didn’t see any sign of the money, but I __ a small notebook and a pencil which __ when the door opened suddenly.

    1. have found / probably dropped C. found / had probably dropped
    2. found / have probably dropped D. find / probably drop

    Question 23: He __________to be offered the job.

    1. was such in experienced or was too in experienced C. was too experienced
    2. was such inexperienced D. not experienced

    Question 24:  ___________ lay its eggs in the sand on the beach than it goes back to the sea.

    1. No sooner a turtle doesC. A turtle does no soonerB. No sooner does a turtleD. Does no sooner a turtle

    Question 25: Not until about a century after Julius Caesar landed in Britain_________ actually conquer the island.

    1. the Romans B. did the Romans C. the Romans did       D. Romans that

    Question 26: “Do you still live there?”- “No, __________ . We’ve moved to a new house”.

    A .  not yet                               B. not now                 C. I do not live D. any longer

    Question 27: “How long does it take to get to the City Library from here?” – “___________”.

    1. You can go there by bus. C. I am sorry. I don’t know. B. Yes, it’s a long way.                        D. It isn’t far.

    Question 28: “Your parents must be proud of your result at school”. – “______________”

    1. Sorry to hear that. C. Of courseB. Thanks. It’s certainly encouraging.D. I am glad you like it.

    Question 29: The strike was caused by the_________ of two workers.

    1. dismiss B. dismissing C. dismissed                D. dismissal

    Question 30: The factory was _________ so the management tried to cut costs by making some workers redundant.

    1. competition B. competitive C. uncompetitive         D. competed

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that has underlined part is pronounced differently from the rests.

    Question 31: A. debris                        B. deny                                    C. deter                                    D. demand

    Question 32: A. likes              B. tightens                    C. heaps                       D. fuss

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress in each of the following questions.

    Question 33: A. jacket             B. ingredient                C. favourite                 D. notice

    Question 34: A. mathematics  B. history                     C. literature                  D. physics

    Question 35: A. opponent       B. disappear                 C. arrangement            D. contractual

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction.

    Question 36: The Concord could fly across the Atlantic without refueling and carrying 11 tons of freight.

    Question 37: Every country has their own traditions, some of which have existed for centuries.

    Question 38: People tend to make a lot of shopping at Xmas time.

    Question 39: Vietnam is famous for many beautiful spots like ha Long Bay, Sapa, and Da Lat.

    Question 40: Queen Elizabeth prefers what her jewels should be left in their original setting.

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions.

    Question 41: He was sentenced to six months in prison for his part in the robbery

    1. He received a six months in prison for his part in the robbery.
    2. He received a six-month sentence for his part in the robbery.
    3. For his participation in the robbery, he had been in prison for six months.
    4. For his participation in the robbery, a prison had been given to him for six months.

    Question 42: Madeleine wears high heels to look taller.

    1. In order to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.B. So that to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.
    2. Madeleine wants high heels to make her taller. D. Madeleine buys high heels to look taller.

    Question 43: He started learning French six years ago.

    1. He has learned French for six years. B. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
    2. He hasn’t learnt French for six years. D. It is six years since he has learnt French.

    Question 44: People believed he won a lot of money on the lottery.

    1. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
    2. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.

    Question 45: “Why don’t you get your hair cut, Gavin?” Said Adam .

    1. Adam advised Gavin to cut his hair. B. Gavin was suggested to have a haircut.
    2. It was suggestible that Adam get Gavin’s haircut. D. Adam suggested that Gavin should have his haircut.

    Question 46: “Leave my house now or I’ll call the police!” shouted the lady to the man.

    1. The lady threatened to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
    2. The lady said that she would call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
    3. The lady told the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.
    4. The lady informed the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.

    Question 47: “You should have finished the report by now” John told his secretary.

    1. John reproached his secretary for not having finished the report.
    2. John said that his secretary had not finished the report.
    3. John reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.
    4. John scolded his secretary for not having finished the report

    Question 48: “I will pay back the money, Gloria.” Said Ivan .

    1. Ivan apologized to Gloria for borrowing her money. B. Ivan offered to pay Gloria the money back.
    2. Ivan promised to pay back Gloria’s money. D. Ivan suggested paying back the money to Gloria.

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the best sentence built from the given words or phrases.

    Question 49:  France/ Independence Day / day / yesterday //.

    1. The France’s Independence day was before yesterday.
    2. The Day of the French Independence was a day yesterday.
    3. French’s Independence Day was a day before yesterday.
    4. France’s Independence Day was the day before yesterday.

    Question 50: hilltop/ have/ good/ view/ our village.

    1. The hilltop can make our village views better. B. From the hilltop, our village can be well viewed.
    2. From the hilltop, we can make have a better view of our village.
    3. From the hilltop, our village can have a better view.

    Read the following passage and mark the letter A , B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word for each of the blanks from 51 to 61.

    The human brain, (51) __________an average weight of 1, 4 kilograms, is the control center of the (52) _________. It receives (53) __________from the senses, processes the information, rapidly sends out responses; it also stores the information (54) ________ is the source of human thoughts and feelings. Each of the three main parts of the brain- cerebellum, the cerebellum, and the brain stem has its own role (55) _________carrying out the functions.

    The cerebrum is by (56) _________the largest of the three parts, taking up 85 percent of the brain by weight. The cerebellum, located below the cerebrum in the back part of the skull, is made of masses of bunched up nerve cells. It is the cerebellum (57) _________controls human balance, coordination, and posture.

    The brain stem, (58) _________connects the cerebrum and the spinal cord, controls various body processes such (59) __________ breathing and heartbeat. (60) __________is the major motor and sensory pathway connecting the body and the cerebrum.

    Question 51:    A. on                           B. of                            C. for                           D. with

    Question 52:    A. body                       B. brain                        C. skull                        D. information

    Question 53:    A. news                       B. information                         C. advice                     D. lesson

    Question 54:    A. who                                     B. of which                  C. that                          D. whose

    Question 55:   A. in                            B. at                             C. on                            D. by

    Question 56:    A. now                                     B. then                                     C. from                        D. far

    Question 57     A. who                                     B. which                      C. that                          D. whose

    Question 58:   A. who                                     B. that                          C. whose                      D. which

    Question 59:    A. as                            B. for                           C. about                       D. on

    Question 60:    A. Here                        B .It                             C. There                       D. For

    Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B , C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 61 to 70.

    The hippopotamus is the third largest land animal, smaller only than the elephant and the rhinoceros. Its name comes from two Greek words which mean “river horse”. The long name of this animal is often shortened to the easier to handle term “hippo.”

    The hippo has a natural affinity for the water. It does not float on top of the water; instead, it can easily walk along the bottom of a body of water. The hippo commonly remains underwater for three to five minutes and has been known to stay under for up to half an hour before coming up for air.

    In spite of its name, the hippo has relatively little in common with the horse and instead has a number of interesting similarities in common with the whale. When a hippo comes up after a stay at the bottom of a lake or river, it releases air through a blowhole, just like a whale. In addition, the hippo resembles the whale in that they both have thick layers of blubber for protection and they are almost completely hairless.

    Question 61: The topic of this passage is

    1. the largest land animal . B. the derivations of animal names.
    2. the characteristics of the hippo. D. the relation between the hippo and the whale.

    Question 62: It can be inferred from the passage that the rhinoceros is

    1. smaller than the hippo. B. equal in size to the elephant .
    2. a hybrid of the hippo and the elephant. D. one of the two largest types of land of animals.

    Question 63: The possessive “Its” in line 2 refers to

    1. hippotamus B. elephant C. rhinoceros                           D. horse

    64: It can be inferred from the passage that the hippopotamus is commonly called a hippo because the word “hippo” is

    1. simpler to pronounce accurately. B. the original name .
    2. scientifically more accurate. D.easier for the animal to recognize.

    Question 65: The word “float” in line 4 is closest in meaning to

    A.sink                                      B. drift                         C.eat                                        D. flap

    Question 66: According to the passage, what is the maximum time that hippos have been known to stay underwater

    A.three minutes           B. five minutes            C. thirty minutes          D. ninety minutes

    Question 67: The expression “has relatively little in common” in line 8 could be best replaced by

    A.has few interactions             B. is not normally found C. has minimal experience D. shares few similarities.

    Question 68: The passage states that one way in which a hippo is similar to a whale is that

    1. they both live on the bottoms of rivers. B. they both have blowholes.
    2. they are both named after horses. D. they both breathe underwater.

    Question 69: The word “ blubber” in line 12 is closest in meaning to

    1. fat B. metal C. water                                   D. skin

    Question 70: The last line states that the hippo does not …………….. .

    1. like water B. resemble the whale
    2. have a protective coating D. have much hair

    Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 71 to 80.

    The White House, the official home of the United States president, was not built in time for George Washington to live in it. It was begun in 1792 and was ready for its first inhabitants. President and Mrs. John Adams, who moved in on November 1, 1800.When the Adamses moved in, the White House was not yet complete, and the Adamses suffered many inconveniences; for example, the main staircase was incomplete, which hindered movement from floor to floor, and the future laundry yard was merely a pool of mud, so wet laundry was hung in the unfinished East Room to dry. Thomas Jefferson, the third president, improved the comfort of the White House in many respects and added new architectural features such as the terraces on the east and west ends.

    When the British forces burned the White House on August 24, 1814, President Madison was forced to leave. All the remained after the fire was the exterior walls, the interior was completely destroyed. It was not until December of 1817 that the following president, James Monroe, was able to move into a rebuilt residence. Since then, the White House has continued to be modified but has been continuously occupied by each succeeding U.S president.

    Question 71: Which of the following would be the most appropriate title for this text?

    1. George Washington’s life in the White House . B. The Early History of the White House .
    2. The burning of the White House. D. Presidential Policies of Early U.S. Presidents.

    Question 72: Why did George Washington not love in the White House?

    1. It had been burned by the British. B. He did not like the architectural features.
    2. He did not want to suffer the inconveniences that the Adamses had suffered.
    3. Construction had not yet been completed.

    Question 73: The word “inhabitant” in line 3 is closest meaning to:

    1. modifications B. moves                   C. celebrations             D. residents

    Question 74: It can be inferred from the passage that John Adams was:

    1. The first president of the United States. B. The second president of the United States.
    2. The third president of the United States . D. The fourth president of the United States.

    Question 75: What of the White House was not yet complete when the Adamses moved in?

    A . main staircase        B. laundry yard            C. pool                         D. A and B

    Question 76: The author most likely discusses the “staircase” in line 5 in order to:

    1. show the elegance of the new White House B. explain the architectural features added by Jefferson.
    2. provide an example of an inconvenience in the White House.D. demonstrate what had to be rebuilt after the fire.

    Question 77: The word “forces” in line 10 could best be replaced by:

    1. military B. effort C. power                      D. energy

    78: According to the passage, which of the following best describes Thomas Jefferson’s tenure in the White House?

    1. He worked to improve the appearance and convenience of the White House.
    2. He had to flee the White House because of the war with the British.
    3. He removed the terraces that had been added by Adams.
    4. He was accepting of the many inconveniences.

    Question 79: According to the passage, when James monroe came to the White House, it had been…….

    1. repressed B. reconstructed C. relocated                 D. reserved

    Question 80: The paragraph following the passage most likely discusses:

    1. the details of the destruction of the White House by the British B. James Monroe’s policies as presidents .
    2. modifications by presidents who followed . D. other presidents who were unable to occupy the White House .

                                         THI THỬ ĐẠI HỌC NĂM 2011 ( Mã đề thi 123)

     Môn thi:TIẾNG ANH- Khối D  –   Thời gian làm bài: 90 phút

           

    STT

    Câu    Câu trả lời STT Câu Câu trả lời
    1 Câu 1 B 41 Câu 41 B
    2 Câu 2 A 42 Câu 42 A
    3 Câu 3 B 43 Câu 43 A
    4 Câu 4 D 44 Câu 44 C
    5 Câu 5 D 45 Câu 45 D
    6 Câu 6 C 46 Câu 46 A
    7 Câu 7 B 47 Câu 47 A
    8 Câu 8 D 48 Câu 48 C
    9 Câu 9 D 49 Câu 49 D
    10 Câu10 A 50 Câu 50 C
    11 Câu 11 B 51 Câu 51 D
    12 Câu 12 D 52 Câu 52 A
    13 Câu 13 D 53 Câu 53 B
    14 Câu 14 C 54 Câu 54 C
    15 Câu 15 B 55 Câu 55 A
    16 Câu 16 A 56 Câu 56 D
    17 Câu 17 B 57 Câu 57 C
    18 Câu 18 B 58 Câu 58 D
    19 Câu 19 C 59 Câu 59 A
    20 Câu 20 A 60 Câu 60 B
    21 Câu 21 A 61 Câu 61 C
    22 Câu 22 C 62 Câu 62 D
    23 Câu 23 C 63 Câu 63 A
    24 Câu 24 B 64 Câu 64 A
    25 Câu 25 B 65 Câu 65 B
    26 Câu 26 B 66 Câu 66 C
    27 Câu 27 C 67 Câu 67 D
    28 Câu 28 B 68 Câu 68 B
    29 Câu 29 D 69 Câu 69 A
    30 Câu 30 C 70 Câu 70 D
    31 Câu 31 A 71 Câu 71 B
    32 Câu 32 D 72 Câu 72 C
    33 Câu 33 B 73 Câu 73 D
    34 Câu 34 A 74 Câu 74 B
    35 Câu 35 B 75 Câu 75 D
    36 Câu 36 D 76 Câu 76 C
    37 Câu 37 B 77 Câu 77 A
    38 Câu 38 A 78 Câu 78 A
    39 Câu 39 C 79 Câu 79 B
    40 Câu 40 B 80 Câu 80 C
  • Trắc nghiệm tổng hợp Tiếng Anh 12 ôn thi Đại học

    Trắc nghiệm tổng hợp Tiếng Anh 12 ôn thi Đại học

    Trắc nghiệm tổng hợp Tiếng Anh 12 ôn thi Đại học

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:43 Bài đọc tiếng anh ôn thi vào lớp 10


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Trắc nghiệm tổng hợp Tiếng Anh 12 ôn thi Đại học

    TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

     1: John ……..a respectful and obedient student.

    1. is said to be B. is said C. is said being                D. said to be

     2: The boys broke a window when they …………………… football.

    1. are playing B. haf played C. were playing               D. played

     3: 1 The road …………… is shaded with trees.

    1. where we go to school every day B. from which we go to school every day
    2. at which we go to school every day D. on which we go to school every day

     4: …………. students required to wear uniforms at all times?

    1. . Are B. Did C. Will                             D. Do

     5: John asked me   ………………….  in English.

    1. what did this word mean B. what that word meant
    2. what that word means D. what does this word mean

     6: Our children …….. to school by bus every morning.

    1. take B. are taken C. have taken                  D. are taking

     7: I………………………… her since I…………………… a student.

    1. have known/ was B. know/ am C. knew/ was                   D. have known/ am

     8: ………… that military spending is extremely high.

    1. It feels B. We feel that it is C. We are felt                  D. It is felt

     9: If she ……………. the train last night , she …………….. here now.

    1. had taken / would have been B. were taking / is
    2. took / were D. had taken / would be

     10: 1 ………. that problem with the car , we wouldn’t have missed the speech.

    1. If had we had B. Unless we had had
    2. If we had had D. Provided that we had had

     11: I………………any letter from him yet.

    1. don’t receive B. haven’t received C. will receive                 D. didn’t receive

     12: 1 The telephone ………. by Alexander Graham Bell.

    1. invented B. was invented C. is invented                  D. is inventing

     13: My uncle …………………on this farm since he was 10 years old

    1. has worked B. was working C. worked                       D. have worked

     14: 1 Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony …………. next weekend.

    1. will be performing B. has been performed
    2. will have performed D. is going to be performed

     15: Mike said,”We have bought these books today.”

    1. Mike said they had bought those books that day.
    2. Mike said they bought those books that day.
    3. Mike said they have bought those books that day.
    4. Mike said they had bought those books that day.

     16: 1 Bicycles ………. in the driveway.

    1. must not be leaving B. must not leave C. must not be left          D. must not have left

     17: Up to then, I…………………….. such  a big fire.

    1. never see B. never seen C. have never seen          D. had never seen

     18: 1 ……… one of the most creative artists in rock ‘n roll, came from California.

    1. Frank Zappa, who was B. Frank Zappa was
    2. Frank Zappa whom was D. Frank Zappa, that was

     19: Peter said if he were me he would stop smoking.

    1. Peter said he would stop smoking as I wanted him to.
    2. Peter provided to stop smoking.
    3. I wanted Peter to stop smoking and he promised to do.
    4. D. Peter advised me to stop smoking

     20: She said that she ……………… participating in that event.

    1. would be going to B. was going to
    2. would be interested in D. would be interesting in

     21: By this time next summer, you……….your studies.

    1. will have completed B. will complete C. are completing            D. completes

     22: Although he tried his best, he could not make his voice ……….

    1. A. hear          B. to hear                         C. hearing                         heard

     23: He is the man ………….. car was stolen last week.

    1. which B. whom C. that                             D. whose

     24: Do you know the hotel ………… ?

    1. all are correct B. at which she is staying
    2. where she is staying D. she is staying at

     25: …………. more carefully , he would not have had the accident yesterday.

    1. Had Peter driven B. Unless Peter had driven.
    2. If Peter driven D. If had Peter driven

     26: Peter said that he had lived in London  years ………….. .

    1. before B. later C. then                             D. ago

     27: They have been in love with each other…………….. they were young

    1. since B. until C. while                           D. for

     28: Sarah said,”I read Jane Eyre last year.”

    1. Sareh said she has read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    2. Sareh said she would read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    3. Sarah said she had read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    4. Sareh said she read Jane Eyre the previous year.

     29: It was the most exciting film I……………………..  .

    1. had ever seen B. ever saw C. have ever seen            D. never saw

     30: “How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!” Peter said to Mary.

    1. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
    2. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
    3. Peter promised said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
    4. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.

     31: This is the most interesting novel ………………………..

    1. I’ve read B. I had read C. I’ve ever read             D. I’ve never read

     32: 1 She asked ……………..

    1. where was her umbrella B. where were her umbrella
    2. where her umbrella was D. where her umbrella were

     33: If my client ………….. me her fax number , I ……………. to post a letter to her.

    1. gave / will not have B. had given / wouldn’t have had
    2. had given / will not have had D. will give / do not have

     34: This subject ………….. going to discuss , is very important.

    1. which are we
    2. that we are D. a and c are correct           B. which we are

    35: 1 English has become a second language in countries  like India, Nigeria or Singapore where……….for administration, broadcasting and education.

    1. is used B. it is used C. used                            D. being used

     36: …………. by your father?

    1. Did that book written B. Did that book write
    2. Was that book be writing D. Was that book written

     37: 1 They have just visited the town ………….. location was little known.

    1. which B. where C. whose                         D. that

     38: That machine is useless. It ………. not been used for a long time

    1. was B. has

    Everything that …………remained a secret

    a.overheard                            b. had been overheard

    c.had overheard                     d. was overhearing    C. did                              D. is

     39: ………….  instructed me how to make a good preparation for a job interview.

    1. John Robbins I spoke to by telephone, B. John Robbins, that I spoke to by telephone,
    2. John Robbins to that I spoke by telephone, D. John Robbins, whom I spoke to by telephone,

     40: I assumed you ……..paying for the repairs until the end of last year.

    1. had been B. was been C. have been                    D. are being

     41: We have a lot of things that we have to do today.

    1. done B. to do C. do                               D. doing

     42: He lives in a small town ……………..

    1. is called Taunton B. that called Taunton
    2. which is called Taunton D. where is called Taunton

     43: She………..trying to pass her driving test but fails every time.

    1. keeps B. did want C. kept                            D. is keeping

     44: “Why don’t you ask the teacher for help?” Peter asked me.

    1. Peter advised me to ask the teacher for help.
    2. Peter told me the reason why I did not ask the teacher for help.
    3. Peter recommended me not to ask the teacher for help.
    4. Peter suggested that he should ask the teacher for help.

     45: Why………….. on time?

    1. aren’t the exercises be finished B. weren’t the exercises be finished
    2. don’t the exercises finish D. aren’t the exercises being finished

     46: Is there anything else ……………..  you want to ask?

    1. where B. that C. whom                         D. what

     47: Don’t make noise. My mother ………………………. with her friend.

    1. was talking B. talks C. is talking                     D. talked

     48:  ………………… yet?

    1. Have the letters typed                                      B. Had the letters typed
    2. Have been the letters typed D. Have the letters been typed

     49: These students ……… so much that they feel very tired and bored.

    1. are making to study B. are made to study
    2. are made study D. are made to be studied

     50: I haven’t seen you ……………………..

    1. ages B. for ages C. for long existence       D. since a long time

     51: Wild fires are common is the forest areas of Australia, of the US and Canada , ……….. the climate is moist.

    1. which B. in that C. in where                      D. where

     52: Gold  ……….  in California in the 19th century.

    1. was discover B. was discovered C. has been discovered   D. they discovered

     53: 1 If you take the 8

    1. m. flight to New York, you ………….. change planes.
    2. could not have to B. would not to have to C. had not had to            D. will not have to

     54: We couldn’t understand the teacher if he ………………. too fast.

    1. has spoken B. doesn’t speak C. spoke                          D. didn’t speak

     55: Robert wanted to know if I was leaving the ……..Friday.

    1. ago B. following C. previous                      D. before

     56: ………….. really a fish, has no brain, no bones, and no face.

    1. A jelly fish, which is not B. A jelly fish is not
    2. A jelly fish, it is not D. A jelly fish, that is not

     57: “ Those eggs of different colors are very artistic.” “Yes, they ………. in Russia”

    1. were painting B. were paint C. were painted               D. painted

     58: The mother told her son ……………. impolitely .

    1. did not behave B. not behave C. not to behave              D. not behaving

     59: Tom’s company will almost certainly like him ………….. he improves his attitude.

    1. or B. if. C. otherwise                    D. unless

     60: I………there once a long time ago and …….back since.

    1. have gone/was B. go/am not
    2. was going/had not been D. went/have not been

     61: If I ………….. the lottery last week , I ………… rich now.

    1. had won / would be B. won / would have been
    2. won / would be D. had won / would have been

     62: Andrew told me that they………fish two………days.

    1. have not eaten/ago B. had not eaten/previous
    2. did not eat/before D. would not eat/last

     63: She told me ……………………………..

    1. to shut the door but not lock it. B. to shut the door but not to lock it.
    2. shut the door but not lock it. D. shut the door but don’t lock it.

     64: 1 It ………. that  learning a foreign language ………… a lot of time.

    1. is said/ takes B. says/ is take
    2. is saying / has been taken D. was said/ was taken

     65: The botanists are examining the plants ……………. were brought from Africa.

    1. who B. whom C. that                             D. which

     66: 1 If it …………… warm yesterday , we would have gone to the beach.

    1. was B. were C. could be                      D. had been

     67: 1 ………….. here , he would helped us with there troubles.

    1. If were Peter B. Unless were Peter C. Were Peter                  D. Unless Peter were.

     68: If only I had studied hard enough to pass the final exam .

    1. I studied too hard to pass the fianla exam.
    2. I regret not studying hard enough to pass the exam.
    3. I studied hard otherwise I would fail the fianal exam.
    4. I had studied hard enough and I passed the fi9anl exam.

     69: The house ……………. is more than 100 years old.

    1. where I live in B. where I live C. in where I live            D. in that I live

     70: “Don’t play video games all the time !” , he said.

    1. He told the boy not to play video games all the time.
    2. He said to the boy not play video games all the time.
    3. He said the boy not play video games all the time.
    4. He told to the boy not to play video games all the time.

     71: The banker to …………… I gave my check was quite friendly

    1. that B. which C. who                             D. whom

     72: Birds make nests in trees …………… they can hide their young in the leaves and branches.

    1. which B. in that C. where                          D. that

     73: ……………….. the teacher gave me a passing grade.

    1. After I take the test

    After I took the test                                                                       d. After I had taken the test   B. After taking the test

     74: Ms Young, to ………………. many of her student are writing, is living happily and peacefully in Canada.

    1. that B. who C. whom                         D. whose

     75: King Henry , ………….. was Elizabeth I, led England into the Age of Empire.

    1. daughter B. whose daughter C. which daughter          D. whom daughter

     76: They………for  hours when the storm suddenly broke.

    1. had been running B. are running C. will be running           D. have been running

     77: …………. cheat on the exam have to leave the room.

    1. Those B. Those whom C. Those who                  D. Who

     78: I saw a lot of new people at the party,  …………….   seemed familiar.

    1. some of who B. some of whom C. whom                         D. some of that

     79: 1 I’ll show you the second hand bookshop ……………

    1. why you can find valuable old books B. which you can find valuable old books
    2. where you can find valuable old books D. when you can find valuable old books

     80: At present, that author ……………… a historical novel.

    1. had written B. is writing C. was writing                 D. has written

     81: I would like to know the reason …………….. he decided to quit the job.

    1. which B. why C. when                           D. that

     82: By the time Tom got back,Peter………………

    1. will go B. had gone C. have gone                   D. went

     83: 1Reagan …………. an actor years ago.

    1. was said being B. is said to have been C. was said have been     D. is said to be

     84: ……….. he gets here soon , we will have to start the meeting without him.

    1. Provided B. Suppose C. Unless                         D. If

     85: “I can’t explain this rule to you,” said my classmate to me.

    1. My classmate told me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to me.
    2. My classmate told me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to you.
    3. My classmate said me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to me.
    4. My classmate told me he/she can’t explain that rule to me.

     86: It ……….it is parents responsibility to take good care of their children.

    1. is commonly said that B. commonly says that
    2. is commonly saying D. commonly to be said that

     87: I will see him when he………………… here tomorrow.

    1. comes B. has come C. had come                    D. will come

     88: 1 If it ………… an hour ago , the streets …………. wet now.

    1. had rained / would have be B. had rained / would be
    2. rained / would be D. were raining / will be

     89: 1 Jason asked me …………….me the book the day before.

    1. if who has given B. that who had given C. if who gave                 D. who had given

     90: He lent me ……………. yesterday.

    1. the book when I need B. which book I need
    2. the book whose I need D. the book I need

     91: 1 .If I was you, I ……………………. that.

    1. can take B. will have change C. will ask for                 D. would apply for

     92: d. Peter advided me to stop smoking.

    Mr. Pike …………… is uor boss ,has just come back from Paris.

    1. whom B. that C. who                            D. which

     93: The singer, ……….. Most recent recording has had much success, is signing autographs.

    1. whose B. that C. who                            D. whom

     94: Please don’t touch anything before ……………………   .

    1. the police would come B. the police will come
    2. the police comes D. the police come

     95: When I………home last night, I…..that Jane…………..a beautiful candle light dinner.

    1. was arriving/has discovered/was preparing B. arrived/discovered/was preparing
    2. had arrived/discovered/preparing D. have arrived/was discovering/had prepared

     96: 1 I hate ……….. personal questions by nearly acquainted friends.

    1. of asking B. to be asking C. being asking                D. to be asked

     97: I……………………. about him when suddenly he came in.

    1. talked B. was talking C. talk                             D. am talking

     98: In the 19th  century, it …………two or three months to cross North America by covered wagon.

    1. had taken B. had taken C. was taking                  D. took

     99: Right now, Jim……..the newspaper and kathy…………dinner.

    1. has read/was cooking B. is reading/is cooking
    2. reads/has cooked D. read/will be cooking

     100: He…………….London  years ago  and I…………………..him since then.

    1. left/ hadn’t seen B. left/ haven’t seen
    2. was living/ haven’t seen D. left/ didn’t seen

     101: We’ll need more staff ………….. we start the new project.

    1. unless B. in case C. or                                D. whether

     102: 1 She had to have the operation ………….

    1. unless she would dies B. or she would die
    2. otherwise she will die D. if she would die

     103: The teacher said to class,”We shall discuss this subject tomorrow.”

    1. The teacher said the class they would discuss that subject the next day.
    2. The teacher told the class they discuss that subject the next day.
    3. The teacher told the class they would discuss that subject the next day.
    4. The teacher told the class they will discuss that subject the next day.

     104: Barbra asked me…………the homework that week.

    1. if she has to do B. that she must do C. if she had to do          D. if did she have to do

     105: He took me to an expensive restaurant where we enjoyed a good meal.

    1. to enjoy a good meal B. we enjoyed a good meal in which
    2. enjoyed a good meal D. and enjoying a good meal

     106: The children were quite attracted by the tamer and his animals …………. were performing on the stage.

    1. that B. which C. who                             D. whom

     107: The refreshments……………by Karen.

    1. are going to be prepared B. are going to prepare

    c are preparing                        d. are to prepare

     108: 1 If you ………… to my advice , you …………… in trouble now.

    1. had listened / would not have been B. had listened / would not be.
    2. listen / are not D. listened / were not

     109:          A. She asked me if they had told me when they left.

    1. She asked me if they had told me when they had left.
    2. She asked me if they told me when they had left.
    3. She asked me if they told me when they left.

     110: Now you …….from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.

    1. will fly B. are flying C. can fly                         D. would fly

     111: . …………… to you yet?

    1. Has the book been given back B. Are the book been giving back
    2. Was the book been given back D. Has been the book given back

     112: 1 He advised……..too far.

    1. her do not go B. her not to go C. her did not go             D. she did not go

     113: It’s at least a month since …………………… Tom.

    1. I last saw B. I last see C. I have last seen           D. I last seen

     114: ………………by the police.

    1. The stolen car has just been found

    b.The stealing car has just found          d. The stolen car has just found   B. The stealing car has just been found

     115: The fishermen and their boats …………….were off the coast three days ago have just been reported to be missing

    1. that B. whom C. who                            D. which

     116: If everything is all right, we ……………… our work on time.

    1. have completed B. are completing C. complete                     D. will complete

     117: By next month, I………………….my first novel.

    1. will have finished B. finish C. will finish                   D. am going to finish

     118: Portuguese………. as an official language in this city for age.

    1. has been spoken B. had  spoken                 C. has been spoken         D. has  spoken

     119: ”He said “I bought these books last week”.

    1. He said he had bought those books the week before.
    2. He said he had bought these books last week.
    3. He said he bought these books last week.
    4. He said he bought those books the week before.

    “Did they tell you when they left” she said to me.

     120: 1 He asked me………Robert and I said I did not know……..

    1. that did I know/who were Robert B. whether I knew/who was Robert
    2. if I knew/who Robert was D. that I knew/who Robert were

     121: “ You have not done your work well,” said the teacher to me.

    1. The teacher told me I haven’t done work well.
    2. The teacher told me I hadn’t done his work well.
    3. The teacher told me I hadn’t done my work well
    4. The teacher told me I hadn’t done your work well.

     122: No matter what happens next I…….help you.

    1. would B. will C. am                               D. have

     123:
    The teacher advised us ……………………

    1. Are careful when doing these exercises. B. to be careful when doing these exercises.
    2. Be careful when doing these exercises. D. Careful when doing these exercises.

     124: If the traffic…………… bad , I may get home late.

    1. had been B. was C. were                            D. is

     125: I have ever told you he …………….. unreliable.

    1. had been B. is C. would be                     D. were

     126: My father works for a construction company in …………….

    1. Winchester is a city in the U.K. B. Winchester where is a city in the U.K.
    2. Winchester that is a city in the U.K. D. Winchester, which is a city in the U.K.

     127: If I were taller, I could reach the shelf.

    1. I am too tall to reach the top shelf.
    2. I am not tall enough to reach the top shelf.
    3. In spite of being tall, I cannot reach the top shelf.
    4. I cannot reach the top shelf beacause I am very tall.

     128: It………………. me 1 minutes to go to school every morning.

    1. took B. has taken C. takes                           D. is takening

     129: I……… in the lounge for ten minutes.

    1. was telling to be waited B. was told to be waited
    2. was told waiting D. was told to wait

     130: Carrie said she will join the company if the starting salary ………….. her expectations.

    1. has met B. had met. C. met                             D. meets

     131: Lots of houses ………… by the earthquake.

    1. are destroying B. were destroying C. were destroyed           D. destroyed

     132: “When………………………………………..?” – In 198

    1. penicillin was discovered B. was penicillin discovered

    did penicillin  discovered                                                   d. did penicillin discover

     133: What ………………. to you yesterday?

    1. had happen B. did happen C. was happening            D. happened

     134: Do you know what ……………………. there yesterday?

    1. she did B. was doing C. she is doing                 D. did she do

     135: He said that he ………………………. his work since 7 o’clock.

    1. would do B. Did C. had done                     D. has done

     136: “David is in prison for smoking drugs” “He ………. that it was against the law.”

    is telling      b. was told               c. told                d. tells

     137: No longer …….. in our office since it ……………

    1. have typewriters been used / computerized
    2. have typewriters been used / was computerized
    3. typewriters have been used / computerized
    4. typewriters have been used / was computerized

     138: 1 John often says he………boxing because it……..a cruel sport.

    1. had not liked/was B. does not like/is C. not liked/had been      D. did not like/were

     139: ………… I had learnt English when I was at high school.

    1. Unless B. If C. Even if                        D. If only

     140: The preparations ………….. by the time the guests ………………..

    1. had been finished / arrived B. have finished
    2. had been finished / were arrived D. had finished / were arriving

     141: 1 Have you made a decision on the day ………….. ?

    1. which you will set off B. when you will set off
    2. at which you will set off D. where you will set off

     142: When Carol……..last night, I …….my favorite show on television.

    1. called/was watching B. called/have watched C. had called/watched    D. was calling/watched

     143: More than ten victims ……… missing in the storm last week

    1. are reporting to have been B. are reported to have been
    2. are reporting to be D. are reported to be

     144: Frank invited Janet, ………… , to the party.

    1. that he had met in Japan B. met in Japan
    2. whom he had met in Japan D. meeting in Japan

     145: He didn’t hurry so he missed the plane.

    1. If he had hurried, he might catch the plane.
    2. If he had hurried, he could have caught the plane.
    3. If he hurried, he wouldn’t miss the train.
    4. He didn’t miss the plane because he hurried.

     146: 1 Lan’s marriage has been arranged by her family. She is marrying a man …………

    1. that she hardly knows him B. she hardly knows him
    2. she hardly knows D. whom she hardly knows him

     147: 1 I come from the Seattle area, ………… many successful companies such as Microsoft and Boeing are located.

    1. where B. that C. which                          D. whom

     148: 1He wanted to know ……………. shopping the previous morning.

    1. that if we had been going B. that we were going
    2. if we had been going D. we were going

     149: They asked Tom to repeat what he had said.

    1. “What you said, you should repeat,” they asked Tom.
    2. “Tom, repeat what have you said,”they said.
    3. “Please repeat what you said,Tom “ they said.
    4. “To repeat what you have said,”they said.

     150: The sun ………………..late in winter.

    1. rises always B. is  always  rising          C. always  rises               D. is  rising  always

     151: You’ll be able to speak English well if you……………….. hard.

    1. had studied B. study C. would study               D. studied

     152: They ……… time and money doing such a thing.

    1. were advised not to be wasted B. were advising not to be wasted
    2. were advising not to waste D. were advised not to waste

     153: That is the dress …………. .

    1. which making by Mary B. made by Mary
    2. which made by Mary D. was made by Mary

     154: I am flying to the States tonight.I …………… you a ring if I can find a phone.

    1. would give B. will give C. could give                   D. have given

     155: ………..get tired of answering the same questions every day?

    1. Had you ever B. Have you ever C. Are you ever               D. Do you ever

     156: Unless you …………….. quiet, I’ll scream.

    1. didn’t keep B. keep C. kept                            D. don’t keep

     157: She told him…………

    1. patient B. to be patient C. that being patient       D. was patient

     158: If it ……….. last night , it ………… so hot today.

    1. had rained / would not have been B. was raining / were not
    2. rained / is not D. had rained / would not be

     159: I will agree to these conditions provided that they increase my salary.

    1. They did not increase my salary so I quit the job.
    2. I will only agree these conditions if they give me more money.
    3. They give me more money or I will only agree these conditions.
    4. Unless they give me more money, I will only agree these conditions.

     160: If we had lost the map, we would never have found our way .

    1. If we lost the map, we didn’t find our way.
    2. We found our way because we didn’t lose the map.
    3. We will have found our way unless we lost the map.
    4. We would have lost our way if we had lost the map.

     161: If I ……………. it was a formal party, I wouldn’t have gone wearing jeans and a jumper.

    1. could know B. had known C. had been knowing      D. knew

     162: 1 If I were a little taller , I ……….. be able to water tha plant on the top shelf.

    1. had B. did C. would have.                D. would

     163: 1 If you hear from Susan today , ………….. her to ring me.

    1. telling B. will tell. C. to tell                          D. tell

     164: The young man who lives next door is very kind to my family.

    1. lived next door B. to live next door C. he lives next door       D. living next door

     165: When I woke up this morning, it……………………..

    1. was raining B. is raining C. has rained                   D. rained

     166: “Never borrow money from friends,”my father said.

    1. My father said to me never borrow money from friends.
    2. My father suggested me never borrowing money from friends.
    3. My father advised me not borrow money from friends.
    4. My father told me never to borrow money from friends.

     167: “The maintenance people didn’t remove the chairs from ballroom” “ Don’t the worry. They  ……….   them before the dance begins”

    1. moved B. will have moved
    2. were moved D. will have been moved

     168: February is the month …………. many of my colleagues take skiing holidays.

    1. in that B. when C. that                             D. which

     169: The bicycle …………… is very moderm.

    1. about I told you which B. which about I told you
    2. about which I told you D. I told you about which

     170: She asked me if it would rain that night.

    1. She said to me “ It will rain night.” B. She asked “ Will it rain tonight.”
    2. She said “ It would rain that night”. D. She asked “ would it rain that night.”

     171: 1 The host asked Peter……….tea or coffee.

    1. whether he preferred B. that he preferred C. did he prefer               D. if he prefers

     172: Many diseases ……………. are no longer dangerous today

    1. of that people died years ago B. that people died of years ago
    2. why people died of year ago D. which people died years ago

     173: Laura said she had worked on the assignment since…………….

    1. two days ago B. the next day C. the day before            D. yesterday

     174: ………….. .in that company?

    Do shoes make                   b. Are shoes be made

    1. Shoes are made                  d. Are shoes made

     175: I would send her a fax if I ………….. her namber.

    1. had known B. could know. C. knew                           D. know

     176: 1 The mother asked her son………

    1. where he had been B. where he has been C. where has he been      D. where had he been

     177: The students………by Mrs.Monty. However, this week they …..by Mr.Tanzer.

    1. usually teach/are teaching B. were usually teaching /are teaching
    2. have usually been taught/have been teaching D. are usually taught/are being taught

     178: 1 I’m standing at the window ………………..

    1. where I can see the lake B. from which I can see the lake
    2. in which I can see the lake D. at which I can see the lake

     179: He told me ………………………………

    1. think well before I answered. B. to think well before I answered.
    2. think well before I answer. D. to think well before I will answer.

     180: ……………… if a war happened?

    1. What you will do B. What will you do C. What would you do   D. What you would do

     181: Jason told me that he………his best in the exam the…….day.

    1. would do/following B. was going/previous C. had done/fllowing      D. will do/previous

     182: I haven’t met him since he……………school.

    1. was left B. left C. had left                       D. was leaving

     183: I………………….. the money from  him yet.

    1. am receiving B. will receive C. haven’t received         D. don’t receive

     184: “Why don’t  you complain to the company, John?” said Peter.

    1. Peter suggested that John should complain to the company.
    2. Peter advised John complaining to the company.
    3. Peter suggested John to complain to the company.
    4. Peter asked John why he doesn’t complain to the company.

     185: 1She asked me………my holidays……….

    1. where I had spent/the previous year B. where I spent/the previous year
    2. where I spent/last year D. where did I spend/last year

     186: In the past the trip …………..very rough and often dangeruos, but things……….a great deal in the last hundred and fifty years.

    1. hasbeen/changed B. had been/will change
    2. is/change D. was/have changed

     187: .Education ………… to be the most important element to develop a country.

    1. can be often considered B. can often considered
    2. often be considered D. can often be considered

     188: John asked me …………… interested in any kind of sports.

    1. if I were B. if was I C. if I was                       D. if were I

     189: What he has done to me……………..

    1. cannot forgive B. cannot forgive d cannot be forgiving
    2. cannot be forgive

     190: When it began to rain, they……………in the yard.

    1. were playing B. have played C. played                         D. had played

     191: “Don’t walk on the grass,” the gardener said to us.

    1. The gardener said to us don’t walk on the grass.
    2. The gardener told us not to walk on the grass.
    3. The gardener suggested us not to walk on the grass.
    4. The gardener advised us not walking on the grass.

     192: “Hello, Mary!” Peter said

    1. Peter greeted Mary B. Peter said Mary hello
    2. Peter said hello Mary D. Peter told Mary hello

     193: Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer………

    1. before B. ago C. last                              D. previous

     194: Something …………. immediately to prevent  teenagers from ………. in factories and mines.

    1. should do / be exploited B. should have done / exploited
    2. should be done/ being exploited D. we should do/ exploiting

     195: “Be careful ! The water is hot” she shouted.

    1. She said to be careful because the water is hot.
    2. She asked me to be careful because the water was hot.
    3. She told me to be careful because the water is hot.
    4. She should be careful because the water was hot.

     196: 1 Emily said that her teacher …………………. to London …………………………..

    1. went/ tomorrow B. will go/ tomorrow
    2. would go/ the next day D. had gone/ the next day

     197: In the Us the first stage of compulsory education ……….  as elementary education .

    1. generally known B. is generally known
    2. is generally knowing D. to be generally known

     198: What ……………….. if the eart suddenly stopped going around the sun.

    1. would happen B. happens C. happened                    D. will happen

     199: If I………….. you, I ……………………… invitation.

    1. was/ would refuse B. were/ would refuse C. am/ will refuse            D. had been/ will refuse

     200: …………………….., I’d have told you the answer.

    1. You had asked me B. Unless you asked me
    2. Had youy asked me D. If you asked me

     201: 1All bottles ……… .. before transportation.

    1. were frozen B. were froze C. frozen                         D. are froze

     202: The teacher told Joe ……………….

    1. stop talking B. to stop talking C. stopped talking           D. stops talking

     203: ………….. as much money as Bill Gates of Microsoft , I would retire.

    1. Did I have B. If did I have C. If I had had                D. Unless I had

     204: 1 She said she ……………………

    1. had been tired the night before B. was very tired last night
    2. was very tired the night before D. had been very tired last night

     205: Daniel asked me if I thought………

    1. it would rain that day B. it would rain today
    2. it will rain that day D. it will rain today

     206: John asked me …………….. that film the night before.

    1. if I had seen B. had I seen C. if had I seen                D. that I saw

     207: If I ……………….. a wish, I’d wish for happiness for my family.

    1. been having B. was having C. have                            D. had

     208: I………complete silence now while I try this experiment.

    1. want B. am wanting C. had wanted                 D. have wanted

     209: 7 . The keys ………. somewhere.

    1. must have been left B. must have left
    2. must have been leaving D. must be leaving

     210: How many times ……………….. there so far?   A few times.

    1. have you been B. would you be C. were you                     D. had you been

     211: “You damaged my bicycle, Tom!” said John

    1. John accused to Tom for damaging his bicycle.
    2. John accused with Tom to have damaged his bicycle.
    3. John accused Tom of damaging his bicycle.
    4. John accused Tom to damage his bicycle.

     212: She …….working on that manuscript for  year now.

    1. will be B. is C. has been                      D. had been

     213: We ……………..to Dalat several times. It’s a foggy city.

    1. have been B. were C. were being                  D. had been

     214: …………… want to get a god job have to have certain qualifications and experience.

    1. Who B. Those who C. Those whom               D. Those which

     215: 1 Martin asked me……..

    1. how was my father B. how my father was C. how my father is         D. how is my father

     216: The guest told the host that ………………….

    1. he had to go now B. I must go now C. he must go now          D. he had to go then

     217: The students ……. to be at school at 8 am

    1. have told B. were told C. tell                               D. told

     218: 1 He came to the party wearing only a pair of shorts and a T-shirt, ………… was a stupid thing to do.

    1. who B. whom C. which                          D. that

     219: The teacher ordered not to make so much noise.

    1. The teacher told us “ Didn’t make so much noise”.
    2. The teacher said to us “ Don’t make so much noise”
    3. The teacher said us “ Not make so much noise”.
    4. The teacher ordered us “Not to make so much noise”.

     220: That is the new teacher about ………….. the student are talking.

    1. that B. whom C. who                             D. whose

     221: If we had had time, we…………………. to the party.

    1. will go B. can go C. will have gone            D. would have gone

     222: The scientist ………….. invention was a success became famous

    1. that B. which C. whose                         D. who

     223: The woman said to her son,”I am glad I am here.”

    1. The woman told to her son she was glad she was there.
    2. The woman told her son she was glad I was there.
    3. The woman told her son she was glad she was there.
    4. The woman told her son I was glad I was there.

     224: “This man spoke to me on the road,” said the woman.

    1. The woman said that man spoke to her on the road.
    2. The woman said that man had spoken to her on the road.
    3. The woman said that man had spoken to me on the road.
    4. The woman said that man has spoken to her on the road.

     225: This car………………….

    1. was manufactured in Japan by Toyota last year
    2. was manufactured last year in Japan by Toyota
    3. last year was manufactured by Toyota in Japan
    4. was manufactured by Toyota last year in Japan

     226: He asked me where I was going on my vacation that year.

    1. He asked me “Where was I going on my vacation that year?”
    2. He asked me “Where you are going on your vacation that year?”
    3. He asked me “Where I was going on my vacation that year?”
    4. He saked me “Where are you going on your vacation this year?”

     227: 1 She told the boys ……………… on the grass.

    1. do not play B. did not play                C. not playing                 D. not to play

     228: Without your recommendation , we …………… any success last year.

    1. did not get B. will not have got C. had not got                 D. would not have got

     229: Jennifer asked me ……..the week before.

    1. where did I gone B. where I had gone C. I had gone where       D. where had I gone

     230: They have just found the couple and their car ……………. were swept away during the heavy storm last week.

    1. when B. that C. which                          D. whose

     231: ………… it were well paid , I would accept this proposal.

    1. But for B. Providing C. Unless                         D. If only

     232: If I ………….. 10 years younger, I ……….. the job.

    1. am/ will take B. had been / will have taken
    2. were / would take D. was/ have taken

     233: You are not allowed to use the club’s facilities…………… you are a member.

    1. if B. supposed C. unless                          D. provided

     234: I knew some people …………..

    1. who could help you B. could help you
    2. whose help could you D. whom could help you

     235: He asked ………him some money.

    1. she lends B. she has lent C. she to lend                  D. her to lend

     236: John speaks Chinese fluently because he used to live in China for ten years.

    1. Suppose John has lived in China for ten years , he can speak Chinese fluently.
    2. Unless John had lived in China for ten years , he could not have spoken Chinese fluently.
    3. Provided that John lived in China for ten years , he could speak Chinese fluently.
    4. In case John has lived in China for ten years , he can speak Chinese fluently.

     237: Be careful! The bus ………………….near.

    1. will be coming B. is coming C. has come                     D. will come

     238: 1 Robert said that his  father ……………. to Dallas the year before.

    1. has gone B. goes C. had gone                     D. went

     239: My friend eventually decided to quit her job,  ………….. upset me a lot.

    1. when B. that C. which                          D. who

     240: He was always coming up with new ideas , …………. were absolutely impracticable.

    1. most of whom B. most of which C. most of that

    She always had wanted to go to places ………… she could speak her native tongue.

    1. that b. in that c. which                    d. where               D. that

     241: When ……….?

    1. did computers first use B. were computers used first
    2. were computers first used D. are computers first using

     242: It was the worst winter ……………….. anyone could remember.

    1. when B. which C. where                          D. why

     243: No sooner………………………..the office than the phone rang

    1. he had left B. was he leaving C. had he left                  D. he was leaving

     244: There was no one …………..

    1. I could ask whom for help B. I could ask for help
    2. for that I could ask for help. D. when I could ask for help

     245: It ……………..every day so far this week.

    1. has rained B. is raining C. rains                            D. rained

     246: She said she ………… collect it for me after work.

    1. must B. would C. had                              D. did

     247: While I…………….Tv last night,  a mouse ran across the floor.

    1. watched B. watch C. am watching               D. was watching

     248: He likes shopping between 00 and 00 pm, …………most people are at home.

    1. in which B. when C. at that                         D. where

     249: Japanese …….. at the meeting.

    1. will be speaking B. will be spoken C. will spoken                 D. will speak

     250: Last night at this time, they …….the same thing. She ………and he……….the newspaper.

    1. are doing/is cooking/is reading B. were doing/was cooking/was reading
    2. was doing/has cooked/is reading D. had done/was cooking/read

     251: …………. I had brought my laptop to the meeting yesterday.

    1. Even if B. If only C. As if                           D. If

     252: In the last hundred years, traveling…….much easier and more comfortable.

    1. became B. will become C. becomes                      D. has become

    ———————————————–

  • 43 Bài đọc tiếng anh ôn thi vào lớp 10

    43 Bài đọc tiếng anh ôn thi vào lớp 10

    43 Bài đọc tiếng anh ôn thi vào lớp 10

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Bộ đề trắc nghiệm môn Lịch Sử 9


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: 43 Bài đọc tiếng anh ôn thi vào lớp 10

    43 Bài đọc tiếng anh ôn thi vào lớp 10

    1. JACK LONDON

    Jack London (1876 – 1916) is an American writer whose work combined powerful realism and humanitarian sentiment. He was (16) …….. in San Francisco. After finishing grammar (17) ……….., Jack London worked at various jobs and in 1897 and 1898 he participated (18)……….. the Alaska Gold Rush. Upon his return to the San Francisco area, he began to (19) ………… about his experiences. A collection of his short stories, The Son of the Golf, was (20) ………… in 1900. Jack’s colourful life, during which he wrote more than 50 books and which included enormous popular successes as an (21) ………., ended in his suicide at the (22) ……….. of 40.

    Many of his stories including his masterpiece The Call of the Wild deal with the reversion of a civilized creature to the primitive state. Jack London’s style – brutal, vivid and exciting – (23) ……….. him enormously popular outside the United States; His (24) …….. were translated into many languages. Jack’s important works include People of the Abyss about the poor in London; the Sea Wolf, a novel based on the author’s experiences on a seal hunting ship; John Barleycorn , an autobiographical novel about Jack’s struggle (25)………….  alcoholism.

    1: A. grown                      B. born                C. developed       D. lived

    2: A. lessons                    B. course             C. notes               D. school

    3: A. in                             B. to                    C. at                    D. of

    4: A. speak                       B. read                C. talk                 D. write

    5: A. printed                    B. ordered           C. sold                 D. published

    6: A. architect                  B. author             C. actor               D. orator

    7: A. moment                   B. age                  C. time                D. year

    8: A. gave                         B. let                   C. made               D. did

    9: A. speeches                  B. sayings           C. words             D. works

    10: A. to                           B. for                   C. against            D. of

    2. WATER

    There’s much more water than land on the (31) ___ of the earth. The seas and oceans cover nearly (32) ___ of the whole world, and only one-fifth of (33) ___ land. If you traveled over the earth in diffenrent directions, you would have to spend (34) ___ more of your time (35) ___ on water that on roads or railways. We sometimes forget that for every mile of land (36) ___ four miles of water.

    There’s so much water in the surface of our earth that we (37) ___ to use two words to describe. We use the word SEAS (38) ___ those parts of water surface which (39) ___ only few hundreds of mile, the word OCEANS to describe the huge area of water (40) ___ are thousands of miles wide and very deep.

    1. A. cover B. surface             C. outer                D. outside
    2. A. four-fives B. four-fifth           C. four fifths        D. fourth-fifths
    3. A. it is B. it’s           C. its                    D. them are
    4. A. many B. much                C. few                   D. too
    5. A. to move B. move C. moved              D. moving
    6. A. there are B. there is C. there has           D. have
    7. A. must B. should              C. have                 D. would
    8. A. describing B. describes                    C. describe           D. to describe
    9. A. is B. are           C. has                             D. will be
    10. A. that’s B. which               C. where               D. whose

    3. A VISIT TO LONDON

    Jane’s family decided to go to London last week because they want to __(1)__ a tour. The sight in London was so __(2)__ that she’s been there a few days but it __(3)__ to her only to be yesterday. It means __(4)__  she enjoyed the trip so much. She and her father stayed __(5)__ a very big hotel __(6)__ two hundred rooms. From there, they can __(7)__ reach Hyde Park,  __(8)__ very big park in London. In here, people can buy from a needle __(9)__ an elephant in two best__(10)__  streets, Regent Street and Oxford Street.

    1. do B. make                C. work                D. have
    2. interest B. interesting        C. interested                   D. interestingly
    3. makes           B. thinks              C. does                 D. seems
    4. that B. is that              C. that is              D. that was
    5. for B. on                    C. in                     D. to
    6. have B. has                             C. with                 D. to with
    7. easiness B. easily               C. easy                 D. uneasy
    8. the B. a which            C. is a                   D. a
    9. with B. and                  C. or                     D. to
    10. shopping B. selling              C. trading             D. shop

    4. ISAAC NEWTON

    Isaac Newton, one of the __(1)__ scientists, was born __(2)__ December 25th, 1642 in a small village __(3)__ Wool Thorpe in England. His father was a poor __(4)__. When the boy was fourteen, his father died. Newton  __(5)__ school and helped his mother on the farm. __(6)__ he was fun __(7)__ physics and mathematics, Newton was sent to school.  __(8)__ he left high school, Newton studied at Cambridge University. In 1667 he became __(9)__ professor on mathematics at the university. His greatest discovery is the __(10)__ of gravitation. He died in 1727.

    1. great B. greatest            C. most great       D. greater
    2. in B. on                    C. at                     D. a and b
    3. in B. at                     C. on                    D. of
    4. farmer B. apprentice        C. bookbinder      D. blacksmith
    5. went B. sent                  C. left                             D. run
    6. So B. So that             C. Because            D. Because of
    7. in B. of                     C. at                     D. about
    8. For B. While               C. Before              D. After
    9. an B. one                   C. a                      D. the
    10. law           B. invention                   C. foundation       D. operation

    5. NANCY LEE JOHNSON

    Nancy Lee Johnson was a __(1)__ girl. She was smart, pretty and __(2)__ in well with the life of her school. One Thursday afternoon, Miss O’Shay, the vice-principal, __(3)__ Nancy that the girl’s pictures had won the Artist Club __(4)__. Nancy was very happy at the news. She __(5)__ have danced al the way home through the rain.

    But the __(6)__ didn’t let Nancy get the scholarship __(7)__ because they found that she was a __(8)__  student and they said that the __(9)__ of the coloured student in the local art school might  __(10)__ difficulties for all concerned.

    1. colour           B. coloured           C. colouful            D. colourless
    2. fit B. fitted                C. fix                    D. interested
    3. asked B. spoke               C. said                  D. told
    4. scholar B. committee        C. punishment     D. scholarship
    5. can B. may                 C. must                D. might
    6. jury B. committee        C. statesman        D. champion
    7. just B. right                 C. one                  D. yet
    8. black B. Negro               C. colour              D. white
    9. attend           B. attendance       C. present            D. presence
    10. give           B. form                 C. create               D. drawl

    6. SEAN O’CASEY

    Sean O’Casey was a famous Irish __(1)__. Born __(2)__ a poor worker’s family, he had known, __(3)__ his childhood, hunger, poverty and ill-health. He deeply __(4)__ the unjust laws and the police __(5)__ of the British in his home country. When  __(6)__ up, he worked first as a labourer, and __(7)__ joined the Irish Citizen Army, __(8)__ Irish nationalist organization, to fight __(9)__ independence __(10)__ great Britain.

    1. writer           B. reader              C. player              D. actor
    2. on B. at                     C. in                     D. from
    3. from B. to                     C. since                 D. for
    4. recalled B. remembered     C. thought            D. felt
    5. defence B. rule                   C. fight                 D. struggle
    6. grown           B. grew                 C. grow                D. growing
    7. but B. later                 C. an                    D. one
    8. against B. an                    C. for                              D. to
    9. from           B. to                     C. of                     D. for

     

    7. OSEOLA MCCARTY

     

    As a young girl, Oseola McCarty dreamed of becoming a nurse. However, her family duty stood as a(n) ________ (41) to educational goals. McCarty left school after completing the sixth. Since her family was one of washerwomen, McCarty followed ________ (42) their footsteps. She ________ (43) other people’s clothes for over seventy years.

    Due to good work and saving habits, McCarty, a washerwoman, ________ (44) a great deal of money. She made a ________ (45) of $150,000 – a large portion of her life savings – to the University of Southern Mississippi to help needy students. She was 88 years old and had never married. She did not have any children. She did not own a car. From this simple and ________ (46) life, she was able to impress the world with a significant ________ (47) act.

    Though she was unable to complete her own education, it was her ________ (48) that her gift would make ________ (49) possible for many others in ________ (50) need to do so. Now, with McCarty’s support, specifically African American students have an opportunity to fulfill their dreams of a college education.

    1.       A. solution           B. problem           C. obstacle                     D. difficulty

    2        A. with                 B. in                     C. on                                        D. along

    1. A. cleaned B. made                C. cleared                       D. did
    2. A. accomplished B. loaned              C. paid                           D. accumulated
    3. A. money B. donation                    C. profit                         D. living
    4. A. frugal B. mean                C. generous                              D. selfish
    5. A. helpful B. charitable         C. useful                        D. remarkable
    6. A. generosity B. experience        C. responsibility            D. intention
    7. A. it B. them                C. her                             D. us
    8. A. economical B. financial           C. healthy                      D. fashionable

    8. ARE MEN LAZY

    Men are lazy in the home, according to an official survey (41)_______  today. They have about six hours’ a week more free time than wives, but play very little (42) _______ in cooking, cleaning, washing, and ironing, according to the Social Trends Survey by the Central (43)  _______ Office.

    Nearly three quarters of married women (44) _______ to do all or most of the housework, and among married men the proportion who admitted that their wives did all or most of the housework was only slightly lower.

    The survey (45) _______ that washing and ironing was the least popular task among men, with only one per cent (46) _______ this duty, compared with 89 per cent of women, and 10 per cent sharing equally.

    Only 5 per cent of men (47) _______ the evening meal, 3 per cent carry out household cleaning duties, 5 per cent household shopping, and 17 per cent wash the evening dishes.

    But when household gadgets break down, (48) _______ are carried out by 82 per cent of husbands. The survey says that, despite our economic problems, the majority of Britons are substantially better (49) _______ than a decade ago. We’re healthier, too – eating healthier foods and smoking less.

    The (50) _______ Briton, not surprisingly, is more widely traveled than a decade ago. More people are going abroad for holidays, with Spain the favorite destination.

    1. A. emerged B. edited               C. published                  D. furnished
    2. A. role B. section             C. work                D. part
    3. A. Numerical B. Ordinal            C. Cardinal           D. Statistical
    4. A. pronounced B. uttered             C. claimed            D. emitted
    5. A. pointed B. evolved            C. planned            D. showed
    6. A. forming B. formulating      C. performing       D. burdening
    7. A. prepare B. process            C. undertake                  D. fit
    8. A. repairs B. fixings              C. fittings             D. amendments
    9. A. over B. off                    C. through            D. on
    10. A. medium B. average            C. popular            D. normal

    9. CONCORDE

    CONCORDE, the world’s fastest and most graceful (41)______  plane, will soon be 25 years old. It first flew on 2 March 1969, from Toulouse in France.

    Concorde was developed by both France and Britain. From 1956 these two countries had a (42) ______ of a supersonic passenger plane. In 1962 they started to work together on the (43)______. The plane cost over £1.5 billion to develop. It is the most (44) ______ plane in the history of (45)______. It was given over 5,000 hours of testing.

    Concorde flies at twice the speed of sound. This means that it takes only 3 hours 25 minutes to fly between London and New York, compared with 7 – 8 hours in other passenger jets. Because of the five-hour time (46)______  between the USA and Britain, it is possible to travel west on Concorde and arrive in New York before you leave London! You can (47)______  the 10.30 am flight from London, Heathrow and start work in New York an hour earlier!

    Concorde is much used by business people and film stars. But its oldest passenger was Mrs. Ethel Lee from Leicestershire in England. She was 99 years old when she (48)______  from Heathrow on 24 February 1985.

    Each Concorde is built at a (49)______  of £55 million. Twenty have been built so far. Air France and British Airways (50)______  the most. They each have seven planes.

    1. A. transportation B. carriage C. conveyance                D. passenger
    2. A. expectation B. dream              C. hope                D. imagination
    3. A. project B. plot                  C. structure          D. development
    4. A. tested B. tried                 C. investigated     D. experimented
    5. A. flight B. aviation           C. space               D. locomotion
    6. A. separation B. division            C. expansion        D. difference
    7. A. run           B. transport                   C. catch                D. register
    8. A. blasted B. launched off     C. took off            D. flew off
    9. A. cost B. price                C. expense            D. expenditure
    10. A. own B. mortgage                   C. hire                  D. master

    10. CHARLIE CHAPLIN

    The person I am going to write about is Charlie Chaplin. He has always been one of

    my favorite actors and I really (41)_____ his films.

    Charlie was born in London in 1889. Both his parents were music hall performers. His father was a drunkard and his mother later (42)______  mad. Life was hard and Charlie and his half brother, Sidney, were sent to a(n) (43)______  for a time.

    He first appeared on the stage when he was seven and by the time he was ten he was a regular performer. When he was 17, he went on a tour of the USA where he was (44) _______ and given a part in a Hollywood film. His early films were not particularly successful but in 1915 he made his (45) _______, “The Tramp”, in which he first appeared in the baggy trousers and with the hat and cane. Soon he had had his own (46)_______  built and was making his own films which included “The Gold Rush”, “Modern Times” and “The Great Dictator”.

    In the 1940s his reputation in the USA started to (47) _______. Silent films were no longer so popular. Chaplin went to Europe but was not allowed to return to the USA because he was (48) _______  of being a communist. The authorities finally let him back in 1972 and he was (49)_______  an Oscar, but by this time he had made Switzerland his home.

    Chaplin did not have a very happy personal life and was married four times. He only found happiness with his fourth marriage in 1943. When he died on Christmas Day 1977, the world had lost one of the greatest (50) _______ comedians.

    1. A. admire B. admit               C. claim                D. encourage
    2. A. ended B. went                 C. came                D. began
    3. A. orphanage B. institution        C. shelter              D. lodging
    4. A. spotted B. elected C. set                    D. drafted
    5. A. achievement B. completion C. fiction D. masterpiece
    6. A. factory B. workshop C. studio              D. stage
    7. A. slide B. split                 C. decline             D. discredit
    8. A. suspected B. doubted C. considered       D. abused
    9. A. prized B. awarded C. delivered           D. rewarded
    10. A. ever B. before C. previously       D. present

     

    11. DROUGHT IN THE UNITED STATES

    The Southwestern States of the United States suffered one of the worst droughts in their history from 1931 to 1938. The drought (41) ______ the entire country. Few food crops could be grown. Food became (42)______, and prices went up (43) ______ the nation. Hundreds of families in the Dust Bowl region had to be moved to farms in other areas with the help of the federal government. In 1944, drought brought great damage to (44)______  all Latin America. The drought moved to Australia and then to Europe, (45)______  it continued throughout the summer of 1945. From 1950 to 1954 in the

    United States, the South and Southwest suffered a (46)______  drought. Hundreds of cattle ranchers had to ship their cattle to other regions because (47)______  lands had no grass. The federal government again (48)______  an emergency drought-relief program. It offered farmers (49)______  credit and seed grains (50)______  low prices.

    1. A. pushed B. incurred           C. occurred           D. affected
    2. A. scarce B. mystified                   C. hidden              D. uncommon
    3. A. over B. throughout       C. all                    D. across
    4. A. near B. totally              C. almost              D. factually
    5. A. which B. that                  C. where               D. when
    6. A. heavy B. sharp               C. strict                D. severe
    7. A. pasture B. culture             C. moisture          D. manure
    8. A. carried B. conducted        C. convened                   D. conformed
    9. A. emergency B. crisis                C. tension             D. disaster
    10. A. to B. in                     C. over                 D. at

    12. DRUGS

    Drugs are one of the (56) ________ profession’s most valuable tools. Doctors prescribe drugs to (57) ________ or prevent many diseases. Every year, penicillin and other (58) ________ drugs save the lives of countless victims of pneumonia and other dangerous infectious diseases. Vaccines prevent attacks by such diseases as (59) ________, polio, and smallpox. The use of these and many other drugs (60) ________ helped millions of people live longer, healthier lives than would (61) ________ have been possible.

    Almost all our most important drugs, however, were unknown before the 1900’s. For example, the sulfa drugs and antibiotics did not come into use (62) ________ the late 1930’s and early 1940’s. Before that time, about 25 percent of all pneumonia victims in the United States died of the disease. The new drugs quickly reduced the (63) ________ rate from pneumonia to less than 5 percent. Polio vaccine was introduced in 1955. At that time, polio struck about 30,000 to 50,000 Americans each year. (64)________ 1960, the use of the vaccine has reduced the number of new polio cases to about 3,000 a year. In 1900, most Americans did not live (65) ________ the age of 47. Today, Americans live an average of more than 70 years, in great part because of the use of modern drugs.

    1. A. medical B. medicine      C. health          D. medic
    2. A. solve B. settle           C. ruin             D. treat
    3. A. germ-killing B. helping        C. saving    D. rescuing
    4. A. AIDS B. measles       C. influenza     D. hiccups
    5. A. would have B. have            C. has         D. did
    6. A. only B. even            C. also             D. otherwise
    7. A. until B. to                C. onto            D. upon
    8. A. end B. ruin             C. death           D. termination
    9. A. About B. By               C. To               D. Prior
    10. A. past B. passing   C. well        D. through

    Ever since humans have inhabited the earth, they have made (41) _______ of various forms of communication. Generally, this expression of thoughts and feelings has been in the form of oral (42)______. When there is a language (43)______, communication is accomplished through sign language in which motions (44) ______ for letters, words, and ideas. Tourists, the deaf, and the mute have had to (45) ______ to this form of expression. Many of these symbols of whole words are very picturesque and exact and can be used internationally; spelling, however, cannot.

    Body language (46) ______ ideas or thoughts by certain actions, either intentionally or unintentionally. A wink can be a way of flirting or indicating that the party is only joking. A nod (47) ______ approval, while shaking the head (48) ______ a negative reaction.

    Other form of nonlinguistic language can be (49) ______ in Braille (a system of raised dots read with the fingertips), signal flags, Morse code, and smoke signals. Road maps and picture signs also guide, warn, and instruct people.

    (50) ______ verbalization is the most common form of language, other systems and techniques also express human thoughts and feelings.

    1. A. usage B. use                   C. employment              D. utility
    2. A. address B. speech              C. utterances                  D. claims
    3. A. barrier B. obstacles          C. divisions          D. separation
    4. A. point B. signify              C. imply                         D. stand
    5. A. refer B. rotate               C. resort                         D. revolve
    6. A. progresses B. transmits         C. remits                        D. emits
    7. A. signifies B. signs                C. registers           D. presents
    8. A. predicates B. indicates C. abdicates                   D. implicates
    9. A. traced B. trailed              C. found                         D. explored
    10. A. While B. As          C. Because           D. Until

     

    The Great Pyramid of Giza, a monument of wisdom and prophecy, was built as a tomb for Pharaoh Cheops in 2720 B.C. (41)________ its antiquity, certain (42)________ of its construction make it one of the truly great wonders of the world. The four sides of the pyramid are (43)________ almost on exactly true north, south, east and west – an incredible engineering feat. The ancient Egyptians were sun worshippers and great astronomers, so computations for the Great Pyramid were (44)________ on astronomical observations.

    Explorations and detailed examinations on the base of the structure (45)________ many intersecting lines. Further scientific (46)________ indicates that these (47)________ a type of time line of events – past, present, and future. Many of the events have been interpreted and found to (48)________ with known facts of the past. Others are prophesied for future generations and are presently under (49)________.

    Was this superstructure made by ordinary beings, or (50)________ built by a race far superior to any known today?

    1. A. Though B. In spite C. By     D. Despite
    2. A. tenets B. relics              C. aspects        D. properties
    3. A. lined B. aligned C. assigned        D. fathomed
    4. A. set B. based C. fitted              D. founded
    5. A. reveal B. testify C. impose          D. reset
    6. A. volume B. trial C. study D. text
    7. A. front B. represent C. repose           D. forward
    8. A. tangle B. consort C. resort             D. coincide
    9. A. inspection B. introduction C. recommendation D. investigation
    10. A. that B. which C. such               D. one

     

    Most ghost stories are (41)________ in mysterious, old houses or castles. The ghosts themselves whose (42)________ wander the earth at night, are usually the victims of some horrible crimes. This is not always the case as the following story (43)________.

    When my friend, Paul, was a schoolboy, he often used to chat to Mr. Scott, an elderly gentlemen living on his own. Mr. Scott was a keen gardener. He would always be looking after his lawn or his flowers and Paul was (44)________ the habit of saying a few words to him over the fence.

    One summer’s evening, as Paul was on his way home from school, he saw, as (45)________, Mr. Scott in his garden. The old man was busily weeding his flowerbeds. When he saw Paul, he invited him into the garden with a (46)________ of his hand. Slowly, they strolled all around, admiring the various flowers. Then, to Paul’s surprise, Mr. Scott bent down and picked a (47)________ of his finest dahlias. ‘Here boy,’ he said. ‘Give these to your mother.’

    No sooner had he arrived home than he (48)________ the flowers to his mother. He then told her that they were with Mr. Scott’s compliments. His mother’s face went red with anger. ‘You wicked boy!’ she shouted. ‘How (49)________you say such a thing! I (50)________ into his daughter in the supermarket this morning. She told me that the poor old chap had passed away in his sleep last Friday.’

    1. A. set B. put            C. fixed       D. programmed
    2. A. bodies B. minds        C. spirits     D. phantoms
    3. A. points B. indicates    C. states      D. shows
      1. on B. in              C. within     D. with
      2. frequent B. common    C. often       D. usual
      3. A. rise B. spread C. wave       D. shake
      4. A. carton B. bunch        C. roll          D. packet
      5. A. submitted B. turned       C. presented     D. demonstrated
      6. A. should B. dare           C. would     D. wrong
    4. bumped B. struck        C. rushed     D. knocked

    (41)________ of the garbage we produce every day is a major problem in cities around the world. In the United States, over 160 million tons of garbage are produced every year. Ten percent is recycled, ten percent is burned, and the rest is put in landfills. But finding (42)________ for new landfills is becoming more difficult.

    A city that has solved this problem in an unusual way is Machida, in Tokyo, Japan. They have developed a totally new (43)________ to garbage disposal. The (44)________ to the operation is public cooperation. Families must divide their garbage into six categories:

    • Garbage that can be easily burned (that is, combustible garbage), such as kitchen and garden trash.
    • Noncombustible garbage, such as small electrical appliances, plastic tools and plastic toys.
    • Products that are poisonous or that (45)________ pollution, such as batteries and fluorescent lights.
    • Bottles and glass containers that can be recycled.
    • Metal containers that can be recycled.
    • Large item, such as furniture and bicycles.

    The items in categories 1 to 5 are collected (46)________ different days. (Large items are collected upon request). Then the garbage is taken to a center that looks like  a clean new office building or hospital. Inside the center, special equipment is used to sort and (47)________ the garbage.  Almost everything can be reused: garden or kitchen trash becomes fertilizer; combustible garbage is burned to (48)________ electricity; metal containers and bottles are recycled; and old furniture, clothing, and other useful items are cleaned, repaired, and resold cheaply or given away. The work provides (49)________ for handicapped persons and gives them a (50)________ to learn new skills.

    Nowadays, officials from cities around the world visit Machida to see whether they can use some of these ideas and techniques to solve their own garbage disposal problems.

    1. A. Disposing B. Dealing C. Contriving D. Ridding
    2. land B. soil             C. earth             D. position
    3. method B. process      C. technique      D. approach
    4. answer B. solution     C. key                D. way
    5. produce B. generate     C. originate       D. cause
    6. on B. in               C. by                 D. over
    7. process B. create         C. manipulate    D. mould
    8. cause B. exit            C. produce        D. emit
    9. positions B. careers       C. situation       D. employment
    10. time B. moment     C. occasion        D. chance

    ANGER ON THE ROADS

    The anger that descends on people when they get behind the steering wheel of a car used to be (41)________ as a joke. But the laughter is getting noticeably quieter (42)________ that the problem has become increasingly widespread.

    Stuck in a traffic jam, with family cars inching their (43)________ past, the driver of a fast sports car begin to lose his temper. (44)________ the capabilities of his car, there is nothing he can do. The outcome is anger.

    Many people live in (45)________ of losing control. This is true of many situations but driving is a good example. People think that the car might not start, it might break (46)________ or, someone might run into it. Before anything even happens, people have worked themselves up into a (47)________of anxiety. And when something does happen, they are (48)________ to explode. In fact, it’s their anxiety about losing control that makes them lose control.

    This isn’t to say that all offenders have psychological problems or drive powerful sports cars. In fact, most of them are (49)________ ordinary human beings who have no history of violence. There is (50)________ something deep in our nature that awakens when we start up a car engine.

    1. found B. thought     C. treated     D. intended
    2. once B. even          C. since        D. now
    3. path B. way           C. course     D. route
    4. However B. Besides     C. Although D. Despite
    5. worry B. fright         C. fear         D. concern
    6. up B. down         C. out D. off
    7. state B. condition   C. feeling     D. case
    8. good B. prepared   C. near         D. ready
    9. purely B. fully          C. exactly    D. perfectly
    10. openly B. directly      C. clearly     D. frankly

    Reading and gap fill

    Test 1.

     

    great       themes           avoided            happy            civil         works            win          influenced             movement              wealthy         dressed        helped

    LEO TOLSTOY

    Leo Tolstoy was a famous Russian writer of the nineteenth century. He lived between 1828 and 1910. He wrote many novels. Two of his famous (1) _________ are “ War and Peace” and “Anna Karenina”. Tolstoy was born into a (2) _________ family. However, he was not (3) ___________ that others were poor. He did not like living in the rich life when others did not have food or money. In fact, Tolstoy often (4) ________  like a peasant. He wanted the simple life.

    In his novels, Tolstoy wrote about many things, but one of his most important (5) __________ was nonviolence. His ideas about nonviolence (6) _____________ two other famoys leaders: Mahatma Gandhi and Martin Luther King. In fact, Tolstoy and Gandhi wrote letters to each other when Gandhi was in South Africa. Tolstoy’s ideas (7) ___________ Gandhi to use nonviolence.

    Martin luther Jing , the American (8)____________ right leader, also believed in nonviolence. In his demontrations during 1960s, he always (9) ________ violence. He helped to (10) __________ more right for Blacks.

    Thus, Leo Tolstoy, the (11) _______ Russian writer of the nineteenth centery, greadly influenced two other great leaders of peace (12) ______________ .

    Test 2:

    operation            counterparts              glamorous             space          microcomputer      handle                components             variety                     unlike                factory

    Industrial robots

    One step beyond automated machines is the industrial robot, the heart and brain of which is the (1) _________ . (2) _________ most automated machines, industrial robot can be programmed to do a (3) __________ of tasks that are usually accomplished by human (4) ___________ workers. Like their human (5) ________ , industrial robots can be switched from one job to another and can be programmed to (6) __________ new tasks. Thus far, robots have found their greatest use in assembling (7) __________ . However, they are swiftly branching from basic assembly.(8) __________ to construction and mining, and their most (9) _________ use of all, the exploration of oceans and outer (10) ____________ .

    Test 3:

    transmssion      growth       developed        energy        popular      basic          possible      improved             practical         regular

    The development of television

    Television was not really invented. Many scientists invented or (1) __________ parts of the systems that have become the the television systems we know now. Radio, of course, was necessary before television could be (2) __________ , because the television uses the same principles of eletromagnetic waves that radio does. As soon as radio became possible, the possibility of television(3) _________ was also known, but it took many years for it to become (4) ____________ .

    British and American scientists helped to develop the (5) ___________ ideas that made television (6) ___________ , but it was a Russian who made th first practical television system. By 1923, Vladimir Zworykin , a Russian, had invented a camera tub that could turn pictures into electric (7) ___________ . By 1929, Zworykin had built a television system that work.

    By 1935, (8) ____________ television broadcasts were begun in Germany. the first broadcasts in the United States began in 1939, but television did not reallybecome (9) ___________ until later the Second World War. Between1945 and 1955 there were rapid (10) ___________ in the practical use of television.

    Test 4:

    live           space             signals             poor                   events                 radio         until transmitted               expensive                    landing                one                use

    All early television was broadcast in black and white. Color television was possible, but it was too (1) ___________ and of very (2) _________ quality (3) __________ the middle of the 1950s.Color television broadcasts began in the United States in 1954, in Japan in 1960 and in Europe in 1967.

    The first (4) ____________  on the moon was broadcast (5) ______________  on television in 1969, and now television programs are (6) ____________ all over the world immmediately through the (7) ______________ of satellites that transmit the (8) from the earth, through the(9)___________, and back to the earth.

    More people now get their news and information through television than through newspapers and (10) ___________ . the development of television is (11)__________  of the most rapid and exciting(12) ____________ of our century.

    Test 5 :

    available                consequently                      disturbing                eliminated           even explains               For example        in marine           poisons           refers            scattering         too                        with

    Environmental pollution is a item that (1) ___________ to all the ways by which man pollutes his surroundings. Man dirties the air with gases and smoke, (2) _____________ the water with chemicals and other substances, and damages the soil with (3) ___________ many fertilizers and peticides. Man also pollutes his surroundings (4) _________ various other ways. (5) _________ , people ruins natural beauty by (6) ___________ junk and litter on the land and in the water. They operate machines and motor vehicles that fill the air with (7) ___________ noise.

    Environmental pollution is on of the most serious problems facing mankind today. Air, water and soil are necessary to the survival of all living things. Badly polluted air can cause illness, and (8) ____________ death. Polluted water kill fish and other (9) _______ life. Pollution of soil polluted reduces the amount of land that is (10) __________ for growing food. Enviromental pollution also brings ugliness to man’s natural beauty world.

    Test 6:

    control                  deficient                devote                 generation               lead to necessary             plays                          plentiful             produce                 proper proposing             providing                 scarce               seek                            solution

    Food (1) ________ an important part in the development of nations. In countries where food is (2) ________ , people have to send most of their time getting enough to eat. This usually slow down progreee, because man have little time to (3) _________ science, industry, government, and art. In nations where food is (4) ________ and easy to get, men have more time to spend in activities that (5) ___________ progress human betterment, and enjoy ment of leisure. The problems of (6) _________ good food for everybody has not been solved. Many wars have been fought for the (7) _________ of rich food – producing lands. But it is no longer(8) __________ to go to war for food. Nations are beginning to put scientific knowledge to work for a (9) __________ to their food problems. They work together in the Food and Agriculture Oganization of the United Nations (FAO) to help hungry nation (10) ___________ more food.

     

     

    TEST 1

    To do well at school, college or university you usually need to do well in exams. “All students hate exams” may be a generlization, but it is fairly true one. Certainly, all of the students I’ve known disliked doing exams, None of them thought that the exam system was fair;to do well in a exam you simply had to be able to predict the questions which would be asked, This was the case as regards tow students in my class at college. Botyh of them were exceptionally bright, but in the final year “exam” neither of them got an a grade. In fact, they both got Cs. The exam had tested us on questions which had come up the previous year. They had both assumed that the same questions wouldn’t come up again, and hadn’t prepaired for them.

    • Students need to do well in exams __________.
    1. In order to do well at school.
    2. Because they need to do well at school.
    3. So that to do well at school.
    4. Therefore they have to do well at school.
    • The stastement “ All students hate exams” is _________.
    1. extremely true b. completely true
    2. quite true                                 d. very true

    3) Which of the following sentences is not true?

    1. All of the students the writer has known thought that the exam system was unfair.
    2. To do well in an exam you simly had the ability to predict the questions which would be asked.
    3. None of the students the writer has known disliked doing exams.
    4. “ All students hate exams” is fairly true generalization.

    4) Why did the two students in the writer’s class get C grades in the final exam?

    1. Because the exam was very difficult.
    2. Because they didn’t prepare for the questions that had come up the previous year.
    3. Because they were dull students.
    4. Because the questions weren’t in their lesson.

    5) The writer’s main purpose of writing the passage is to _________________________.

    1. discribe the importance of exams.
    2. discuss how exams effect on the students.
    3. explain the equality in examinations.
    4. criticize the exam system.

    TEST 2

    Every year people in many countries learn English. Some of them are young children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school. Others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language in film, on television, in the office or among their friends. Most people must work hard to learn English.

    Why do these all people learn English? It is not difficult to answer this question.

    Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their sujects. Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work.Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.

    1. According to the writer. English is learn by _____________.
    2. young children b. adults
    3. teenagers c. all are correct
    4. Most people learn English by ____________.
    5. themselves b. hearing the language on television
    6. working hard on the lesson d. speaking English to their friends
    7. Where do many boys and girls learn English?
    8. at home b. in the office
    9. in evening class d. at school
    10. Teenagers learn English because ___________.
    11. It’s useful for their higher studies b. it’s one of their subjects.
    12. They want to master it. D. a and c are correct.
    13. Why do many adults learn English?
    14. Because they want to see movies in English.
    15. Because they need it for their job.
    16. Because they are forced to learn.
    17. Because it’s not difficult to learn.

    TEST 3

    More than two hundreds years ago, the term “ environmental pollution”was quite strange to people. They lived healthy, drank pure water, and breathed fresh air. Nowadays, the situation is quite differrent.People all over the world are worried about things that are happening to the environment. Actually it is man that is destroying the surroundings with many kinds of wastes. Everybody knows that motorbikes and cars emit dangerous gases  that cause poisonous air and cancer, but no one wants to travel on foot or by bicycle. Manufactures know that wastes from factories make water and soilpolluted, but they do not want to spend a lot of their money on treating the wastes safely. Scattering rubbish is bad for our health, but noone wants to spend time burying it. Is it worth talking a lot about pollution?

    1. More than two hundred years ago _____________.
    2. the environment was polluted as much as it is today.
    3. people knew nothing about environmental pollution.
    4. air was polluted badly
    5. people was faced with pollution.
    6. In former days, people ____________.
    7. led a healthy life
    8. lived in the polluted environment
    9. were worried about pollution
    10. drank contaminated water
    11. Nowadays, many people are concerned about ___________.
    12. the destruction of the poisonous air.
    13. the polluted water
    14. the wastes from the factories.
    15. the pollution of the environment.
    16. Everybody knows that cars emit dangerous gases ______________.
    17. so they donot travel by car
    18. so they prefer travelling by bicycle
    19. but they still prefer traveling by car
    20. and they enjoy traveling on foot.
    21. Factory owners _____________.
    22. know nothing about pollution
    23. have no awaeness of pollution
    24. treat wastes from their factories safely
    25. do not want to spend money on treating the wastes safely
    26. It’s harmful for our health _______________.
    27. if rubbish is preaded over our sea
    28. If we don’t scatter our rubbish
    29. if we spend time on gathering rubbish
    30. if rubbish is burried

    TEST 4

    It is estimated that about 200 milion people who use the Internet computer network around the world. The Internet allows people to work at home instead of traveling to work. The Internet allows businesses to communicate with customers and workers in many part of the world for the cost of a local telephone call. E.mail allows users to send documents, pictures and other data from one part of the world to another in at least 5 minutes. People can use the Internet to do shopping. This saves a lot of time. It is possible to use the Internet for education – students may connect with their teachers from home to send or receive e.mail or talk their problems through “ on line” rather than attend a class.

    1. The Internet allows people ______________.
    2. to stay at home and rest b. not to work
    3. to travel to work d. to work at home
    4. To a business, the Internet is ____________ to communicate with customers.
    5. a cheap way b. a very expensive way
    6. an inconvenient way d. a difficult way
    7. E. mail can be use to send ________________.
    8. documents b. information
    9. data d. all are correct
    10. It takes _______________ to do the shopping on the Internet.
    11. a lot of time b. a little time
    12. less time d. more time
    13. To use the Internet for education is ________________.
    14. impossible b. possible
    15. inconvenient d. difficult

     

    TEST 5

    The search of alternative resources of energy has resulted in different directions. Many communitives are burning garbage and other biological waste products to produce electricity.

    Experimental work is being done to make synthetic fuels from coal, or coal tars. But to date, that process has proved expensive. Some experts are trying to revive hydroelectrig power which is derived from streams and rivers. Fifty years ago, hydroelectric power provided one third of the electricity used in the United States, but today it supplies only four percent. The oceans are another source of energy. Scientists are studying ways to change the energy of ocean currents, tides, and waves into electricity.

    1. What are many communities doing to produce electricity?
    2. burning garbage and other biological waste products.
    3. changing waste products into power
    4. searching for alternative resources
    5. Has the process of making synthetic fuels proved cheap or expensive?
    6. It has proved cheap
    7. It has proved expensive
    8. It has not proved expensive
    9. Where is hydroelectric power derived from?
    10. rivers and ocean
    11. lakes and streams
    12. rivers and streams.
    13. What percentage of the electricity used in the United States does hydroelectric power provide today?
    14. 33%
    15. 35 %
    16. 4 %
    17. What are scientists studying?
    18. ways to have electricity from the energy of ocean.
    19. ways to change the energy of ocean currents, tides, and waves into electricity.
    20. a and b are correct.

    TEST 6

    Education is not an end, but a mean to an end. In other words, we do not educate children only for the purpose of education them; our purpose is  to fit them for life. So it is very important to choose a suitable system of education which will relly prepare children for life.

    When we say that all of us must be educated to fit us for life, it means that we must be educated in such a way that, firstly, each of us can do whatever job is suited to his brain and ability, and, secondly, that we can realize that all jobs are necessaryto society, and that it is very bad tobe ashamed of one’s work, or to scorn someoen else’s. Only such a type of education can be called valluable to society.

    1. Education is a mean _____________.
    2. to reach one’s goals
    3. to earn lots of money
    4. to make up one’s personality
    5. Accoding to the writer, the purpose of education is ___________.
    6. symply to provide knowlegde for children.
    7. to fit children for life
    8. to prepare anything which is suitable for children
    9. Each of us must be educated to do ______________.
    10. whatever job that is well-paid
    11. whatever job that is suitable
    12. whatever job that is professional
    13. All jobs are necessary ________________.
    14. to the employees
    15. to us
    16. to society
    17. It is very bad ______________.
    18. to look down on someone else’s work
    19. to feel ashamed of someone else’s work
    20. to think one’s work as a means to earn money
    21. Only a type of education ____________ can be called valuable to society.
    22. that helps people to get good jobs
    23. that trains people to do whatever they want
    24. that fit people for life

    TEST 7

    Children’s education is changing rapidly today. In the past, teachers made children sit still for hours. They made them memorize all sorts of things. In other words, children had to go on repeating things until they knew them by heart. Today, many teachers wonder if it possible to make children learn at all. They say you can only help them learn. They say you must let children learn and discover things for themselves.

    1. What did teachers make children do in the past?
    2. stand for hours B. memorize everything
    3. repeat their homework D. sit for days
    4. Children in the past were mase to learn everything…………………
    5. by head B. by hand C. by hair             D. by heart
    6. Nowadays, many teachers say that they only ……………………
    7. give children more homework B. make children learn
    8. help children D. teach children at home
    9. Today, the modern learning method is ……………………
    10. Letting children play computer games
    11. making children read a lot of books
    12. doing homework for children
    13. letting children discover things for themselves

    TEST 8

    I often hear or read about “natural disaster”- the eruption of  Mount St Helen, a volcano  the state of Washington: Hurricane Andrew in Florida; the floods in the American Midwest; terrible earthquakes all over the world; huge fires; and so on. But I’ll never forget my first  personal experience with the strangeness of nature – “the London Killer Fog” of  1952. It began on Thursday, December 4th when a high –pressure system (warm air) cover southern England. With the freezing-cold air below, heavy fog formed. Pollution from factories, cars, and coal stoves mixed with the fog. The humidity was terribly high, there was no breeze at all. Traffic (cars, trains, and boats) stopped. People couldn’t see, and some walked  onto the railroad tracks or into the river. It was hard to breathe, and many people got sick. Finally on Tuesday, December 9th , the wind came and the fog went away. But after that, even more people got sick, many of them died.

    1.Which natural disaster isn’t mentioned in the text?

    1. a volcanic eruption B. a flood
    2. a hurricane D. a tornado

    2.What is his unforgettable person experience?

    1. the London killer B. the heavy fog in London
    2. the strangeness of nature D. a high-pressure system

    3.What didn’t happen during the time of the “London Killer Fog”?

    1. pollution B.humidity
    2. heavy rain D. heavy fog

    4.The traffic stopped because of ……….

    1. The rain                                  B. the windy weather
    2.   the humid weather                            D. the heavy fog

    TEST 9

    Christmas is the biggest festival of the year in most of Britain. Celebrations start properly on December 24, Christmas Eve, although there have been several weeks of preparation beforehand. The Christmas tree and all the presents, food, drink and decorations have been bought. Christmas cards have already been sent to friends and relations. About a week before Christmas, people usually put up their decorations and decorate the Christmas tree with lights, various colored decorations and an angel on the top. Family presents are usually put under the tree.

    Christmas Day is the biggest day of the holiday. On the Christmas morning (often very early), children open the presents that are in their socks. Some families go to church. The traditional Christmas  dinner consists of roast turkey with potatoes and various other vegetables. Before the dinner, people usually pull crackers-small rolls of paper that have gifts, jokes, and party hats inside.

    1.People usually decorate the Christmas tree ……………………

    1. on December 24 B. on December 25
    2. several weeks before Christmas D. about a week before Christmas

    2.The most important day of the holiday is ……………………

    1. the day before Christmas B. the day after Christmas Day
    2. Christmas Eve D. Christmas Day

    3.Children open the presents…………………………

    1. on the Christmas morning           B. on the Christmas afternoon
    2. on Christmas Eve D. on December 24

    4.Which of the following is the traditional Christmas dinner?

    1. Roast turkey and potatoes and bread
    2. Roast potatoes, tomatoes with turkey and various vegetables
    3. Roast turkey with tomatoes and various other vegetables
    4. Roast turkey with potatoes and vegetables

     

    TEST 10

    Pollution is the process of making air, water, soil etc dangerously dirty and not suitable for people to use. For example:

    * Air pollution is where there are gases in the air that is harmful, these gases come from object or buildings like harmful smoke from factories, vehicles, automobiles. (cars, trucks, planes, boats) and many more.

    * Light pollution is unwanted light, such as the light of cities, street lights, and others makes it hard to see the stars.

    * Noise pollution is unwanted noise, such as the sound of cars in a city, loud boats/ship, airplanes, and trains.

    * Water pollution is where there are things in the water that are harmful such as crude oil spilled from a shipwrecked tanker, smoke, poison, air pollution, and a lot other things that are not human/plant/animal remains.

    1. Air pollution comes from harmful………………from factories, vehicles, etc.
    2. trees B. parks C. smoke              D. liquid
    3. All of the following things cause light pollution except……………
    4. traffic light B. light of cities
    5. street lights D. light of the moon
    6. Noise pollution is ……………sound of cars, trains, planes, etc.
    7. unwanted B. small C. interesting                 D. useful
    8. Which of the following sentences is Not true?
    9. Air pollution comes from harmful gases.
    10. Light of the stars causes light pollution
    11. Sound from a loud ship cause pollution
    12. Water pollution can come from the land.

    TEST 11

    In biology and ecology the environment is all of the natural materials and living things on the Earth. This is also called the natural environment. Some people call themselves environmentalists. These people think that harmony with the environment is important. They think we must protect the environment. The important things in the environment that we value are called natural resources. For example fish, sunlight, and forests. These are renewable natural resources because they grow naturally when we use them. Non-renewable natural resources are important things in the environment that do not come back naturally. For example coal and natural gas.

    1.What does the world “environmentalists” in line 3 mean?

    1. living things B. people who protect the environment
    2. people who destroy the environment D. people who pollute the environment

    2.One example of renewable natural resource is………………..

    1. sunlight B. coal C. oil           D. natural gas

    3.One example of renewable natural resource is………………..

    1. fish B. tree C. water      D. coal

    4.all of the following things are renewable natural resource except…………………….

    1. Air B. gas C. silver                D. animal

    5.What does the word “them” in line 7 refer to?

    1. materials B. environmentalists
    2. renewable natural resources D. non-renewable natural resources

    TEST 12

    Christmas .

    Two popular traditions at Christmas are : decorating the home and singing the Christmas carols. The home is the center of the Christmas celebration.Inside, an evergreen tree is usually placed in the corner of the Living room.Children and their parents  wrap string of colorful lights around the tree, they hang ornaments on the branches . A star or angle often crowns the top. Careful- wrapped gifts are placed beneath. Outside, families often string lights around the windows and wind light around trees and shrubs in the front yard. As the families decorate their homes, they often put on Christmas record. Almost every family has at least one favorite album or compact disc. School children of all ages perform Christmas concerts for their parents and communities. On Christmas’ Eve, family members gather around Christmas tree to sing traditional songs Such as Jingle bells and Silent night and then give presents to each other.

    Questions.

    • What are the popular traditions at Christmas?
    1. a) Decorating the home. b) Singing Christmas carols.
    2. c) Eating Christmas pudding. d) a and b are correct.
    • Where is the evergreen put ?

    a)In the middle of the livingroom.                                c) In the middle of the bedroom.

    b)In the corner of the livingroom.                                 d) In the corner of the bedroom.

    • How do they decorate the Christmas tree?
    1. a) They wrap string of colorful lights around the tree. c) They crown a star on the top.
    2. b) They hang ornaments on branches d) a,b and c are correct.
    • What do the family members often do on Christmas’ Eve ?
    1. a) They gather around Christmas tree.
    2. b) They sing traditional songs.
    3. c) They gather around the tree,sing traditional song and get presents
    4. d) They give presents to each other.
    • What do they do as they decorate their home ?
    1. a) They sing traditional songs. c) They eat Christmas pudding.
    2. b) They put on Christmas record. d) a , b and c are correct.

    *CHOOSE THE WORD (A, B,C OR D) THAT BEST COMPLETES THE FOLLOWING PASSAGE.

    TEST 1

    Environmental (1)……………is one of the most serious problems (2)……………mankind today. Air, water and soil are necessary to the survival of all (3)………………things. Badly polluted air can (4)………………illness and even death. Polluted water (5)…………… many kinds of wild animals and other marine life. Pollution of soil reduces the amount of land  (6) ……………growing food.

    1.A. pollute          B. polluted                     C. pollution                             D. polluting

    2.A. face               B. faces                          C. to face                       D. facing

    3.A. lived             B. living                         C. live                                      D. lives

    4.A. cause            B. give                                     C. make                         D. catch

    5.A. kills              B. kill                                      C. are killing                            D. doesn’t kill

    6.A. of                           B. to                               C. from                          D. for

    TEST 2

    Among the festivals (1)…………  by some of Asian people is the Moon Cake Festival, also known (2)…………  the Mid August Festival. Large numbers of small round moon cakes are eaten (3)………. this day, and children enjoy carrying colorful (4)………….  lanterns come in all shapes; the most popular ones are shaped like fish, rabbits and butterflies. According to (5)…………, the moon shines the brightest on the night of the Moon Cake Festival. As the moon rises, tables are placed (6)………  the house and women make offerings of fruit and moon cakes to the Moon Goddess.

    1. A. celebrated B. made                C. held                           D.  set
    2. A. like B. as                     C. such as             D. Þ
    3. A. in B. for                    C.  at                    D. on
    4. wood                             B. metal                C. paper               D. gold
    5. they                     B. them                C. it                      D. their
    6. under                            B. near                           C. outside             D. around

    TEST 3

    Nowadays, people are destroying rain forests of the earth seriously. It is  (1)……………….. that every year 100,000 (2)……………….. kilometers of rain forests are destroyed for (3)……………….. of wood paper and fuel as well as for the residence and (4)………………..  land. Rain forests are very  important for the world’s climate. They receive the rainfall on the earth and produce a large amount of the world’s oxygen. Destroying rain forests,(5)………………..  , is destroying our environment. Saving rain forests is a(n) (6)………………..  problem. Nations need cooperation to save rain forests, if not, it will be late.

    1. A. exhausted B. pleasure C. interesting                 D. estimated
    2. A. square B. cross C. round               D. heart
    3. A. bring B. supply C.  support           D. suggest
    4. A. planting B. field C. farming            D. rice
    5. A. moreover B. however C. so D. therefore
    6. A. national B. international C. world wide                D. world

    TEST 4

    Halloween is a holiday. It is on the night of October 31. It is (15)………………in many English speaking countries. Children (16)………………costumes. They go to people’s homes. The people give them candy. Children say “trick or treat!” to ask (17)…………candy. This comes from a threat. It means, “Give me a treat (18)…………I will play a tricks o  you. “Children today usually (19)……………not do the tricks (20)……………they do not get treats. But some students still do  (21)…………(playful pranks or things to make fun of people like putting toilet paper in trees or writing with soap on windows). In these countries Halloween is about ghosts, witches, goblins, and (22)……………acray things.

    1. A. presented B. proposed                   C. celebrated                  D. played
    2. A. wear                            B. hold                           C. take                           D. up
    3. A. with B. for                    C.  after                D. movies
    4. A. otherwise B. when                C. but                             D. fire
    5. A. do B. goes                 C. will                            D. little
    6. A. if B. unless              C. before              D. Therefore
    7. A. problem B. mischief           C. incident            D. little
    8. A. other B. another’s                   C. other                D. Therefore

    TEST 5

    Garbage is what someone leaves behind that they do not want to use anymore. It can also be called (1)…………… or rubbish. A definition of garbage is anything left behind at a place (2)………….you used to be, but are not anymore. In modern home and businesses, (3)…………….., garbage is normally separated and put where it can be (4)………….and taken to a place designed to hold, burn, or (5)…………….garbage.

    Smoke is a cloud of very small, solid parts. It is made when (6)…….something. Smoke is can be bad because if it goes into the lungs of a person, it can kill them. Most people think that they are always (7)……..to see smoke, but it can also can (8)…………(a thing that a person is not able to see).

    1. A. waste                   B. save                 C. safe                            D. stone
    2. it                B. that                            C.  which              D. where
    3. but                       B. however           C. therefore          D. moreover
    4. wrapped    B. organized                   C. collected           D. picked
    5. recycle      B. rebuild             C.  reuse               D. rearrange
    6. firing B. fighting            C. burning            D. chopping
    7. could                   B. possible           C. capable            D. able
    8. invisible     B. unmovable                 C. unspeakable     D. insensible

    TEST 6

    Television is one of man’s most (31) ………… means of communication. It brings events and sounds (32) ………….. around the world into millions of homes. A person with a television set can sit in his house and watch the president making a (33)……… or visit a foreign country . He can see a war being (34)………… and watch statesmen try (35) ………… about peace . Through television, home viewers can see and learn about people places and things all over the world. TV even takes its viewers out of the world. It brings them coverage of American’s astronauts as the astronauts explore outer space.

    31.A. importance          B. important        C. unimportance  D. unimportant

    32.A. from          B. at            C. in                     D. to

    33.A speak                   B. speaking C. speech              D. spoken

    34.A fight            B. find                  C. found               D. fought

    35.A bring           B. brought C. bringing           D. to bring

     

     

     

    TEST 7

    I keep a vocabulary notebook. It’s organized ( 1) ____________. Whenever I hear or read a new word, I write it (2) ______________. Then (3) _________________ I have time, I look it up in my dictionary. Then I put down some key (4) _____________ about the word- you know, (5) _____________ it’s a noun or a verb, and some (6) ________________ of how it’s used. I (7) ______ the notebook and study the words as often as I can. I really (8) ____________ that the only way to learn new words- (9) ___________in your own language- is by (10) __________them.

    1. a.alphabet b. alphabetical               c. alphabetic                   d. alphabetically
    2. a. in b. on                     c. down                d. beside
    3. a. when b. if                       c. while                 d. unless
    4. a. examples b. information                c. meaning            d. usage
    5. a. what b. where               c. whether             d. when
    6. a. meanings b. things               c. examples          d. words
    7. a. go after b. go through                 c. go on                d. go up
    8. a. believe b. mean                 c. guess                 d. learn
    9. a. whether b. ever                            c. even                            d. though
    10. a.forgetting b. memorizing                c. improving                  d. learning

    TEST 8

    Are there intelligent (1) _____________ on the other planets in our solar system? Maybe there are. In our (2) _________ galaxy  there are milions of stars. Some must have plannets with (3) __________ like those on the earth. (4) ________ in space there could be other thinking beings. They would probaly look (5) ___________ different that we might not (6) _____________ them as people. However, (7) ___________ their plannet is older than our plannet, they may know more than (8) ______. They may have more progress ( 9) _______ some aspects. They may be traveling in space and be (10 ) __________ human beings.

    1. a. things b. humans            c. beings               d. animals
    2. a. own b. distant              c. nearby              d. faraway
    3. a. air b. conditions                  c. climate              d. gemstones
    4. a. nowhere b. Anywhere                  c. Somewhere                 d. Where
    5. a. much b. many                c. such                            d. so
    6. a. recognise b. look                           c. approve            d. consider
    7. a. when b. if                       c. in case               d. unless
    8. a. our b. us                     c. we do                d. we are
    9. a. on b. for                    c .with                            d. in
    10. a. examining b. looking             c. discovering                 d. in

     

     

    TEST 9

    Every year many people in the world learn English. Some of them are young children. (1)…………are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, and some learn in evening classes. A few learn English by (2)………….or just by (3) …………. to the language on television or among their friends. Most people must work hard to learn English. (4) ………. do all these people want to learn English? It is difficult to answer that question.

    Young children learn English at school to study better at their subject. Many adults learn English because (5) …………. useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their (6) …………

    studies, because some of their books are written (7) …………….English at their college or university. Other people learn English because they want to read English newspaper or magazine for (8) ……….and entertainment.

    1. A. The other

    2. A. them

    3. A. listening

    4. A. What

    5. A. they are

    6. A. taller

    7. A. in

    8. A. equipment

    B. Others

    B. their

    B. speaking

    B. How

    B. it is

    B. higher

    B. at

    B. example

    C. Another

    C. themselves

    C. talking

    C. Why

    C. there is

    C. better

    C. by

    C. transportation

    D. Each other

    D. theirs

    D. hearing

    D. Where

    D. of being

    D. fuller

    D. with

    D. information

    TEST 10

    The Internet has (1)……………..and become part of our life .It’s very fast and convenient way to get information. People use the Internet (2)……………many purposes: education, communication, (3)…………………and commerce. The Internet helps people communicate (4)………………friends and relatives by (5)…………..of email or chatting.

    However, the Internet has limitations. It is time-(6)…………..and costly. It is also dangerous because of virus and bad programs. (7)…………….the other hand, the Internet (8)……………..sometimes have to suffer various risks such as spam or electronic junk mail and personal information leaking. So, while enjoying surfing, be alert!

    1.A-develop

    2.A-for

    3.A-entertainment

    4.A-to

    5.A- mean

    6.A-consume

    7.A-at

    8.A-use

    B-developed

    B-in

    B-entertaining

    B-among

    B-meaning

    B-consumed

    B-on

    B-users

    C-development

    C-at

    C-entertained

    C-with

    C- meant

    C-consumer

    C-to

    C-using

    D-developing

    D-to

    D-entertain

    D-between

    D-means

    D-consuming

    D-in

    D-used

     

    TEST 11

    Television is one of man’s most (1)………….means of communication.

    It brings events and sounds (2)……………around the world into millions of homes .A person with a television set can sit in his house and watch the president making a (3)…………..or visit a foreign country , He can see a war being fought and watch statesmen try (5) ……………about peace . Through television, home viewers can see and learn about people, places, and things all over the world. TV even takes its (6)………………out of this world. It brings them coverage of America’s astronauts as the astronauts explore outer space.

    In (7)……………….to all these things, television brings its viewers a steady stream of programs that are (8)……………….to entertain. In fact, TV provides (9)……………entertainment programs than any other kind. The programs include action-packed dramas, light comedies , sporting events and motion pictures .

    1.A-importance

    2.A-from

    3.A-speak

    4.A-bring

    5.A-viewers

    6.A-add

    7.A-made

    8.A-many

    B-important

    B-at

    B-speaking

    B-brought

    B-seers

    B-edit

    B-designed

    B-much

    C-unimportance

    C-in

    C-Speech

    C-bringing

    C-lookers

    C-addition

    C-did

    C-more

    D-unimportant

    D-to

    D-spoken

    D-to bring

    D-watchers

    D-editor

    D-built

    D-most

     

     

    TEST 12

    I believe that it is (1)…………to wear uniforms when students are at school. Firstly ,(2)………………encourage the children to take pride in being students of the school they are going to (3)…………….they are wearing uniforms with labels bearing their school’s name .

    Secondly, wearing uniforms helps students feel (4)……….in many ways .They all start (5)…………the same place no matter they are rich or poor. They are really friends to one another (6)…………….one school roof.

    Last but not least, it is (7)………… to wear uniforms .It doesn’t take you time to think of what to wear every day.

    In conclusion ,all students ,from primary to high schools should (8)…… uniforms

    1.A-importance

    2.A-uniforms

    3.A-so

    4.A-happy

    5.A-in

    6.A-at

    B-unimportance

    B-clothes

    B-because

    B-lucky

    B-on

    B-in

    C-important

    C-shirts

    C-and

    C-equal

    C-at

    C-on

    D-unimportant

    D-blouses

    D-but

    D-interesting

    D-from

    D-under

    7.A-exciting

    8.A-wear

    B-practical

    B-wearing

    C-terrible

    C-to wear

    D-fashionable

    D-wore

    TEST 13

    When Malaysia became (1)………….., Malay language was chosen as the National Language. The reason (2)……………..this choice is that it is the language of the Malays who are the natives of Malaysia.

    The (3)………….of Malaysia takes pride in promoting this language among all the races in Malaysia. The Chinese, The Indians and other non-Malay communities have accepted the decision of the government. It is the (4)………………language (5)…………….the country.

    In Malaysia, the national language is (6)………………the Bahasa Malaysia .It is the language of (7)……………..in schools. Since the introduction of Malay in schools, it has become the most (8)……………….used language in Malaysia.

    1.A-independence

    2.A-for

    3.A-govern

    4.A-office

    5.A-in

    6.A-call

    7.A-instruction

    8.A-wide

    B-independ

    B-in

    B-government

    B-official

    B-to

    B-calling

    B-instruct

    B-widen

    C-dependent

    C-since

    C-governor

    C-officer

    C-of

    C-to call

    C-instructive

    C-widely

    D-independent

    D-at

    D-governing

    D-officially

    D-for

    D-called

    D-instructively

    D-widening

     

    TEST 14

    Television is an important (1)………..of the 20th century. It has been so (2)……….. that now we can’t (3)…………..what life would be like if there were no television. Television is a major mean (4)………………… communication . It brings pictures and sound from around the world into millions of home. TV (5)……….. can see and learn about people , places and things in faraway lands . TV widens our (6)………………by introducing us to new ideas which may lead us to new hobbies and recreations. In addition to the news. TV provides us with a variety of programs that can satisfy every taste. Most people now like (7)………………..their evenings watching TV. It is more (8)………………..for them to sit at home watching TV than to go out for amusement elsewhere.

    1.A-invent

    2.A-popularity

    3.A-imagination

    4.A-of

    5.A-viewers

    6.A-know

    7.A-spend

    8.A-convenience

    B-inventive

    B-popular

    B-imaginative

    B-in

    B-lookers

    B-knowledge

    B-spent

    B-inconvenience

    C-invention

    C-popularly

    C-to imagine

    C-to

    C-seers

    C-knowing

    C-spending

    C-inconvenient

    D-inventor

    D-popularize

    D-imagine

    D-with

    D-watchers

    D-known

    D-to spend

    D-convenient

    TEST 15

    My village is about 50 kilometers (1)…….the city center. It is a very beautiful and (2) ………. place where people (3)……………. flowers and vegetables only. It’s very famous for its pretty roses and picturesque (4) …….The air is quite (5) …….; however, the smell of the roses makes people (6) ………. cool. In spring, my village looks like a carpet with plenty of (7) ….Tourists come to visit it so often. Nowadays, with electricity, it doesn’t take the (8) ………. much time to water the roses. And even at night, people can walk along the path and enjoy the fresh smell of the flowers.

     

    1. A. on

    2. A. peace

    3. A. grow

    4. A. scenery

    5. A. dirty

    6. A. felt

    7. A. colors

    8. A. village

    B. for

    B. peaceful

    B. buy

    B. sneces

    B. fresh

    B. to feel

    B. colorful

    B. towns

    C. from

    C. peacefully

    C. grew

    C. sceens

    C. bad

    C. feel

    C. spots

    C. villagers

    D. since

    D. quite

    D. bought

    D. scenes

    D. hot

    D. feeling

    D. styles

    D. city-dwellers

    TEST 16

    At 6.30 in the morning, the bus (1) …….Ba and his family from their home. After picking (2) …….everyone, the bus continued North on the Highway Number 1. It crossed the Dragon Bridge and stopped at the gas station to get some more fuel. Then, it left the highway and turned onto a small road westward. This road ran (3) ……. green paddy fields, (4) ……. the people on the bus could see a lot of cows and buffaloes. The road ended before a big store beside a pond. Instead of (5) ……….left towards a small airport, the bus went on the opposite direction. It didn’t stay on that road for very long, but turned left onto a road (6) … ….… went across a small bamboo forest. Finally, the bus dropped everyone at the (7) ……. lot ten meters from a big old banyan tree. It would park there and waited (8) ……….people to come back in the evening.

    1. A. collect

    2. A. at

    3. A. between

    4. A. so

    5. A. to turn

    6. A. who

    7. A. park

    8. A. in

    B. collect

    B. in

    B. to

    B. and

    B. turned

    B. whom

    B. parking

    B. at

    C. collecting

    C. on

    C. for

    C. but

    C. turning

    C. whose

    C. parked

    C. for

    D. to collect

    D. up

    D. besides

    D. because

    D. turn

    D. which

    D. to park

    D. to

    TEST 17

    Millions of people (1) …………the world want to learn English. Many of them go to the US and other English (2) ………… countries to study at language schools, especially (3) …………Summer. There are thousands of different schools. They often course (4) ……children, teenagers and adults.

    If you go to a language school, you should try (5) ………… English as much as possible. Students can stay with a local family. This is a good opportunity (6) …………your English and to learn a lot about everyday life. You should try to talk to students from other countries. This will help you to improve your English (7) ……it will also show how important English is for international (8) ………………

    1. A. at

    2. A. speak

    3. A. at

    4. A. to

    5. A. to speak

    6.A. to improve

    7. A. but

    8.A.communicator

    B. around

    B. spoke

    B. on

    B. with

    B. speak

    B. improved

    B. so

    B.communication

    C. on

    C. speaking

    C. for

    C. between

    C. spoke

    C. improving

    C. and

    C.communicative

    D. to

    D. spoken

    D. in

    D. for

    D. speaking

    D. improve

    D. therefore

    D. communicate

    TEST 18

    Television is an important  invention of the 20th century. It has been (1) …………. popular that now we can’t imagine what life would be like if (2)………. were no television. Television is a major means of communication, It (3) ……….. pictures and sounds from around the world into millions of home. Though television (4)…………… can see and learn about people, places and things in far away lands, television widens our knowledge by introducing us to new ideas which may lead us to new hobbies and recreations. In addition (5) ………… the news, television provides us with a variety of program that can satisfy (6)………… taste. Most people now seem to like spending their evenings (7)………… television. It is more convenient for them to sit at (8)…………….. watching television than to go out for amusements elsewhere.

    1. a. very b. too c. enough              d. so
    2. a. there b. those c. these                           d. they
    3. a. gets b. brings c. gives                 d. shows
    4. a. audience b. spectators c. viewers             d. people
    5. a. of b. spectators c. for                     d. at
    6. a. each b. many c. all                     d. every
    7. a. watching b. looking c. seeing                d. cleaning
    8. a. house b. home c. building            d. office

    TEST 19

    Air pollution is a ( 23 ) _______ of ill health in human beings. In a lot of countries there are laws limiting the amount of smoke which factories can ( 24 ) ________. Although there isn’t enough ( 25 ) _______ on the effects of smoke in the atmosphere, doctors have ( 26 ) _______ that air pollution cause lung diseases. The gases from the exhausts of cars have also ( 27) ________ air pollution in most cities. The lead in petrol produces a ( 28 ) _______ gas which often collects in busy streets surrounded by high buildings. Children who ( 29 ) _______ in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere can not think as ( 30 ) _______ as other children and are clumsy when they use their hands.

    1. A. reason B. cause C. effect                D. effort
    2. A. reduce B. send C. produce           D. give
    3. A. information B. news C. data                 D. figures
    4. A. said B. told C. proclaimed       D. proved
    5. A. increased B. decreased C. minimized        D. sent
    6. A. poison B. poisonous C. poisoned          D. poisoning
    7. A. stay B. live C. come                D. work
    8. A. quick B. slow C. quickly             D. slowly

    TEST 20

    New Year is one of the most important (23) ____________ in the United States. On New Year’s Eve, most people go to the parties. At twelve o’clock (24) ____________ night, everyone says “Happy New Year” and they (25) _____________ their friends and relatives good luck. New Year’s Eve is usally a long night to this holiday children (26) __________ as witches, ghosts or orthers. Most children go from house to house asking for candy or fruit. (27) ___________ the people at the house do not give (28) _____________ candy, the children will (29) ___________ a trick on them. But this (30) __________ ever happens. Many people give them candy or fruit.

    23. A. festivals B. meetings C. contests D. courses
    24. A. on B. at C. in D. for
    25. A. dream B. greet C. wish D. congratulate
    26. A. wear B. dress C. put on D. take off
    27. A. Whether B. So C. Although D. If
    28. A. they B. them C. their D. theirs
    29. A. say B. tell C. play D. speak
    30.A. hardly B. hard C. soon D. always

    TEST 21

    Mr. Brown and some (23) __________________ conservationists are on a very dirty beach now. Today they are ready to make the beach a clean and beautiful place again. After listening to Mr. Browns instructions, they are divided (24) ____________ three groups. Group I needs to walk along the shore. Group 2 should check the sand, (25) _________ group 3 has to check among the rocks. Garbage must be put into plastic bags, and the bags will be (26) __________ by Mr. Jones. He will take the bags to the garbage (27) _________. Each member will be given a map to find the right place. They won’t eat the picnic lunch (28) __________ by Mrs. Smith until the whole area is clean. (29) _________ are eager to work hard so as to refresh this (30) ________ area.
    23. A. voluntary            B. volunteers        C. volunteering     D. volunteer
    24. A. in                         B. to                     C. into                            D. onto
    25. A. or                        B. and                  C. because            D. though
    26. A. selected               B. chosen             C. collected                    D. elected
    27. A. dump          B. yard               C. area                  D. place
    28. A. happened            B. provided                    C. achieved                    D. shown
    29. A. Them all              B. They all           C. All them                    D. All they
    30. A. spoiling               B. spoil                C. spoiled             D. spoils

     

     

    TEST 22

    A great number of people from many countries have joined in trips to space up to now. A trip to space is very _( 1 )_. Do you want to join in a trip in the future?

    If you decide to take a trip, you will have to get ready a few months before the _( 2 )­­_. You must be in excellent physical condition .You should run a lot, swim everyday, and do aerobics and push-ups. You must get a letter from the doctor that shows you are in perfect _( 3 )_ .

    Once you get on the trip, you will be in a(n) _( 4 )_ world. You will see pictures of the Earth. You may also find your country and other interesting places. You will be able to see the oceans, the big rivers, the tall mountains. You will be able to see them many times because you will _( 5 )_ the Earth 16 times a day! You will also be able to see stars that you couldn’t see _( 6 )­_ the Earth.

    When you are in orbit, you will be able to get out of your seat and walk in the cabin. You will be able to walk on the walls or on the ceiling like in a circus. You will not _( 7 )_ anything! You will feel totally free and enjoy the wonderful feeling you have never had before. If you _( 8 )_ on board now, you would experience those marvelous things.

    1. A. marvelous B. harmful                        C. dangerous              D. terrible
    2. A. walk B. course                          C. voyage                   D. flight
    3. A. knowledge B. health                           C. intelligence            D. wisdom
    4. A. ancient B. imaginary                     C. different                D. mysterious
    5. A. fly B. orbit                              C. travel                     D. go
    6. A. by B. in                                   C. around                   D. from
    7. A. eat B. see                                C. weigh                     D. know
    8. A. were B. sit                                 C. are                          D. come

     

     

    TEST 23

    One of the main sources for the spreading of news and events throughout the world is the newspaper.

    The purpose of newspapers is to inform the public of political, social economic and entertainment happenings, among other things .Generally, there are three types of newspapers: daily newspapers, weekly newspapers, and special-interest newspapers. Daily newspapers publish at least one edition every weekday. Most dailies also have a weekend edition. Daily newspapers often have sections for news, sports, arts and entertainment, business and classified advertising. Weekly newspapers print once a week and cover news of interest to readers in a smaller area than that of a daily paper. They focus on local happenings rather than national or international events. Special-interest newspapers may publish daily, weekly, monthly, or even less frequently. They generally disseminate news of interest to a particular group of readers or feature news about a specific topic.

    Thanks to the development of the Internet, we can now get access to electronic newspapers. To some extent, e-newspapers are cheap, up-to-date, and convenient for most readers in the world.

    1.The purpose of newspapers is to inform the public of…

    1. political and social happenings
    2. economic and entertainment happenings
    3. other different events
    4. all A, B and C
    5. Three types of newspapers are…
    6. daily newspapers, weekly newspapers and special-interest newspapers.
    7. weekly newspapers, monthly newspapers , yearly newspapers .
    8. daily newspapers, weekly newspapers and monthly newspapers.
    9. weekly newspapers, monthly newspapers and special-interest newspapers.
    10. Most daily newspapers publish…
    11. only one edition every weekday .
    12. one edition every weekend .
    13. at least once every weekday and once at weekend.
    14. one different edition for one different section
    15. Weekly newspapers usually focus on…
    16. local happenings
    17. national happenings
    18. international happenings
    19. local and international happenings .
    20. Social-interest newspapers cover news of interest to…
    21. special people
    22. particular group of readers
    23. feature news about a specific topic
    24. both B and C
    25. We can easily get access to electronic newspapers because they are…
    26. modern, up-to-date but expensive
    27. cheap, up-to-date and convenient worldwide
    28. quick, cheap and convenient
    29. modern, quick and up-to-date